√ … flÎ÷ flÎF›fiÎ ÏÂZÎHÎω¤Î√fiÎ ’hÎ-ø‹Î_ ¿

ÁÁ¿ / 1013 / 175 / », ÷Î. 3-4-2013 - ◊Ì ‹_…^fl

SANSKRIT
Standard 9

¬˝ÁÃôÊʬòÊ◊˜
÷Ê⁄Uâ ◊◊ Œ‡Ê— –
‚fl¸ ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿÊ— ◊◊ ÷˝ÊÃ⁄U— ÷Áªãÿ— ø ‚Áãà –
◊◊ ◊ÊŸ‚ Œ‡ÊS¬Î„UÊ •ÁSà – ‚◊ÎÁh‚Á„Uâ
ÁflÁflœÃʬÁ⁄U¬ÍáÊZ ÃSÿ ‚¢S∑ΧÁêı⁄Ufl◊˜ •ŸÈ÷flÊÁ◊ –
•„¢U ‚ŒÊ Ãà¬ÊòÊ¢ ÷ÁflÃÈ¢ ÿàŸ¢ ∑§Á⁄UcÿÊÁ◊ –
•„¢U ◊◊ Á¬Ã⁄Uı •ÊøÊÿʸŸ˜ ªÈL§¡ŸÊŸ˜ ø ¬˝ÁÃ
•ÊŒ⁄U÷Êfl¢ œÊ⁄UÁÿcÿÊÁ◊ –
¬˝àÿ∑§Ÿ ‚„U Á‡ÊCÔU√ÿfl„UÊ⁄¢U ø ∑§Á⁄UcÿÊÁ◊ –
•„¢U ◊◊ Œ‡ÊÊÿ Œ‡Ê’Êãœflèÿ— ø ◊◊ ÁŸc∆Ê◊˜ •¬¸ÿÊÁ◊ –
Ã·Ê¢ ∑§ÀÿÊáÊ ‚◊Îhı ø ∞fl ◊◊ ‚Èπ◊˜ •ÁSà –U

Price : -⁄U 33.00

Gujarat State Board of School Textbooks

‘Vidyayan’, Sector 10-A, Gandhinagar-382 010
 © Gujarat State Board of School Textbooks, Gandhinagar
Copyright of this textbook is reserved by Gujarat State Board of School
Textbooks. No reproduction of any part of the textbook in any form is
permitted without written permission of the Director of the Board.

PREFACE
Authors
In accordance with NCERT as well as NCF-2005,
Shri Sureshchandra J. Dave it has been necessary to bring change in new national
curriculum, textbook and educational process. In that
Authors
connection Gujarat State Secondary and Higher
Dr. Kamleshkumar C. Chokshi (Convenor) Secondary Board have prepared a new curriculum.
Dr. Manshukh K. Moliya With a feeling of pleasure, the Board presents this
textbook to the students which is prepared according to
Dr. Mohini D. Acharya the new syllabus of Sanskrit for Standard 9 and
Shri Poornima L. Dave approved by the Government of Gujarat.
In this textbook, linguistic, literary and cultural aspects
Shri Maharudra K. Sharma
of Sanskrit have been taken care of. Wherever
Shri Smitaben B. Joshi necessary, considering the age group of the students
Translation some lessons have been edited and some new lessons
have been written. Sanskrit conversational aspects are
Dr. Indira Nityanand
also covered. All the (grammatical) terms are discussed
Shri Poornima L. Dave in detail to get familiar with Sanskrit language. Various
Reviewers aspects of Sanskrit literature have been represented
here. This textbook has been prepared with a vision to
Dr. Jayntilal K. Bhatt develop creativity, thinking power and reasoning ability
Dr. Ramchandrabhai G. Prajapati in students which can lead them to their overall
development and it can help in teaching-learning process
Shri Rohitbhai J. Khamar too.
Shri Harsha B. Mehta Before publishing this textbook, its manuscript has
been reviewed with different points of view by the
Shri Vishnuprashad R. Suthar teachers teaching at this level and the subject experts.
Artist This textbook has been published only after incorporating
the suggestions and corrections in the manuscript
Shri Ankur Soochak‹ı‰ÎÕÎ
suggested by the teachers and experts. We acknowledge
Co-Ordinator the contribution of all those who have put in ceaseless
efforts and extended full co-operation in bringing out
Shri Kishanbhai F. Vasava
this textbook.
(Subject Co-ordinator : Gujarati-Sanskrit) With a view to making this textbook interesting,
Preparation and Planning useful and errorfree, the textbook board has taken
every care. However, in order to improve upon the
Shri G. I. Shaikh
quality of this textbook, we welcome useful suggestions
(Dy. Director : Academic)
from all those interested in education.
Lay-out and Planning
Shri Haresh S. Limbachiya H. K. Patel GAS Dr. Nitin Pethani
Director Executive President
(Dy. Director : Production)
Date : 1-2-2013 Gandhinagar

First Edition : 2013

Published by : H. K. Patel, Director, on behalf of Gujarat State Board of School Textbooks,
‘Vidyayan’, Sector 10-A, Gandhinagar
Printed by :
 FUNDAMENTAL DUTIES

It shall be the duty of every citizen of India :*

(a) to abide by the Constitution and respect its ideals and institutions, the
National Flag and the National Anthem;

(b) to cherish and follow the noble ideals which inspired our national struggle
for freedom;

(c) to uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India;

(d) to defend the country and render national service when called upon to do
so;

(e) to promote harmony and the spirit of common brotherhood amongst all the
people of India transcending religious, linguistic and regional or sectional
diversities; to renounce practices derogatory to the dignity of women;

(f) to value and preserve the rich heritage of our composite culture;

(g) to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes,
rivers and wild life, and to have compassion for living creatures;

(h) to develop a scientific temper, humanism and a spirit of inquiry and reform;

(i) to safeguard public property and to abjure violence;

(j) to strive towards excellence in all spheres of individual and collective

activity so that the nation constantly rises to higher levels of endeavour and
achievement.

* Constitution of India : Section 51 A

 •ŸÈ∑˝§◊ÁáÊ∑§Ê
1. ‚◊ø¸Ÿ◊˜ 1
2. ∑ȧ‹Sÿ •ÊøÊ⁄U— 5
3. ¬⁄¢U ÁŸœÊŸ◊˜ 9
4. fl‹÷Ë ÁfllÊSÕÊŸ◊˜ 14
5. ‚È÷ÊÁ·ÃflÒ÷fl— 18
6. ‚flZ øÊL§Ã⁄U¢ fl‚ãÃ 21
7. ‚¢„UÁ× ∑§Êÿ¸‚ÊÁœ∑§Ê 24
8. ∑§Ê·ÊÿÊáÊÊ¢ ∑§Ù˘¬⁄UÊœ— 29
9. ©U¬∑§Ê⁄U„UÃSÃÈ ∑§Ã¸√ÿ— 34
10. ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§Sÿ ‚flÊÁŸc∆UÊ 38
11. flÁŒÃ√ÿÊÁŸ Á◊òÊÊÁáÊ 43
12. ‚È÷ÊÁ·Ã-‚åÃ∑§◊˜U 47
13. ÁŒc≈KÊ ªÙª˝„UáÊ¢ SflãÃ◊˜ 50
14. „UŸÈ◊mÁáʸÃ⁄UÊ◊flÎûÊÊã× 56
15. ‚Ȍȋ¸÷Ê ‚fl¸◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê flÊáÊË 60
16. •¡ÿ— ‚ ÷ÁflcÿÁà 64
17. •ÊøÊÿ¸— ø⁄U∑§— 67
18. Á’‹Sÿ flÊáÊË Ÿ ∑§ŒÊÁ¬ ◊ üÊÈÃÊ 71
19. ÁflŸÙŒ¬lÊÁŸ 75
20. ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— flÒÁ‡Êc≈U˜ÿ◊˜ 79

à •èÿÊ‚ 1 : ¬ÈŸ⁄UÊfløŸ◊˜ 84

à •èÿÊ‚ 2 : ∑§Ê⁄U∑§-Áfl÷ÁQ§ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ— 86

à •èÿÊ‚ 3 : Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊÁŸ 97

à •èÿÊ‚ 4 : ∑ΧŒãìŒÊÁŸ 107

à •èÿÊ‚ 5 : ‚◊Ê‚-¬Á⁄Uøÿ— 110

à •èÿÊ‚ 6 : ‚Á㜗 113

à •èÿÊ‚ 7 : •√ÿÿ¬ŒÊÁŸ 115

à
 1. ‚◊ø¸Ÿ◊˜
[The Vedas are the authentic and authoritative books of ancient Indian society and
religion. There are 4 Vedas – Rig Veda, Yajur Veda, Sama Veda and Atharva Veda. The
verses of the Vedas are called Mantras. In the Veda Mantras, there is sometimes
incantation (hymns of praise) and sometimes prayer. Sometimes there is a description
of somebody and sometimes deep philosophical ideas. In the present lesson, only three
Mantras of incantation, prayer and worship have been included.
Inspired by the Vedas etc. many hymns and prayers have been composed in different
meters which have been preserved in human-mind and reached us. Presented here are
three such hymns of praise.
We have the tradition of having an invocation at the beginning of the book. With
that in mind, let us begin our learning of Sanskrit with an invocation.]

Ãà‚ÁflÃÈfl¸⁄‘Uáÿ¢ ÷ªÙ¸ ŒflSÿ œË◊Á„U –

ÁœÿÙ ÿÙ Ÿ— ¬˝øÙŒÿÊØ H -´§ÇflŒH

flÒÁŒ∑§◊˜
| | | |
•ÁÇŸ◊Ë›U ¬È⁄UÙÁ„Uâ ÿôÊSÿ Œfl◊ÎÁàfl¡◊˜ –
| |
„UÙÃÊ⁄¢U ⁄UàŸœÊÃ◊◊˜ H 1H
- ´§ÇflŒ— 1—1—1
| | | |
•ÇŸ fl˝Ã¬Ã fl˝Ã¢ øÁ⁄UcÿÊÁ◊ Ãë¿U∑§ÿ¢ Ãã◊ ⁄UÊäÿÃÊ◊˜ –
| |
ߌ◊„U◊ŸÎ ÃÊØ ‚àÿ◊È¬Ò Á◊ H 2H
- ÿ¡Èfl¸Œ— 1—5
| | | |
Ÿ◊— ‡Êê÷flÊÿ ø ◊ÿÙ÷flÊÿ ø Ÿ◊— ‡Êæ˜U∑§⁄UÊÿ ø
| | |
◊ÿS∑§⁄UÊÿ ø Ÿ◊— Á‡ÊflÊÿ ø Á‡ÊflÃ⁄UÊÿ ø H 3H
- ÿ¡Èfl¸Œ— 16—41
‚◊ø¸Ÿ◊˜ 1
 ‹ıÁ∑§∑§◊˜
ÿ¢ ’˝rÊÔÊ flL§áÊãº˝-L§º˝-◊L§Ã— SÃÈãflÁãà ÁŒ√ÿÒ— SÃflÒ—
flŒÒ— ‚ÊæU˜ª-¬Œ-∑˝§◊Ù¬ÁŸ·ŒÒ— ªÊÿÁãà ÿ¢ ‚Ê◊ªÊ— –
äÿÊŸÊflÁSÕÃÃŒ˜ªÃŸ ◊Ÿ‚Ê ¬‡ÿÁãà ÿ¢ ÿÙÁªŸÙ
ÿSÿÊãâ Ÿ ÁflŒÈ— ‚È⁄UÊ‚È⁄UªáÊÊ— ŒflÊÿ ÃS◊Ò Ÿ◊— H 4H
÷ÿÊŸÊ¢ ÷ÿ¢ ÷Ë·áÊ¢ ÷Ë·áÊÊŸÊ¢
ªÁ× ¬˝ÊÁáÊŸÊ¢ ¬ÊflŸ¢ ¬ÊflŸÊŸÊ◊˜ –
◊„UÙìÊÒ—¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ ÁŸÿãÃÎ àfl◊∑¢§
¬⁄U·Ê¢ ¬⁄¢U ⁄UˇÊ∑¢§ ⁄UˇÊ∑§ÊŸÊ◊˜ H 5H
flÿ¢ àflÊ¢ S◊⁄UÊ◊Ù flÿ¢ àflÊ¢ ÷¡Ê◊Ù
flÿ¢ àflÊ¢ ¡ªà‚ÊÁˇÊM§¬¢ Ÿ◊Ê◊— –
‚Œ∑¢§ ÁŸœÊŸ¢ ÁŸ⁄UÊ‹ê’◊ˇÊ◊˜
÷flÊê÷ÙÁœ¬Ùâ ‡Ê⁄Uáÿ¢ fl˝¡Ê◊— H 6H
Glossary
Noun (masc.) — ¬È⁄ÙÁ„U× Purohita, Familypriest, one who does rituals of a host ÿôÊ— Yagna,
sacrificial rite ⁄UàŸœÊÃ◊— one who wears gems fl˝Ã¬Á× Lord of Vows ‡Êê÷fl— who brings tranquility
◊ÿÙ÷fl— from whom happiness is derived ‡Êæ˜U∑§⁄U— one, who does welfare ◊ÿS∑§⁄—U one who gives
happiness Á‡ÊflÃ⁄U— extremely beneficial SÃfl— prayer, song of praise ‚ÊÁˇÊM§¬— witness ÁŸ⁄UÊ‹ê’—
without support, self-dependent.

2 Sanskrit 9
 Pronoun — ÃØ that ÿ◊˜ whom ÿSÿ whose ÃS◊Ò for him/to him àfl◊˜ you ∞∑§◊˜ one ¬⁄U·Ê◊˜
of others flÿ◊˜ we àflÊ◊˜ to you.
Adjective — ÁŒ√ÿ divine, ÷Ë·áÊ dangerous, dreadful ¬ÊflŸ one who purifies ÁŸÿãÃÎ one who
governs/controls ¬⁄U best, excellent ÁŸœÊŸ treasure
Adverb — Ÿ◊— Salutation ! I bow down
Compound — flL§áÊãº˝-L§º˝-◊L§Ã— (flL§áÊ— ø ßãº˝— ø L§º˝— ø ◊L§Ã— ø ßÁà flL§áÊãº˝....◊L§Ã—, - ßÃ⁄UÃ⁄U
mãm—) ‚È⁄UÊ‚È⁄UªáÊÊ— (‚È⁄UÊ— ø •‚È⁄UÊ— ø ßÁà ‚È⁄UÊ‚È⁄UÊ—, - mãm— – ‚È⁄UÊ‚È⁄UÊáÊÊ◊˜ ªáÊÊ— ‚È⁄UÊ‚È⁄UªáÊÊ— - ·c∆UË
Ãà¬ÈL§· –) (Dissolution (Áflª˝„U) of compounds mentioned in the exercise of the textbook, has been
given only to help in teaching.)
Root (First Gana) — (Parasmaipada) ø⁄˜U (ø⁄UÁÃ) to practise ªÒ (ªÊÿÁÃ) to sing
ŒÎ‡Ê˜ - ¬‡ÿ˜ (¬‡ÿÁÃ) to see S◊Î (S◊⁄UÁÃ) to remember ÷¡˜ (÷¡ÁÃ) to worship Ÿ◊˜ (Ÿ◊ÁÃ)
to bow down, to salute fl˝¡˜ (fl˝¡ÁÃ) to go, to attain.
Notes
(1) Meaning — ߸›U (߸«U) I pray ´§Áàfl¡◊˜ officiating priest at a sacrifice „UÙÃÊ⁄U◊˜ to one
who performs sacrificial rite (Havana) ‡Ê∑§ÿ◊˜ I can ⁄UÊäÿÃÊ◊˜ make it accomplished
©U¬ÒÁ◊ I approach, I attain SÃÈãflÁãà they pray ‚Êæ˜Uª-¬Œ-∑˝§◊Ù¬ÁŸ·ŒÒ— six Vedangas, prose in order
along with Upanishads ªÊÿÁãà they sing ‚Ê◊ªÊ— reciter of Mantras of Samaveda
äÿÊŸÊflÁSÕÃÃŒ˜ªÃŸ having attained state of meditation ◊Ÿ‚Ê by the mind ÁflŒÈ— they know, they
attain ◊„UÙìÊÒ—¬ŒÊŸÊ◊˜ of those holding the highest position ÁŸÿãÃÎ one who controls ¬⁄U·Ê◊˜ of the
best ¡ªà‚ÊÁˇÊM§¬◊˜ epitom of the world ∞∑§◊˜ only one of its kind ÷flÊê÷ÙÁœ¬ÙÃ◊˜ the boat which
takes one accross the world like ocean ‡Ê⁄Uáÿ◊˜ one worthy to take refuge.
(2) Sandhi — •ÁÇŸ◊Ë›U (•ÁÇŸ◊Ë«U) (•ÁÇŸ◊˜ ߸›U) – Ãë¿U∑§ÿ◊˜ (ÃØ ‡Ê∑§ÿ◊˜) – Ãã◊
(ÃØ ◊) – ߌ◊„U◊ŸÎÃÊØ (ߌ◊˜ •„U◊˜ •ŸÎÃÊØ) – àfl◊∑§◊˜ (àfl◊˜ ∞∑§◊˜) – ÷¡Ê◊Ù flÿ◊˜ (÷¡Ê◊—
flÿ◊˜) – ‚Œ∑§◊˜ (‚Ø ∞∑§◊˜) –
[Vedic language is spoken and written by using accent (‚Sfl⁄U). There are three kinds of
accents. ©UŒÊûÊ, •ŸÈŒÊûÊ and SflÁ⁄UÃ. While reciting Vedic Mantra ©UŒÊûÊ Sfl⁄U is recited in high pitch,
•ŸÈŒÊûÊ Sfl⁄U in low pitch and SflÁ⁄Uà Sfl⁄U in medium pitch of tune. While writing the Mantras of
Rigveda and Yujurveda, in order to show •ŸÈŒÊûÊ Sfl⁄U sleeping (horizontal) line (--) is drawn under
|
the particular letter. Similarly to show SflÁ⁄Uà Sfl⁄U standing (vertical) line ( ) is drawn on the
particular letter. No sign is used to show ©UŒÊûÊ Sfl⁄U.]
Exercise
1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝oAÊŸÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) ∑§◊˜ ¬È⁄UÙÁ„UÃ◊˜ ߸«U ?
(2) ÿôÊSÿ Œfl— ∑§— •ÁSà ?
(3) •„¢U Á∑¢§ øÁ⁄UcÿÊÁ◊ ?
(4) ÁŒ√ÿÒ— SÃflÒ— ∑§ SÃÈflÁãà ?
(5) flÿ¢ ∑¢§ ‡Ê⁄UáÊ¢ fl˝¡Ê◊— ?
‚◊ø¸Ÿ◊˜ 3
2. ¬˝∑§ÙDÔUÊØ ©UÁøâ ¬Œ¢ ÁøàflÊ flÊÄÿ¬ÍÁÃZ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(1) •„U¢ .......... ⁄UàŸœÊÃ◊◊˜ ߸›U – (•ÁÇŸ◊˜, ÿôÊ◊˜, ¬È⁄UÙÁ„UÃ◊˜)
(2) ߌ◊˜ •„U◊˜ .......... ©U¬ÒÁ◊ – (•ŸÎÃÊØ, ‚àÿ◊˜, fl˝Ã◊˜)
(3) ÿÙÁªŸ— .......... ¬‡ÿÁãà – (ôÊÊŸŸ, øˇÊÈ·Ê, ◊Ÿ‚Ê)
(4) ‚È⁄UÊ‚È⁄UªáÊÊ— ŒflSÿ .......... Ÿ ÁflŒÈ— – (SflM§¬◊˜, ÁŸflÊ‚◊˜, •ãÃ◊˜)
(5) flÿ¢ àflÊ¢ ¡ªà‚ÊÁˇÊM§¬¢ .......... – (÷¡Ê◊—, Ÿ◊Ê◊—, S◊⁄UÊ◊—)
3. ¬˝∑§ÙDÔUªÃ¢ ¬Œ¢ ¬˝ÿÈÖÿ •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊÁŸ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ ¬˝oAÊÕ¸SflM§¬ ¬Á⁄Ufløÿà –
(1) ŒflÊÿ Ÿ◊— – (∑§S◊Ò)
(2) ‚ÊæU˜ª-¬Œ-∑˝§◊Ù¬ÁŸ·ŒÒ— flŒÒ— ‚Ê◊ªÊ— ªÊÿÁãà – (∑§)
(3) ÿÙÁªŸ— Œfl¢ ¬‡ÿÁãà – (∑§◊˜)
4. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝oAÊŸÊ◊˜ ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) Which special qualities of Agnideva have been described in the Mantra ?
(2) Which Vow has been taken from Agni ?
(3) Whose Darshana do the Yogis have ? How ?
(4) How is the divine quality of the one, in whom the devotees take refuge ?
5. f‹Ù∑§¬ÍÁÃZ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(1) •ÁÇŸ◊Ë›U ...... ⁄UàŸœÊÃ◊◊˜ H
(2) Ÿ◊— ‡Ê¢÷flÊÿ ..... Á‡ÊflÃ⁄UÊÿ ø H
(3) flÿ¢ àflÊ¢ S◊⁄UÊ◊Ù ..... fl˝¡Ê◊— H
6. ∑§-Áfl÷ʪ¢ π-Áfl÷ʪŸ ‚„U ÿÕÊÕ¸⁄UËàÿÊ ‚¢ÿÙ¡ÿà –
∑§ π
(1) •ÁÇŸ◊˜ (1) Ÿ◊—
(2) Á‡ÊflÊÿ (2) ¬È⁄UÙÁ„UÃ◊˜
(3) ÁŒ√ÿÒ— (3) Ÿ ÁflŒÈ—
(4) •ãÃ◊˜ (4) ¬˝ÊÁáÊŸÊ◊˜
(5) ‚Ê◊ªÊ— (5) SÃflÒ—
(6) ªÁ× (6) ªÊÿÁãÃ
(7) ’˝rÊÔÊ

Activity
à Learn by heart these Richas of Veda and Shlokas of prayer.
à Transcribe other Richas and Shlokas and exhibit them in the classroom.
à Recite Mantras and Shlokas in the prayerhall of your school.

à
4 Sanskrit 9
 2. ∑ȧ‹Sÿ •ÊøÊ⁄U—
[Right from ancient time in Sanskrit, the fables literature have been popular in
Sanskrit literature. Whether it is a Jataka Tales or Panchatantra or the Hitopadesha, in
every book, animals are the characters through which different Tales have been imagi-
natively written.
Fables are created even today. One such fable is presented here. A bird called the
‘Chataka’ drinks only rain water. This is a tradition of the Chataka race. Every child born
into the Chataka family follows this tradition till doday.
Once, when a child of the Chataka family is so troubled by thirst that not heeding
the advice of his mother he gets ready to break this tradition. By chance he hears the
conversation between a poor farmer and his son. Inspired by the conversation that he
hears between the poor farmer and his son, he goes back to his mother and shows his
willingness to follow the customs of his race.
From this story, we will be inspired to follow the age-old traditions and customs
in order to make our lives better. Though animals are made the object, ultimately the
advice is given for a man. In addition to this, you also have to learn the verb forms and
the cases that have been used here.]
∞∑§— øÊÃ∑§Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ— •Ê‚ËØ – ‚ ∞∑§ŒÊ
ÃηÿÊ ¬ËÁ«U× ¡ŸãÿÊ— ‚◊ˬ¢ fl˝¡Áà flŒÁÃ
ø, ““•ê’ ! ÃÎ·Ê ◊Ê¢ ¬Ë«UÿÁà – •„¢U ¡‹¢
¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ ßë¿UÊÁ◊ – ‚ê¬˝Áà ◊ÉÊ¡‹¢ Ÿ Á◊‹ÁÃ,
•Ã— ëUʪ¡‹◊fl ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ ßë¿UÊÁ◊ –”” ¡ŸŸË
flŒÁÃ, ““’Ê‹ ! flÿ¢ ÃÈ ◊ÉÊ¡‹◊˜ ∞fl Á¬’Ê◊—,
ëUʪ¡‹¢ Ÿ Á¬’Ê◊— – ∞·— •S◊Ê∑¢§ ∑ȧ‹Sÿ
•ÊøÊ⁄U— – •Ã— àfl¢ ëUʪ¡‹¢ ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ Ÿ
‡ÊÄŸÙÁ·”” - ßÁà –
øÊÃ∑§Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ— ∑§ÕÿÁÃ, ““•ê’ ! ◊„UÃË ◊ ÃÎ·Ê – •œÈŸÊ •Ê∑§Ê‡Ê ◊ÉÊÊŸ˜ Ÿ ¬‡ÿÊÁ◊ – ∑§ŒÊ ◊ÉÊ—
flÁ·¸cÿÁà ∑§ŒÊ ø •„¢U ◊ÉÊ¡‹¢ ¬ÊÃÈ¢ ‡ÊÄŸÙÁ◊, ßÁà Ÿ ¡ÊŸÊÁ◊ – •Ã— ÃηÿÊ ¬ËÁ«UÃÙ˘„¢U ëUʪ¡‹¢ ¬ÊÃÈ¢
ªë¿UÊÁ◊ –””
¡ŸŸË ¬ÈŸ⁄UÁ¬ øÊÃ∑§Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ¢ ’ÙœÿÁÃ, ““’Ê‹ ! Ÿ •ÿ◊˜ •S◊Ê∑¢§ ∑ȧ‹ÊøÊ⁄U— – ∑ȧ‹ÊøÊ⁄U— ‚ŒÒfl ⁄UÁˇÊÃ√ÿ—
∞fl – •Ã— àfl¢ ëUʪ¡‹¢ ¬ÊÃÈ¢ Ÿ •„¸UÁ‚ – ÃηÊÿÊ— ‚„UŸ¢ ∑ΧàflÊ ◊ÉÊSÿ ¬˝ÃˡÊÊ¢ ∑§Ãȸ◊˜ •„¸UÁ‚ àfl◊˜ –””
¡ŸãÿÊ— ∑§ÕŸ◊˜ •üÊÈàflÊ øÊÃ∑§Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ— ëUʪ¡‹¢ ¬ÊÃÈ¢ ëUʪ¢ ªãÃÈ¢ ÁŸª¸ë¿UÁà – ◊ʪ¸ ¬Á⁄UüÊÊã× ‚ ÿŒÊ
∞∑§Sÿ ∑Χ·∑§Sÿ ªÎ„SÿU ‚◊ˬ ÁÃDÔUÁÃ ÃŒÊ ÃÊìÈòÊÿÙ— flÊÃʸ‹Ê¬¢ oÎáÊÙÁà –
∑Χ·∑§— flÎh— ◊⁄UáÊʂ㟗 ø •Ê‚ËØ – ÃSÿ ‚◊ˬ ÁSÕ× ÃSÿ ¬ÈòÊ— ÃS◊Ò ∑Χ·∑§Êÿ ∑§ÕÿÁÃ,
““ÃÊà ! •l ◊ʪ¸ ◊ÿÊ œŸSÿÍ× ¬˝Êå× – ÃSÿ Œ‡Ê¸ŸÊØ •ÊŸãŒ— ¡Ê× – ÃŸ ◊ŒËÿ¢ ŒÊÁ⁄Uº˝K¢ Ÿc≈¢U ÷ÁflcÿÁÃ
ßÁà ÁfløÊÿ¸ œŸSÿÍê˝„UáÊÊÿ •„¢U „USâ ¬˝Ê‚Ê⁄Uÿ◊˜ – Á∑§ãÃÈ ÃŒÒfl ◊ÿÊ ÷flŒËÿ— ©U¬Œ‡Ê— S◊Î× - “•ãÿSÿ
œŸSÿ ª˝„UáÊ◊˜ •S◊Ê∑¢§ ∑ȧ‹ÊøÊ⁄U— Ÿ” ßÁà – •Ã— •„¢U â œŸSÿÍâ ÃòÊÒfl •àÿ¡◊˜ –””
∑ȧ‹Sÿ •ÊøÊ⁄U— 5
 øÊÃ∑§Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ— ‚flZ oÎáÊÙÁà – ‚— ÁfløÊ⁄UÿÁà - ““•„UÙ ! ◊⁄UáÊÊ‚ãŸSÿ flÎhSÿ Ãà¬ÈòÊSÿ ø Sfl∑§Ëÿ¢
∑ȧ‹ÊøÊ⁄U¢ ¬Ê‹ÁÿÃÈ¢ ∑§Ë≤‡ÊË üÊhÊ – •„¢U ÃÈ ∑ȧ‹ÊøÊ⁄¢U Ÿ ¬Ê‹ÿÊÁ◊ – flÿ¢ ◊ÉÊ¡‹◊fl Á¬’Ê◊— ßÁà •S◊Ê∑¢§
∑ȧ‹ÊøÊ⁄U— – Ã◊„¢U àÿÄÃÈ¢ ¬˝flÃ¸ – ∞ÃØ •ŸÈÁøÃ◊ÁSà –””

‚— ÁøãÃÿÁà -
¬‡Êfl— ¬ÁˇÊáÊpÒfl ◊ÊŸflÊp ‚ŒÊ‡ÊÿÊ— –
⁄UˇÊÁãà Sfl∑ȧ‹ÊøÊ⁄¢U ⁄UˇÊÊÁ◊ ∑ȧ‹◊Êà◊Ÿ— H
∞fl¢ ÁflÁøãàÿ ‚— ◊ÊÃ⁄¢U ¬˝àÿʪë¿UÁà ‚flZ flÎûÊÊãâ ø ∑§ÕÿÁà – ◊ÊÃÊ ‚ãÃÙ·◊ŸÈ÷flÁÃ, Á‡Ê‡Êfl ø
•Ê‡ÊËflʸŒ¢ ŒŒÊÁà – •À¬ ∞fl ∑§Ê‹ ◊ÉÊflÎÁCÔU— ÷flÁà – ◊ÉÊ¡‹¢ ¬ËàflÊ øÊÃ∑§Á‡Ê‡ÊÙ— ÃÎ·Ê ‡ÊÊêÿÁà –
Glossary
Noun (masc.) — •ÊøÊ⁄U— behaviour, conduct, (behaviour, conduct followed by tradition) (Ant.
•ŸÊøÊ⁄U—) ëUʪ— pond ∑Χ·∑§— farmer SÿÍ× bag
(Fem.) — ÃÎ·Ê thirst (syn. : Á¬¬Ê‚Ê) ¡ŸŸË mother flÎÁCÔU— rain (Syn. : fl·Ê¸)
(Neu.) — ‡ÊÃ◊˜ hundred ¬ÊŸ◊˜ a drink (act to drinking)
Pronoun — ◊Ê◊˜ to me ◊ to me ◊ÿÊ by me ÃŸ by him (masc.) àflÿÊ by you ÃSÿÒ to her
(fem.)
Adjective — ◊„UÃË very much (fem.) ¬Á⁄UüÊÊãà one who is tired
Adverb — ‚ê¬˝Áà at present, now •Ã— hence, therefore ∞fl only ßÁà thus, in this way
•œÈŸÊ now ∑§ŒÊ when •l today ‚êÿ∑˜ in a good manner Ã× then
Compound : øÊÃ∑§Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ— (øÊÃ∑§Sÿ Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ—, ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ◊ÉÊ¡‹◊˜ (◊ÉÊSÿ ¡‹◊˜ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
ëUʪ¡‹◊˜ (ëUʪSÿ ¡‹◊˜, ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑ȧ‹ÊøÊ⁄U— (∑ȧ‹Sÿ •ÊøÊ⁄U— – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ÃÊìÈòÊÿÙ— (ÃÊ×
ø ¬ÈòÊ— ø - ÃÊìÈòÊı – ÃÿÙ— – ßÃ⁄UÃ⁄U mãm) ◊⁄UáÊʂ㟗 (◊⁄UáÊ◊˜ •Ê‚㟗 – ÁmÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – œŸSÿÍ×
(œŸSÿ SÿÍ× – ·DÔUË ÃÃȬÈL§·) – œŸSÿÍê˝„UáÊÊÿ (œŸSÿÍÃSÿ ª˝„UáÊ◊˜ - œŸSÿÍê˝„UáÊ◊˜, ÃS◊Ò – ·DÔUË
Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Ãà¬ÈòÊSÿ (ÃSÿ ¬ÈòÊ— - Ãà¬ÈòÊ—, ÃSÿ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – •ŸÈÁøÃ◊˜ (Ÿ ©UÁøÃ◊˜ - •ŸÈÁøÃ◊˜,
ŸÜʘÃà¬ÈL§·) – ◊ÉÊflÎÁCÔU— (◊ÉÊSÿ flÎÁCÔU— – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·—) –

6 Sanskrit 9
 Participle : ªàflÊ (ª◊˜ + àflÊ) – ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ (¬Ê + ÃÈ◊˜) – ∑ΧàflÊ (∑Χ + àflÊ) – ∑§Ãȸ◊˜
(∑Χ + ÃÈ◊˜) – •üÊÈàflÊ (Ÿ > • + üÊÈ + àflÊ) – ªãÃÈ◊˜ (ª◊˜ + ÃÈ◊˜) – ÁfløÊÿ¸ (Áfl + ø⁄˜U > øÊÁ⁄U
(¬˝⁄U∑§) + àflÊ > ÿ) – üÊÈàflÊ (üÊÈ + àflÊ) – ⁄UÁˇÊÃÈ◊˜ (⁄UˇÊ˜ + ÃÈ◊˜) – àÿQȧ◊˜ (àÿ¡˜ + ÃÈ◊˜) – ÁflÁøãàÿ
(Áfl + ÁøãØ + àflÊ > ÿ) – ¬ËàflÊ (¬Ê + àflÊ) – (This method of explanation given here is to help
teaching.)
Root : (First Gana) (Parasmaipada) flŒ˜ (flŒÁÃ) to sepak, to say ß·˜ > ß뿘U (ßë¿UÁÃ)
to wish, to desire Á◊‹˜ (Á◊‹ÁÃ) to meet ¬Ê > Á¬’˜ (Á¬’ÁÃ) to drink •„¸˜U (•„¸UÁÃ) to deserve,
to be capable of ÁŸ⁄˜U + ª◊˜ > ªë¿˜U (ÁŸª¸ë¿UÁÃ) to exit SÕÊ > ÁÃDÔ˜U (ÁÃDÔUÁÃ) to stand, to stay
÷Í (÷flÁÃ) to be àÿ¡˜ (àÿ¡ÁÃ) to leave, to abandon •Ê + ø⁄˜U (•Êø⁄UÁÃ) to behave, to practise
◊Î (◊Á⁄UcÿÁÃ, ‹Î≈˜U‹∑§Ê⁄U-÷Áflcÿ∑§Ê‹) to die flη˜ (fl·¸ÁÃ) to rain ⁄UˇÊ˜ (⁄UˇÊÁÃ) to protect, to
preserve ¬˝Áà + •Ê + ª◊˜ > ªë¿˜U (¬˝àÿʪë¿UÁÃ) to go back, to return •ŸÈ + ÷Í (•ŸÈ÷flÁÃ)
to experience
Atmanepada : ¬˝ + flÎØ (¬˝fløÃ) to get ready, to get engaged
Fourth Gana ‡Ê◊˜ (‡ÊÊêÿÁÃ) to become quiet
Tenth Gana : ¬Ë«Ũ (¬Ë«UÿÁÃ) to give suffering, torment ∑§Õ˜ (∑§ÕÿÁÃ) to tell ¬Ê‹˜ (¬Ê‹ÿÁÃ)
to observe ÁøãØ (ÁøãÃÿÁÃ) to think.
Notes
Meanings : ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ Ÿ ‡ÊÄŸÙÁ· you cannot drink •ê’ O mother flÁ·¸cÿÁà will rain
⁄UÁˇÊÃ√ÿ— should be protected ‚„UŸ¢ ∑ΧàflÊ having suffered ¬Á⁄UüÊÊã× tired ÃÊìÈòÊÿÙ— of father and son
◊⁄UáÊʂ㟗 one whose death is imminent lying on the death bed œŸSÿÍ× bag of wealth (money)
ŒÊÁ⁄Uº˝K◊˜ poverty „USÃ◊˜ ¬˝Ê‚Ê⁄Uÿ◊˜ I stretched my hand àÿQÈ¢§ ¬˝flÃ¸ I have become ready to give up
•ŸÈÁøÃ◊ÁSà is not fair ÷flÊ≤‡ÊÊ— like you ∑ȧ‹◊Êà◊Ÿ— to one’s own family (lineage) ŒŒÊÁà gives
•À¬ ∞fl ∑§Ê‹ within no time ÃÎ·Ê ‡ÊÊêÿÁà thirst is quenched
Sandhi : ¬ËÁ«UÃÙ˘„U◊˜ (¬ËÁ«U× •„U◊˜) – ¬ÈŸ⁄UÁ¬ (¬ÈŸ— •Á¬) –
Exercises
1. Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøâ ¬Œ◊˜ ÁøàflÊ Á‹πà –
(1) ÃηʬËÁ«U× Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ— ∑§Sÿ ‚◊ˬ¢ ªë¿UÁà ?
(∑§) ¡ŸãÿÊ— (π) ¡‹Sÿ (ª) ŸË«USÿ (ÉÊ) ªªŸSÿ
(2) “◊ÉÊ” ‡ÊéŒSÿ ¬ÿʸÿ— ∑§— ?
(∑§) ¡‹◊˜ (π) flÎÁCÔU— (ª) ¡‹Œ— (ÉÊ) ªªŸ◊˜
(3) ‚flÒ¸— Á∑¢§ ⁄UÁˇÊÃ√ÿ◊˜ ?
(∑§) ëUʪ— (π) ∑ȧ‹ÊøÊ⁄U— (ª) ◊ÉÊ— (ÉÊ) Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ—
(4) flÎh— ∑§ËŒÎ‡Ê— •Ê‚ËØ ?
(∑§) •ãœ— (π) Áfl∑§‹— (ª) ◊⁄UáÊʂ㟗 (ÉÊ) SflSÕ—
(5) Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ— ∑§Sÿ ¬˝ÃˡÊÊ¢ ∑§⁄UÙÁà ?
(∑§) ◊ÉÊSÿ (π) ◊ÉÊÊÿ (ª) ◊ÉÊ◊˜ (ÉÊU) ◊ÉÊŸ
(6) “¬ÈŸ⁄UÁ¬” ‡ÊéŒSÿ ©UÁøâ ‚ÁãœÁflë¿UŒ¢ Œ‡Ê¸ÿà !
(∑§) ¬ÈŸ + ⁄UÁ¬ (π) ¬ÈŸÙ + •Á¬ (ª) ¬ÈŸ— + •Á¬ (ÉÊ) ¬ÈŸ⁄˜U + Á¬

∑ȧ‹Sÿ •ÊøÊ⁄U— 7
 (7) “flà‚ ! ∑ȧ‹Sÿ •ÊøÊ⁄¢U ⁄UÁˇÊÃÈ¢ àflÿÊ ‚êÿ∑§˜ •ÊøÁ⁄UÃ◊˜ –” ∞ÃØ flÊÄÿ¢ ∑§— flŒÁà ?
(∑§) ¡ŸŸË (π) flÎh— (ª) ∑Χ·∑§¬ÈòÊ— (ÉÊ) øÊÃ∑§—
(8) •„¢U ëUʪ¡‹¢ ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ ........ –
(∑§) ßë¿UÁà (π) ßë¿UÁ‚ (ª) ßë¿UÊÁ◊ (ÉÊ) ßë¿UÃÈ
2. ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ∑§— ÃηÿÊ ¬ËÁ«U× •Ê‚ËØ ?
(2) øÊÃ∑§Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ— Á∑¢§ ¬ÊÃÈ¢ Ÿ •„¸UÁà ?
(3) ∑Χ·∑§¬ÈòÊSÿ ŒÊÁ⁄Uº˝K¢ ∑§Ÿ Ÿc≈¢U ÷ÁflcÿÁà ?
(4) ∑Χ·∑§¬ÈòÊáÊ ◊ʪ¸ Á∑¢§ ¬˝ÊåÃ◊˜ ?
(5) Á‡Ê‡ÊÙ— ÃÎ·Ê ∑§Ÿ ŸCÔUÊ ?
3. ⁄UπÊÁVÔUìŒÊŸÊ¢ SÕÊŸ ∑§ÙDÔU∑§ÊØ ¬Œ¢ ¬˝SÕÊåÿ ¬˝oAflÊÄÿ¢ ⁄Uøÿà –
(∑§—, ∑§Ê, ∑ȧòÊ, ∑§ËŒÎ‡Ê—, Á∑§◊˜, ∑§SÿÒ)
(1) ¡ŸŸË Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ¢ ’ÙœÿÁà –
(2) ◊ʪ¸ ¬Á⁄UüÊÊã× ‚— ÁÃDÔUÁà –
(3) ∑Χ·∑§— flÎh— •Ê‚ËØ –
(4) œŸSÿÍ× ◊ʪ¸ ¬˝Êå× –
(5) ‚— ÃSÿÒ ‚flZ flÎûÊÊãâ ∑§ÕÿÁà –
4. ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U œÊÃÈM§¬ÊáÊÊ¢ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ Á‹πà –
œÊÃÈM§¬◊˜ œÊÃÈ— ∑§Ê‹—/‹∑§Ê⁄U— ¬Œ◊˜ ¬ÈL§·— fløŸ◊˜
(1) ßë¿UÊÁ◊ .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(2) ªë¿UÁà .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(3) •„¸UÁ‚ .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(4) ∑§ÕÿÁà .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(5) flŒÁà .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
5. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) What does Kulachara mean ?
(2) What does mother ask baby Chataka not to do ?
(3) In spite of being poor, why did farmer’s son even not touch the bag of wealth ?
(4) Why did baby Chataka not drink water from the pond ?

Activity
à Make a list of code of conduct followed in your school.
à Make list of traditions practised in your family.
à Under the little thirsty baby-Chataka, write this story in your mother tongue. (English)
à Convey best wishes to younger ones on their birthday by blessing them with the
words ‡Êâ ¡Ëfl ‡Ê⁄UŒ— –

8 Sanskrit 9
 3. ¬⁄¢U ÁŸœÊŸ◊˜ ∑§—

[Raja Bhoja lived in the 11th century A.D. in Malwa. (known as Madhya Pradesh
at present.) Living in Dharanagar, the fame that Raja Bhoja attained at that time is still
alive today. Even today many interesting stories of his good governance, his ability to
be just even under the most difficult circumstances and his ability to recognize the
learned are popular. A collection of such stories in Sanskrit called ‘Bhojaprabandha’ is
very well-known. In this there are many events related to Raja Bhoja are described here
by using many verses with aesthetic poetic qualities.
In addition to this, Sanskrit poets of different periods have accepted Raja Bhoja
as a character to present their ideas. One such story in dialogue form is presented here
focusing on Bhoja. In this dialogue between Raja Bhoja and young scholar it has been
attempted to emphasise strength of one thing over the other. As the conversation
progresses, there is a total halt when it comes to the point of contentment. That is, this
story lays stress on the importance of contentment.
While reading this lesson, it is important to pay attention to the concord between
the case of the doer and the verb forms. In addition to this, you also have to learn how
the case endings of nouns and the various forms of the verb change.]
÷Ù¡— ŸÊ◊ ŸÎ¬Á× ÁfllÊÁ¬˝ÿ—, ∑§‹ÊÁ¬˝ÿ—, ¬˝¡ÊÁ¬˝ÿp •Ê‚ËØ – •Ã— ÃSÿ ⁄UÊ¡‚÷ÊÿÊ¢ ŒÍ⁄UŒ‡ÊÊØ •Ÿ∑§
ÁfllÊÁfl‡ÊÊ⁄UŒÊ— ¬Áá«UÃÊ— ‚◊ʪë¿UÁãà S◊ –
∞∑§ŒÊ ÷Ù¡— ¬˝Ê‚ÊŒSÿ ªflÊˇÊ ©U¬ÁflCÔU— •Ê‚ËØ – ‚— ◊ʪ¸ ∞∑¢§ ŸflʪãÃÈ∑§◊˜ •ŸÁ÷ôÊ¢ ÿÈfl∑¢§
¬‡ÿÁà – ÃSÿ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ ôÊÊÃÈ¢ ‚— â ¬˝Ê‚ÊŒ •ÊuÔUÿÁà – ÃÃSÃÿÙ— ◊äÿ ∞fl¢ flÊÃʸ‹Ê¬— ‚¢¡Ê× –
÷Ù¡— — ÷flÊŸ˜ ∑§— fløÃ ?
ÿÈfl∑§— — •„¢U ÉÊ≈U¬Áá«U× •ÁS◊ –
÷Ù¡— — ÉÊ≈U¬Áá«U× ? Á∑¢§ ŸÊ◊ ÉÊ≈U¬Áá«U×
ßÁà ?
ÿÈfl∑§— — ÿÕÊ ÉÊ≈U ¬Á⁄U¬ÍáÊZ ¡‹¢ ÁÃDÔUÁÃ,
ÃÕÒfl ◊Áÿ ¬Á⁄U¬áÍ Ê¸ ôÊÊŸ¢ fløÃ –
•Ã— •„¢U SflÊà◊ÊŸ¢ ÉÊ≈U¬Áá«Uâ ◊ãÿ –
÷Ù¡— — (ÿÈfl∑§Sÿ ªfl¸¬ÍáÊʸ◊˜ ©UÁÄâ üÊÈàflÊ
SflÊà◊ÊŸ¢ ÃÃÙ˘åÿÁœ∑¢ § ◊àflÊ
•„Uæ˜U∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ‚„U) ÿÁŒ àfl¢ ÉÊ≈U—
•Á‚, ÃÁ„¸U •„¢U ◊ÈŒª˜ ⁄UàflŸ flÃ̧ –
◊ÈŒ˜ª⁄U— Sfl∑§ËÿŸ ¬˝„UÊ⁄UáÊ ÉÊ≈¢U
ÁflŸÊ‡ÊÿÁà – •„U◊Á¬ ÉÊ≈UM§¬¢
÷flãâ ÁflŸÊ‡ÊÿÊÁ◊ –
ÿÈfl∑§— — ÿÁŒ ÷flÊŸ˜ ◊ÈŒ˜ª⁄UàflŸ flÁøcÿÃ, ÃÁ„¸U •„U◊˜ •ÁÇŸ— ÷flÊÁ◊ – Œ„UŸ∑§◊ʸ •ÁÇŸ— ÷ÍàflÊ ◊ÈŒª˜ ⁄¢U ÷S◊
∑§Á⁄UcÿÊÁ◊ –

¬⁄¢U ÁŸœÊŸ◊˜ ∑§— 9

 ÷Ù¡— — àfl¢ ÿÁŒ flÁqÔUàflŸ flÁøcÿ‚, ÃÁ„¸U •„¢U flÎÁCÔU— ÷ÁflcÿÊÁ◊ – flÎCUÔ — ¬È⁄U× flÁqÔU— SÕÊÃÈ¢ Ÿ ‡ÊÄŸÙÁÃ,
ÃÕÊ àfl◊Á¬ ◊◊ ¬È⁄U× SÕÊÃÈ¢ Ÿ ‡ÊÄŸÙÁ· –
ÿÈfl∑§— — flÎÁCÔ¢U ÃÈ flÊÿÈ— Sfl’‹Ÿ ÿòÊ ∑ȧòÊÊÁ¬ flÊ„UÁÿÃÈ◊„¸UÁà – flÎÁCÔUM§¬¢ ÷flãÃ◊„¢U flÊÿÈ— ÷ÍàflÊ ß× Ã×
flÁ„UcÿÊÁ◊ –
÷Ù¡— — ÿÁŒ ÷flÊŸ˜ flÊÃàflŸ flÁøcÿÃ, ÃÁ„¸U
•„¢U flÊÿÈ÷ˇÊ∑§— ÷È¡ª— ÷ÁflcÿÊÁ◊ –
÷È¡ª— ‚Ÿ˜ ‚Ãâ flÊÿÈM§¬¢ ÷flãâ
÷ˇÊÁÿcÿÊÁ◊ –
ÿÈfl∑§— — ÷flÊŸ˜ ÿÁŒ ‚¬¸— ÷ÁflcÿÁÃ, ÃÁ„¸U •„¢U
‚¬¸÷ˇÊ∑§Ù ªL§«UÙ ÷flÊÁ◊ –
÷Ù¡— — (flÊÄ∑§‹Ë¥ flœ¸ÿŸ˜) àfl¢ ÿÁŒ ªL§«U—
•Á‚, ÃÁ„¸U •„¢U ø∑˝§œÊ⁄U∑§— ÁflcáÊÈ— –
ÁflcáÊÈ— ªL§«UÊM§…U— ÷flÁà –
ÿÈfl∑§— — (◊Ÿ‚Ê ÁflcáÊÈ¢ ¬˝áÊêÿ ø ¬ÊÁá«Uàÿ¢
¬˝Œ‡Ê¸ÿŸ˜ •ª˝ flŒÁà –) ÿÁŒ ÷flÊŸ˜
ø∑˝§œ⁄U— ÁflcáÊÈ—, ÃÁ„¸U •„¢U ÷fl×
◊SÃ∑§Sÿ ©U ¬ Á⁄U ‡ÊÙ÷◊ÊŸ¢ ◊È ∑ È § ≈¢ ˜
•ÁS◊ – ◊È∑ȧ≈¢U ‚ŒÊ ◊SÃ∑§Sÿ ©U¬Á⁄U
∞fl ‚¢ÁÃDÔUÃ –
÷Ù¡— — (ÿÈfl∑§Sÿ ¬ÊÁá«Uàÿ◊˜ •ŸÈ÷Íÿ) ÃÁ„¸U ◊È∑ȧ≈USÿ ©U¬Á⁄U ‡ÊÙ÷◊ÊŸ¢ ¬Èc¬◊„U◊˜ – ∞fl◊„¢U
•œÈŸÊ ÃflÙ¬Á⁄U SÕÊSÿÊÁ◊ –
ÿÈfl∑§— — ÷flÊŸ˜ ÿÁŒ ¬Èc¬¢ ÷ÁflcÿÁÃ, ÃÁ„U̧ •„U◊Á¬ ÷˝◊⁄UÙ ÷ÍàflÊ Ãfl ¬Èc¬SÿÙ¬Á⁄U SÕÊSÿÊÁ◊ –
÷Ù¡— — ∞fl¢ ÷flÊŸ˜ Ám⁄U»§— ÃÁ„¸ •„¢U ‚Íÿ¸— – ¬Èc¬Sÿ •ã× ÁSÕ× ÷˝◊⁄U— ‚ÍÿʸSÃ∑§Ê‹ ’ãŒË ÷flÁÃ,
•„U◊Á¬ àfl¢ ’Á㌟¢ ∑§Á⁄UcÿÊÁ◊ –
ÿÈfl∑§— — •„UÙ ! ÷flÊŸ˜ ‚Íÿ¸SÃÁ„¸U •„¢U ◊„Uʬ˝÷ÊflË ⁄UÊ„ÈU— – ⁄UÊ„ÈUSÃÈ ‚ÍÿZ ª˝‚Ã –
÷Ù¡— — (Á∑§ÁÜøØ ©ìÊÒ—) ÷flÊŸ˜ ⁄UÊ„ÈUpØ •„¢U ⁄UÊ„ÈUM§¬Êÿ ÃÈèÿ¢ ŒÊŸ¢ ŒÊSÿÊÁ◊ – ŒÊŸª˝„UáÊŸ ÃflÊÿ¢ ªfl¸—
ÁŸpÿŸ ‡ÊÊã× ÷ÁflcÿÁà –
ÿÈfl∑§— — (Áfl„USÿ øÊÃÈÿ¸áÊ) ÿÁŒ ÷flÊŸ˜ ŒÊŸË ÃÁ„¸U •„¢U ‚ãÃÈCUÔ — – ÷fl× ŒÊŸSÿ ¬˝ÿÊ‚— ÁŸc»§‹—
÷ÁflcÿÁà – ‚fl¸Ã— •‹È霗 •„¢U ÷fl× ŒÊŸ¢ Ÿ ª˝„UËcÿÊÁ◊ –
∞fl◊ÈûÊ⁄UÙûÊ⁄¢U ÁflflÊŒ⁄UÃÿÙ— ÷Ù¡ÿÈfl∑§ÿÙ— ◊äÿ ÿŒÊ ‚ãÃÙ·Sÿ Áfl·ÿ— ‚◊ȬÁSÕ× ÃŒÊ “‚◊ʪÃ ‚¢ÃÙ·
‚flZ ‡ÊÊãâ ÷flÁÔ ßÁà fløŸÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ÁflflÊŒÙ˘Á¬ Sflÿ◊fl ‡ÊÊã× –
•ãÃ øÃÈ⁄¢U ôÊÊŸŸ ªÈáÊŸ ø ©U¬â â ¬Áá«Uâ ÿÈfl∑¢§ ¬˝áÊêÿ œÊ⁄UÊÁœ¬Á× ÷Ù¡⁄UÊ¡— •flŒÃ˜ ““•Áÿ
ÉÊ≈U¬Áá«Uà ! ªÈáʬ͡∑§ œÊ⁄UÊŒ‡Ê ÷fl× SflʪÃ◊ÁSà – ÷flÊŸ˜ Áfl¡ÿË ¡Ê× – ‚ãÃÈC¢ÔU ¡Ÿ¢ Ÿ ∑§Ù˘Á¬
¬⁄UÊ¡ÃÈ◊„¸UÁà – ÿÃÙ Á„U ‚ãÃÙ· ∞fl ¬ÈL§·Sÿ ¬⁄¢U ÁŸœÊŸ¢ fløÃ –””

10 Sanskrit 9
 Glossary
Noun (masc.) ŸÎ¬Á× king ¬˝Ê‚ÊŒ— palace ªflÊˇÊ— balcony ◊ÈŒ˜ª⁄U— hammer (a tool like
wooden bat, heavy in weight) (an implement for exercise) flÁq—ÔU fire flÊÿÈ÷ˇÊ∑§— one who eats air,
flÊ× wind ÷È¡ª— snake Ám⁄U»§— bee, wasp
(Fem.) — flÎÁCÔU— rain flÊÄ∑§‹Ë play of words
(Neu.) — ÁŸœÊŸ◊˜ treasure
Pronoun — ÃSÿ his (masc.) ‚— he (masc.) •Ÿ∑§ many Ã◊˜ to him (masc.) ÃÿÙ— of both
of them (masc.) ÷flÊŸ˜ you ◊Áÿ in me ◊◊ my ÷flãÃ◊˜ to you Ãfl your ÃÈèÿ◊˜ for you, to you
÷fl× your
Adjective — Áfl‡ÊÊ⁄UŒ clever, skillful ∑§ÙÁflŒ experienced, a learned œÈ⁄¢Uœ⁄U one who hold a
yoke, leader, chief •ŸÁ÷ôÊ stranger, unknown ‡ÊÙ÷◊ÊŸ adorning
Adverb — ∞∑§ŒÊ once ©U¬Á⁄U on the upper side •Ã— hence Ã× therefore ÿÁŒ if ÃÁ„¸U then
¬È⁄U× in front of ÿòÊ where ∑ȧòÊÊÁ¬ anywhere ß× from here Ã× from there ‚ŒÊ always
•œÈŸÊ now ◊äÿ in between •Áÿ word used to address, O ! ÿÃÙ Á„U because
Compound : ⁄UÊ¡‚÷ÊÿÊ◊˜ (⁄UÊôÊ— ‚÷Ê - ⁄UÊ¡‚÷Ê, ÃSÿÊ◊˜ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈÈL§·) – ÁfllÊÁfl‡ÊÊ⁄UŒ— (ÁfllÊ‚È
Áfl‡ÊÊ⁄UŒ— - ÁfllÊÁfl‡ÊÊ⁄UŒ— – ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·) – flÊÃʸ‹Ê¬— (flÊÃʸÿÊ— •Ê‹Ê¬— – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) ÷Ù¡ÿÈfl¬Áá«UÃÿÙ—
(÷Ù¡— ø ÿÈfl¬Áá«U× ø - ÷Ù¡ÿÈfl¬Áá«UÃı, ÃÿÙ— – ßÃ⁄UÃ⁄U mãm) – ªfl¸¬ÍáÊʸ◊˜ (ªfl¸áÊ ¬ÍáÊʸ - ªfl¸¬ÍáÊʸ,
ÃÊ◊˜ – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) flÊÿÈ÷ˇÊ∑§— (flÊÿÙ— ÷ˇÊ∑§— – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) ªL§«UÊM§…U— (ªL§«U◊˜ •ÊM§…U— – ÁmÃËÿÊ
Ãà¬ÈL§·) ‚ÍÿʸSÃ∑§Ê‹ (‚Íÿ¸Sÿ •SÃ∑§Ê‹— - ‚ÍÿʸSÃ∑§Ê‹—, ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) ŒÊŸª˝„UáÊŸ (ŒÊŸSÿ ª˝„UáÊ◊˜
- ŒÊŸª˝„UáÊ◊˜, ÃŸ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) ÷Ù¡ÿÈfl∑§ÿÙ— (÷Ù¡— ø ÿÈfl∑§— ø ÷Ù¡ÿÈfl∑§ı, ÃÿÙ— – ßÃ⁄UÃ⁄U
mãm—) – œÊ⁄ÊÁœ¬Á× – (œÊ⁄UÊÿÊ— •Áœ¬Á× – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·)
Root : (First Gana) (Parasmaipada) ‚◊˜ + •Ê + ª◊˜ > ªë¿˜U (‚◊ʪë¿UÁÃ) to come
•Ê + uÔU > uÔUÿ˜ (•ÊuÔUÿÁÃ) to call •„¸˜U (•„¸UÁÃ) to deserve fl„U˜ (fl„UÁÃ) to carry (Atmanepada)
‚◊˜ + SÕÊ - ÁÃDÔ˜U (‚¢ÁÃDÔUÃ) to stand / stay flÎØ (fløÃ) to be ª˝‚˜ (ª˝‚Ã) to swallow
Notes
(1) Meaning : ÁfllÊÁfl‡ÊÊ⁄UŒÊ— expert in many lores ©U¬ÁflCÔU— one who is seated
ŸflʪãÃÈ∑§◊˜ to a newly arrived ÁŸêŸÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄U◊˜ as given below ÉÊ≈U¬Áá«U× scholar who is filled with
wisdom ¬Á⁄U¬Íáʸ◊˜ filled to the brim ªfl¸¬ÍáÊʸ◊˜ ©UÁÄÃ◊˜ words filled with arrogance ◊ÈŒ˜ª⁄UàflŸ like a
hammer ¬˝„UÊ⁄UáÊ by a stroke flÁøcÿÃ will behave Œ„UŸ∑§◊ʸ one who burns flÊ„UÁÿÃÈ◊„¸UÁà capable
of blowing away flÎÁCÔUM§¬◊˜ who is like rain ß× Ã× here and there flÁ„UcÿÊÁ◊ I will carry away
¬ÊÁá«Uàÿ¢ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸ÿŸ˜ showing scholarship ‡ÊÙ÷◊ÊŸ◊˜ to one who adorns •ŸÈ÷Íÿ having experienced /
experiencing SÕÊSÿÊÁ◊ I shall stand / stay ª˝„UËcÿÊÁ◊ I shall receive ’ãŒË prisoner ◊„Uʬ˝÷ÊflË one
who is lustrous ÁŸpÿŸ certainly Áfl„USÿ laughing øÊÃÈÿ¸áÊ cleverly •‹È霗 one who is free from
greed ∞fl◊È û Ê⁄UÙûÊ⁄U◊˜ thus gradually ÁflflÊŒ⁄UÃÿÙ— of those engrossed in controversy
fløŸÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄U◊˜ as per words •ãÃ at last ©U¬Ã◊˜ associated ªÈáʬ͡∑§ one who worships virtues
œÊ⁄UÊŒ‡Ê in Dharadesha Áfl¡ÿË ¡Ê× became victorious / has conquered ¬⁄UÊ¡Ã◊È „U̧Áà can be defeated

¬⁄¢U ÁŸœÊŸ◊˜ ∑§— 11

 (2) Sandhi : ¬˝¡ÊÁ¬˝ÿp (¬˝¡ÊÁ¬˝ÿ— ø) – ÃÃSÃÿÙ— (Ã× ÃÿÙ—) – ÃÕÒfl (ÃÕÊ ∞fl) – ÃÃÙ˘åÿÁœ∑§◊˜
(Ã× •Á¬ •Áœ∑§◊˜) – ∑ȧòÊÊÁ¬ (∑ȧòÊ •Á¬) – ÃflÙ¬Á⁄U (Ãfl ©U¬Á⁄U) – ÷˝◊⁄UÙ ÷ÍàflÊ (÷˝◊⁄U— ÷ÍàflÊ) – ‚Íÿ¸SÃÁ„¸U
(‚Íÿ¸— ÃÁ„U¸U) –
Exercies
1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃèÿ— Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –
(1) •„¢U ÉÊ≈U¬Áá«U× ............... –
(∑§) S◊— (π) •ÁS◊ (ª) •ÁSà (ÉÊU) ‚ÁãÃ

(2) “flÊÿÈ—” ßÁà ‡ÊéŒSÿ ¬ÿʸÿ‡Ê錗 ∑§— ?

(∑§) flÊ∑§˜ (π) flÊ (ª) flÊ× (ÉÊU) flÁ„U˜Ÿ—

(3) “ªflÊˇÊ—” ‡ÊéŒSÿ •Õ¸— ∑§— ?

(∑§) Peak (π) Terrace (ª) Court (ÉÊU) Balcony

(4) ÷ͬʋ— ◊ʪ¸ ‚Èfláʸπá«U◊˜ ............... –

(∑§) •ÁˇÊ¬Ÿ˜ (π) •ÁˇÊ¬‚— (ª) •ÁˇÊ¬Ã˜ (ÉÊU) •ÁˇÊ¬◊˜
(5) ‚¢‚Ê⁄U ∑§ËŒÎ‡Ê¢ ¡Ÿ¢ ¬⁄UÊ¡ÃÈ¢ ∑§Ù˘Á¬ Ÿ •„¸UÁà ?
(∑§) œÁŸ∑§◊˜ (π) ‚ãÃÈCUÔ ◊˜ (ª) flÊøÊ‹◊˜ (ÉÊU) ’Á‹DÔU◊˜

(6) •„¢U ŒÊŸ¢ ............... –

(∑§) ∑§Á⁄UcÿÁà (π) ∑§Á⁄UcÿÊÁ◊ (ª) ∑§Á⁄UcÿÁ‚ (ÉÊU) ∑§Á⁄UcÿÁãÃ

(7) ∑§Sÿ Á‡Êπ⁄U ◊È∑ȧ≈¢U ‚ŒÊ ÁÃDÔUÁà ?

(∑§) ◊SÃ∑§ (π) ◊SÃ∑§Sÿ (ª) ◊SÃ∑¢§ (ÉÊU) ◊SÃ∑§ÊØ
2. ‚¢S∑Χà ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) •ÁÇŸ— ∑¢§ ÷S◊ ∑§⁄UÙÁà ?
(2) ⁄UÊ„ÈU— ∑§Ÿ ‡ÊÊã× ÷flÁà ?
(3) ‚ãÃÙ· ∞fl ∑§Sÿ ¬⁄¢U ÁŸœÊŸ◊˜ ?
(4) ÷˝◊⁄U— ∑ȧòÊ ’ãŒË ÷flÁà –
3. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊéŒM§¬ÊáÊÊ¢ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ Á‹πà –
‡ÊéŒM§¬◊˜ ◊Í‹‡Ê錗 •ã× Á‹XÔU◊˜ Áfl÷ÁÄ× fløŸ◊˜
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ - ¡ŸÊ— ¡Ÿ •∑§Ê⁄UÊã× ¬ÈÁÀ‹¢ª◊˜ ¬˝Õ◊Ê ’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜
(1) ¬˝Ê‚ÊŒSÿ .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(2) ªflÊˇÊ .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........

12 Sanskrit 9
 (3) flÎCÔU— .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(4) ¬Áá«UÃ◊˜ .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(5) ÁflflÊŒ⁄UÃÿÙ— .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
4. fløŸÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U œÊÃÈM§¬Ò— Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊÁŸ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
©UŒÊ. fløÃ flÃ¸Ã fløãÃ –
(1) .......... ÁÃDÔU× .......... –
(2) •„¸UÁà .......... .......... –
(3) ª˝„ËUcÿÊÁ◊ .......... .......... –
(4) .......... ÷Áflcÿ× .......... –
5. ‡ÊË·¸∑§ÊŸÈM§¬¢ œÊÃÈM§¬ÊáÊÊ¢ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ Á‹πà –
œÊÃÈM§¬◊˜ œÊÃÈ— ∑§Ê‹—/‹∑§Ê⁄U— ¬Œ◊˜ ¬ÈL§·— fløŸ◊˜
©UŒÊ. ‚flãÃ ‚fl˜ flø◊ÊŸ •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ •ãÿ ’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜
(1) •¬‡ÿØ .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(2) ÁÃDÔUÁÃ .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(3) ÷ÁflcÿÁà .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(4) SÕÊSÿÊÁ◊ .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
6. ∑§ÙDÔUÔ ∑§·È ¬˝ŒûÊÊÁŸ ¬ŒÊÁŸ ¬˝ÿÈÖÿ ‚¢S∑ΧÃflÊÄÿÊÁŸ ⁄Uøÿà –
(1) The king sees a youth. (ŸÎ¬, ÿÈfl∑§, ≤‡Ê˜-¬‡ÿ˜)
(2) People go to the assembly. (¡Ÿ, ‚÷Ê, ª◊˜-ªë¿U˜)
(3) Virtues are worshipped in Dharadesha. (œÊ⁄UÊŒ‡Ê, ªÈáÊ, ¬Í¡Ê, ÷Í)
(4) Bhoja was favourite among his people. (÷Ù¡, ¬˝¡Ê, Á¬˝ÿ, ÷Í)
(5) Agni (fire) burns the hammer. (flÁqÔU, ◊ÈŒ˜ª⁄U, Œ„˜)
7. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄Uà –
(1) How was king Bhoja ?
(2) Why does the youth believe himself to be Ghatapandita ?
(3) When does the discussion between king Bhoja and the youth stop ? Why ?
(4) What was the speciality of Dharadesha ?
Activity
à Write in brief the theme of the prose ¬⁄¢U ÁŸœÊŸ◊˜..
à Present one of the stories from ‘Bhojaprabandha’ in the class.

¬⁄¢U ÁŸœÊŸ◊˜ ∑§— 13

 4. fl‹÷Ë ÁfllÊSÕÊŸ◊˜
[In ancient India education was widespread and prevalent. In ancient Greater India,
there were great centres of learning in many big cities where scholars from different
parts of the world studied. One such centre of learning was in Gujarat.
In this lesson, an introduction is given of that centre. Mainly, this lesson has been
written in such a way that gives an idea of the teaching-learning method of such centres.
As the content of this lesson deals with the past, an attempt has been made to
teach the uses of the past tense too in the sentences here. The language of this lesson
is simple and you can also learn the forms of nouns as well as the formation of
compound words, along with verb forms.]

‚ê¬˝Áà ÁflÁflœÊ— ÁflEÁfllÊ‹ÿÊ— ‚Ȭ˝Á‚hÊ— ‚Áãà – Ã·È ∑§øŸ ∞ÃÊ≤‡ÊÊ— ‚Áãà ÿòÊ •äÿÿŸÊÕZ ¬˝fl‡Ê¢
¬˝Êåÿ ¿UÊòÊ— SflÊà◊ÊŸ¢ œãÿ¢ ◊ãÿÃ – ∞fl◊fl ¬È⁄UÊ∑§Ê‹˘Á¬ •S◊Ê∑§¢ ÷Ê⁄UÃ Œ‡Ê ∞ÃÊ≤‡ÊÊ— ’„Ufl— ÁflEÁfllÊ‹ÿÊ—
•Ê‚Ÿ˜ – ÃòÊ ÁfllÊäÿÿŸÊÿ ŒÍ⁄UÊØ Œ‡ÊÊØ ‚◊ʪàÿ ¬˝fl‡Ê¢ ‹éäflÊ ¿UÊòÊÊ— SflÊà◊ÊŸ¢ œãÿ¢ ◊ãÿãÃ S◊ – ∞·È
∞∑§Ã◊— fl‹÷Ë ÁflEÁfllÊ‹ÿ— – ◊ªœ⁄UÊÖÿ ÿÕÊ ŸÊ‹¢ŒÊ •Ê‚ËØ ÃÕÒfl •òÊ ªÈ¡¸⁄¬˝Œ‡Ê fl‹÷Ë •Ê‚ËØ –
•òÊÊÁ¬ ‚ÈŒÍ⁄UÊØ Œ‡ÊÊØ ¡ŸÊ— •äÿÿŸÊÿ •Êªë¿UÁãà S◊ – •làfl •S◊ŒËÿ ªÈ¡¸⁄U¬˝Œ‡Ê flø◊ÊŸ ÷ÊflŸª⁄U ¡Ÿ¬Œ
fl‹÷ËŸÊ◊∑¢§ ÿŒ∑§◊˜ ©U¬Ÿª⁄U¢ fløÃ, ÃòÊÒfl ¬˝ÊøËŸ∑§Ê‹ fl‹÷Ë ÁflEÁfllÊ‹ÿ— •Ê‚ËØ –

flSÃÈÃSÃÈ ßŒ◊˜ ©U¬Ÿª⁄U¢ ¬˝ÊøËŸ∑§Ê‹ÊŒfl •äÿÿŸ-•äÿʬŸSÿ ∑§ãº˝◊Ê‚ËØ – ¬Ífl¸◊òÊ •CÔUÊŒ‡ÊÁfllÊÿÊ—

¬∆UŸ¢ ¬Ê∆UŸ¢ ø ÷flÁà S◊ – ∞ÃÊ‚È ÁfllÊ‚È øàflÊ⁄UÙ flŒÊ—, ·≈U˜ flŒÊæ˜UªÊÁŸ, ¬È⁄UÊáÊ◊˜, ãÿÊÿ—, ◊Ë◊Ê¢‚Ê, S◊ÎÁ×,
•ÊÿÈfl¸Œ-œŸÈfl¸Œ-ªãœfl¸flŒ-•Õ¸flŒÊ— øàflÊ⁄U— ©U¬flŒÊ— ø ‚◊ÊÁflc≈UUÔ Ê— ‚Áãà – Ã× ’ıhŒ‡Ê¸ŸSÿ ¡ÒŸŒ‡Ê¸ŸSÿ
ø ߌ¢ ∑§ãº˝¢ ‚Ü¡ÊÃ◊˜ – Á∫SÃSÿ øÃÈâÿÊZ ‡ÊÃÊélÊ◊˜ ´§ÇflŒSÿ ÷Êcÿ∑§Ê⁄U— S∑§ãŒSflÊ◊Ë ‚Ü¡Ê× – ‚— •òÊÒfl
•fl‚Ø – ∞ÃØ ‚ÍøÿÁà ÿØ ªÈ#∑§Ê‹ •òÊ flŒÊäÿÿŸ◊Á¬ ¬˝ø‹Áà S◊ – Á∫SÃSÿ øÃÈâÿÊZ ‡ÊÃÊélÊ◊fl
‚Ȭ˝Á‚hı ’ıhÊøÊÿı¸ ÁSÕ⁄U◊ÁêÈáÊ◊ÃË, ¡ÒŸÊøÊÿ¸— üÊË◊À‹flÊŒË ‚ÍÁ⁄U— ø •òÊÒfl ÁfllÊ√ÿÊ‚¢ª¢ ∑ȧfl¸Áãà S◊ –

14 Sanskrit 9
∞ÃØ ‚ÍøÿÁà ÿŒòÊ ¡ÒŸ-’ıhŒ‡Ê¸ŸÊŸÊ◊Á¬ •äÿÿŸ¢ ¬˝ø‹Áà S◊ – •òÊ ÿÕÊL§Áø ÿÕÊ◊Áà ¿UÊòÊÊ— •¬∆UŸ˜ –
¬˝fl‡ÊÊÕ¸◊òÊ ¬˝fl‡Ê¬⁄UˡÊÊÁ¬ ÷flÁà S◊ – ÃÊ◊ÈûÊËÿ¸ ∞fl •òÊ ¿UÊòÊSÿ ¬˝fl‡Ê— ‡ÊÄÿ— •Ê‚ËØ –
Á∫SÃSÿ ¬ÜøêÿÊ¢ ‡ÊÃÊélÊ◊˜ ߌ◊ȬŸª⁄U¢ ◊ÒòÊ∑§ÊáÊÊ¢ ⁄UÊ¡œÊŸË •Ê‚ËØ – ◊ÒòÊ∑§ÊáÊÊ¢ √ÿflSÕÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄U◊˜
•äÿÿŸSÿ ‚◊ÊåàÿŸãÃ⁄¢ flÊŒ‚÷ÊÿÊ¢ ‡ÊÊSòÊÊÕ¸— ÷flÁà S◊ – ‡ÊÊSòÊÊÕ¸ ÁflÁ÷ãŸÊŸÊ¢ ◊Ã-◊ÃÊãÃ⁄UÊáÊÊ¢ πá«UŸ-
◊á«UŸ¬Ífl¸∑¢§ Áfl◊‡Ê¸— ÷flÁà S◊ – •Ÿ∑§S◊Ò Áfl¡Áÿ¡ŸÊÿ ⁄UÊ¡Ê ¬ÊÁ⁄UÃÙÁ·∑§M§¬áÊ ÷ÍÁ◊◊˜ •ÿë¿UØ – ∑§ŒÊÁøØ
Áfl¡Áÿ¡ŸÊŸÊ¢ ŸÊ◊ÊÁŸ ÁfllʬË∆USÿ mÊ⁄U ©U≈˜U≈¢UÁ∑§ÃÊÁŸ •÷flŸ˜ –
Á∫SÃÊØ ¬ÍflZ ¬˝Êÿ— ¬Üø◊‡ÊÃÊélÊ¢ ÷ªfl× ◊„UÊflË⁄USÿ ¡ã◊ •÷flØ – ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ ∑§Ê‹ ÷ªflÃÊ ◊„UÊflË⁄UáÊ
ÿ— ©U¬Œ‡Ê— ¬˝ŒûÊ— ‚ •Êª◊-ŸÊêŸÊ ¬˝Á‚h— fløÃ – •ÿ◊˜ •Êª◊— fl·¸¬Üø‡Êâ ÿÊflØ ◊ıÁπ∑§¬⁄Uê¬⁄UÊÿÊ¢
‚È⁄UÁˇÊ× •Ê‚ËØ – ∞fl¢ Á„U üÊÍÿÃ ÿØ Á∫SÃSÿ ÃÎÃËÿÊÿÊ¢ ‡ÊÃÊélÊ¢ ŸÊªÊ¡Ȩ̀ŸŸÊêŸÊ ¬˝Á‚hSÿ ÁflŒÈ·— •äÿˇÊÃÊÿÊ◊˜
∞∑§Ê ¡ÒŸ‚ʜ͟ʢ ‚Á◊Á× Á◊Á‹ÃÊ – •SÿÊ◊˜ •Êª◊ª˝ãÕÊŸÊ¢ ‹πŸSÿ ¬˝SÃÊflÙ˘÷flØ – •òÊ ‹π’hÊ flÊáÊË
fl‹÷ËflÊøŸÊ ŸÊêŸÊ ¬˝Á‚hÊ ¡ÊÃÊ –
Á∫SÃSÿ ŸflêÿÊ¢ ‡ÊÃÊélÊ¢ fl‹÷ËŸª⁄USÿ ÁflŸÊ‡Ê— •÷flØ – ¬⁄UãÃÈ ÃSÿ •fl‡Ê·Ê— •lÊÁ¬ ÃSÿ ‚◊ÎÁh¢
‚ÍøÿÁãà – ∞fl¢ ÷Ê⁄UÃSÿ ¬˝ÊøËŸ·È ÁfllÊ∑§ãº˝·È fl‹÷Ë ∞∑§Ã◊◊˜ •Ê‚ËØ, ßÁÄUÊ‚ ø •lÊÁ¬ fløÃ –
Glossary
Noun (masc.) : ÷Êcÿ∑§Ê⁄U— commentator Áfl¡Áÿ¡Ÿ— one who is victorious •Êª◊— Agama
(religious book of Jainism) •fl‡Ê·— remains
(Fem.) : ‡ÊÃÊéŒË century
(Neu.) : ¡Ÿ¬Œ◊˜ city (district) ©U¬Ÿª⁄U◊˜ suburb
Adjective : ∞ÃÊŒÎ‡Ê of this kind, such œãÿ fortunate, blessed •S◊ŒËÿ our
Adverb : ‚ê¬˝Áà at present, now ¬È⁄UÊ formerly ÿÕÊ-ÃÕÊ just as, so as ¬Ífl¸◊˜ before
•ŸãÃ⁄◊˜ afterwards ÿÊflØ as long as
Compound : ‚◊ÊåàÿŸãÃ⁄U◊˜ (‚◊Ê#— •ŸãÃ⁄U◊˜ – ¬¢ø◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·)
Root : (Fourth Gana) (Atmanepada) ◊Ÿ˜ (◊ãÿÃ) to believe
(Tenth Gana) (Parasmaipada) ‚Íø˜ (‚ÍøÿÁÃ) to indicate, to inform

Notes

Meaning : ∑§øŸ some SflÊà◊ÊŸ◊˜ to oneself ‚◊ʪàÿ having come, having arrived
‹éäflÊ obtaining ∞∑§Ã◊— one among many •CÔUÊŒ‡Ê eighteen ‚◊ÊÁflc≈UÊ— included ÁfllÊ√ÿÊ‚¢ª◊˜ study
ÿÕÊL§Áø as per interest ÿÕÊ◊Áà as per intellect ©UûÊËÿ¸ having passed ◊ÒòÊ∑§ÊáÊÊ◊˜ of Maitraka kings
◊Ã◊ÃÊãÃ⁄UÊáÊÊ◊˜ of different ideas πá«UŸ◊á«UŸ¬Ífl¸∑§◊˜ with refutation and support (khandan means
to refute opponent’s view and mandan means to support and to establish one’s own point.
Áfl◊‡Ê¸— thought ©U≈˜U≈UÁæU˜∑§ÃÊÁŸ engraved ¬˝ŒûÊ— gave ÁflŒÈ·Ê◊˜ of the learneds (scholars) Á◊Á‹ÃÊ met
¡ÊÃÊ became.

fl‹÷Ë ÁfllÊSÕÊŸ◊˜ 15
 Exercises
1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃèÿ— Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –
(1) ¬˝ÊøËŸ‚◊ÿ ªÈ¡¸⁄U⁄UÊÖÿ ∑§— ÁflEÁfllÊ‹ÿ— •Ê‚ËØ ?
(∑§) ŸÊ‹ãŒÊÁflEÁfllÊ‹ÿ— (π) ÃˇÊÁ‡Ê‹ÊÁflEÁfllÊ‹ÿ—
(ª) ªÈ¡⁄UÊÃÁflEÁfllÊ‹ÿ— (ÉÊ) fl‹÷ËÁflEÁfllÊ‹ÿ—
(2) ©U¬flŒÊ— ∑§Áà ‚Áãà ?
(∑§) •CÔUÊŒ‡Ê (π) øàflÊ⁄U— (ª) ‚# (ÉÊ) ¬Üø
(3) ÷Êcÿ∑§Ê⁄U— S∑§ãŒSflÊ◊Ë ∑§SÿÊ¢ ‡ÊÃÊélÊ¢ ‚Ü¡Ê× ?
(∑§) ŸflêÿÊ◊˜ (π) øÃÈâÿʸ◊˜ (ª) ‚#êÿÊ◊˜ (ÉÊ) ¬ÜøêÿÊ◊˜
(4) fl‹÷Ë ∑§·Ê¢ ⁄UÊ¡œÊŸË •Ê‚ËØ ?
(∑§) ˇÊòʬÊáÊÊ◊˜ (π) ◊ÒòÊ∑§ÊáÊÊ◊˜ (ª) º˝ÊÁfl«UÊŸÊ◊˜ (ÉÊ) ªÈ#ÊŸÊ◊˜
(5) ◊„UÊflË⁄USÿ ©U¬Œ‡Ê— ∑§Ÿ ŸÊêŸÊ ¬˝Á‚h— fløÃ ?
(∑§) •Êª◊ (π) ÁŸª◊ (ª) S◊ÎÁà (ÉÊ) ◊Ë◊Ê¢‚Ê
(6) fl‹÷ËŸª⁄U Á◊Á‹ÃÊÿÊ— ¡ÒŸ‚ʜ͟ʢ ‚Á◊Ã— •äÿˇÊ— ∑§— •Ê‚ËØ ?
(∑§) ŸÊªÊ¡È¸Ÿ— (π) ÁSÕ⁄U◊Á× (ª) ◊ÒòÊ∑§— (ÉÊ) ªÈáÊ◊Á×
2. ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ ¬˝ŒûÊ –
(1) ¬˝ÊøËŸ∑§Ê‹ÊØ fl‹÷Ë ∑§Sÿ ∑§ãº˝◊Ê‚ËØ ?
(2) flŒÊæU˜ªÊÁŸ ∑§Áà ‚Áãà ?
(3) üÊË◊À‹flÊŒË ‚ÍÁ⁄U— ∑§— •Ê‚ËØ ?
(4) ÷ªfl× ◊„UÊflË⁄USÿ ¡ã◊ ∑§ŒÊ •÷flØ ?
(5) ¡ÒŸ‚ʜ͟ʢ ‚Á◊Ãı ∑§Sÿ ‹πŸSÿ ¬˝SÃÊfl— •÷flØ ?
3. ⁄UπÊÁæ˜U ∑§Ã¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ SÕÊŸ ¬˝∑§ÙDÔÊØ ©UÁøâ ¬Œ¢ ÁøàflÊ ¬˝oAflÊÄÿ¢ ⁄Uøÿà –
(∑ȧòÊ, ∑§Ÿ, ∑§—, ∑§ŒÊ, ∑§·Ê◊˜, ∑§Sÿ)
(1) ´§ÇflŒSÿ ÷Êcÿ∑§Ê⁄U— S∑§ãŒSflÊ◊ËU •Ê‚ËØ –
(2) ◊„UÊflË⁄USÿ ©U¬Œ‡Ê— •Êª◊ŸÊêŸÊ ¬˝Á‚h— fløÃ –
(3) ¡ÒŸ‚ʜ͟ʢ ‚Á◊Á× Á◊Á‹ÃÊ –
(4) ŸflêÿÊ¢ ‡ÊÃÊélÊ¢ fl‹÷ËŸª⁄USÿ ÁflŸÊ‡Ê— •÷flØ –
(5) ‹π’h— ©U¬Œ‡Ê— fl‹÷ËflÊøŸÊ ŸÊêŸÊ ¬˝Á‚h— ¡Ê× –
4. fløŸÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊéŒM§¬Ò— Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊÁŸ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ ÁmfløŸ◊˜ ’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜
(1) •Êª◊◊˜ .......... ..........
(2) ¡Ÿ¬Œ .......... ..........
(3) .......... .......... ∑§ãº˝·È

16 Sanskrit 9
5. “S◊”-¬˝ÿÙª¢ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(1) ¿UÊòÊÊ— ÿÕÊL§Áø •¬∆UŸ˜ –
(2) S∑§ãŒSflÊ◊Ë •òÊÒfl •fl‚Ø –
(3) ⁄UÊ¡Ê ÷ÍÁ◊◊˜ •ÿë¿UØ –
6. ⁄UπÊÁVÔUÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ ‚◊Ê‚¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) flÊŒ‚÷ÊÿÊ¢ ‡ÊÊùÊÕZ ÷flÁà S◊ –
(2) ÁSÕ⁄U◊ÁêÈáÊ◊ÃË ’ıhÊøÊÿı¸ •ÊSÃÊ◊˜ –
(3) •òÊ ¬˝fl‡Ê¬⁄UˡÊÊ ÷flÁà S◊ –
7. ¬˝ŒûÊÊÁŸ ¬ŒÊÁŸ ¬˝ÿÈÖÿ ‚¢S∑ΧÃflÊÄÿÊÁŸ ⁄Uøÿà –
(1) Valabhi was the capital of Maitrakas.
fl‹÷Ë ◊ÒòÊ∑§ ⁄UÊ¡œÊŸË •‚˜
(2) People used to come from distant countries.
‚ÈŒÍ⁄U Œ‡Ê ¡Ÿ •äÿÿŸ •Ê + ª◊˜
(3) Nagarjuna was a reputed (well-known) scholar.
ŸÊªÊ¡È¸Ÿ ¬˝Á‚h ¬¢Á«Uà •‚˜
(4) There are four Vedas. (Vedas are four)
flŒ øÃÈ⁄U˜ •‚˜
(5) Valabhi was destroyed.
fl‹÷Ë ÁflŸÊ‡Ê ÷Í (÷fl˜)
8. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) Which eighteen lores were taught and learnt in Valabhi ?
(2) How many Vedas and Upvedas are there ?
(3) What type of arrangement was there for study during Maitraka rule ?
(4) Which preceptors (Acharyas) were there in Valabhi ?
Activity
à Visit a University.
à Collect information and pictures of other ancient Universities.
à Get the volumes like Rigveda, Yajurveda with the help of a teacher and look at them.
à Prepare a chart of sentences with S◊ and without S◊.
à Collect information about the founders of Jainism and Buddhism.

fl‹÷Ë ÁfllÊSÕÊŸ◊˜ 17
 5. ‚È÷ÊÁ·ÃflÒ÷fl—
[In Sanskrit literature, the longest poetic work is known as ‘Mahakavya’, and the
smallest poetic work is known as ‘Muktaka’. Just as a single pearl is invaluable, so too
are these small ‘Muktakas’. These ‘Muktakas’ are sayings or epigrams. This well-known
and melodious form of Sanskrit literature has the distinctive ability to serve in its four
lines the precious teachings of life in the most aesthetic manner. From these epigrams
we get the moral of ideal life and goodness. Such epigrams have been collected in this
lesson.
In the epigrams chosen for this lesson, you will notice words with a one type of
case-endings. These case-endings will help you in learning the Sanskrit language. On the
other hand, these epigrams will also provide you with inspiration to develop the values
in them, the immortality of fame in this mortal world, greed as the basic cause of all
sins, the ability to recognize friends and one’s kin, the characteristics of good and bad
people etc. These will help you to make your life bright and virtuous.]

◊ÊœÈÿ¸◊ˇÊ⁄U√ÿÁÄ× ¬Œë¿UŒSÃÈ ‚ÈSfl⁄U— –

œÒÿ¸¢ ‹ÿ‚◊ÕZ ø ·«UÃ ¬Ê∆U∑§Ê ªÈáÊÊ— H 1H
ø‹¢ ÁflûÊ¢ ø‹¢ ÁøûÊ¢ ø‹ ¡ËÁflÃÿıflŸ –
ø‹Êø‹Á◊Œ¢ ‚flZ ∑§ËÁø¸⁄Ufl Á„U ¡ËflÁà H 2H
◊ÁˇÊ∑§Ê— fl˝áÊÁ◊ë¿UÁãà œŸÁ◊ë¿UÁãà ¬ÊÁÕ¸flÊ— –
ŸËøÊ— ∑§‹„UÁ◊ë¿UÁãà ‡ÊÊÁãÃÁ◊ë¿UÁãà ‚Êœfl— H 3H
ªÊflÙ ªãœŸ ¬‡ÿÁãà flŒÒ— ¬‡ÿÁãà ’˝ÊrÊÔáÊÊ— –
øÊ⁄ÒU— ¬‡ÿÁãà ⁄UÊ¡ÊŸpˇÊÈèÿʸÁ◊Ã⁄U ¡ŸÊ— H 4H
ŒÁ⁄Uº˝Êÿ œŸ¢ Œÿ¢ ôÊÊŸ¢ Œÿ¢ ¡«UÊÿ ø –
Á¬¬ÊÁ‚ÃÊÿ ¬ÊŸËÿ¢ ˇÊÈÁœÃÊÿ ø ÷Ù¡Ÿ◊˜ H 5H
‹Ù÷Êà∑˝§Ùœ— ¬˝÷flÁà ‹Ù÷Êà∑§Ê◊— ¬˝¡ÊÿÃ –
‹Ù÷Êã◊Ù„Up ŸÊ‡Êp ‹Ù÷— ¬Ê¬Sÿ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ◊˜ H 6H
ÃˇÊ∑§Sÿ Áfl·¢ ŒãÃ ◊ÁˇÊ∑§ÊÿÊp ◊SÃ∑§ –
flÎÁp∑§Sÿ Áfl·¢ ¬Èë¿U ‚flʸæUª˜  ŒÈ¡Ÿ¸ Sÿ ÃØ H 7H
©Uà‚fl √ÿ‚Ÿ øÒfl ŒÈÁ÷¸ˇÊ ‡ÊòÊÈÁflå‹fl –
⁄UÊ¡mÊ⁄U ‡◊‡ÊÊŸ ø ÿÁSÃDÔUÁà ‚ ’Êãœfl— H 8H
Glossary
Noun : (masc.) : ¬Ê∆U∑§— reader ¬ÊÁÕ¸fl— king ∑§‹„U— quarrel øÊ⁄U— spy ¡«U— ignorant, foolish
∑§Ê◊— desire, wish ÃˇÊ∑§— a cobra of that name flÎÁp∑§— scorpion ŒÈÁ÷¸ˇÊ— famine Áflå‹fl— battle, war.

18 Sanskrit 9
 (Fem.) : ◊ÁˇÊ∑§Ê a fly
(Neu.) : ÁflûÊ◊˜ wealth ÁøûÊ◊˜ mind fl˝áÊ◊˜ wound √ÿ‚Ÿ◊˜ difficulty
Adjective : ‚ÈSfl⁄U having sweet tone Á¬¬ÊÁ‚à thirsty ˇÊÈÁœÃ hungry
Pronoun : ßÃ⁄U others
Compound : ¡ËÁflÃÿıflŸ (¡ËÁflâ ø ÿıflŸ¢ ø - ¡ËÁflÃÿıflŸ – ßÃ⁄UÃ⁄U mãm—) – ø‹Êø‹◊˜ (ø‹¢
ø •ø‹¢ ø - ø‹Êø‹◊˜ – ‚◊Ê„UÊ⁄ Umãm) – ‚flʸæU˜ª (‚fl¸◊˜ ø ÃØ •æU˜ª¢ ø ‚flʸæU˜ª◊˜, ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ∑§◊¸œÊ⁄Uÿ
Ãà¬ÈL§·)– ‡ÊòÊÈÁflå‹fl (‡ÊòÊÍáÊÊ¢ Áflå‹fl— ‡ÊòÊÈÁflå‹fl—, ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜– ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ⁄UÊ¡mÊ⁄U (⁄UÊôÊ— mÊ⁄U◊˜ ⁄UÊ¡mÊ⁄U◊˜,
ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜– ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
Root : (First Gana) (Parasmaipada) ¡Ëfl˜ (¡ËflÁÃ) to live
(Atmanepada) : ¬˝ + ¡Ÿ˜ > ¡Ê (¬˝¡ÊÿÃ) to be born, to produce

Notes

(1) Meaning : ◊ÊœÈ ÿ ¸ ◊ ˜ sweetness •ˇÊ⁄U√ÿÁÄ× clear pronunciation of sound

¬Œë¿UŒ— division of stanzas œÒÿ¸◊˜ patience ‹ÿ‚◊Õ¸◊˜ in keeping with the beat ªÊfl— cows
Œÿ◊˜ should be given.
(2) Sandhi : ¬Œë¿UŒSÃÈ (¬Œë¿UŒ— ÃÈ) – ·«UÃ (·≈U˜ ∞Ã) – ø‹Êø‹Á◊Œ◊˜ (ø‹-•ø‹◊˜
ߌ◊˜) – ∑§ËÁøÿ¸Sÿ (∑§ËÁø— ÿSÿ) – ⁄UÊ¡ÊŸpˇÊÈèÿʸÁ◊Ã⁄U (⁄UÊ¡ÊŸ— øˇÊÈèÿʸ◊˜ ßÃ⁄U) – ‹Ù÷Êã◊Ù„Up ŸÊ‡Êp (‹Ù÷ÊØ
◊Ù„U— ø ŸÊ‡Ê— ø)– ◊ÁˇÊ∑§ÊÿÊp (◊ÁˇÊ∑§ÊÿÊ— ø)– ÿÁSÃDÔUÁà (ÿ— ÁÃDÔUÁÃ) –
Exercises

1. Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøàflÊ Á‹πà –

(1) ø‹Êø‹ ‚¢‚Ê⁄U Á∑¢§ ÁŸ‡ø‹◊˜ ?
(∑§) ÿıflŸ◊˜ (π) ∑§ËÁø— (ª) ÁflûÊ◊˜ (ÉÊ) ÁøûÊ◊˜
(2) ∑§ ‡ÊÊÁãÃ◊˜ ßë¿UÁãà ?
(∑§) œÁŸ∑§Ê— (π) ¬ÊÁÕ¸flÊ— (ª) ‚Êœfl— (ÉÊ) ŸËøÊ—

(3) ⁄UÊ¡ÊŸ— ∑Ò§— ¬‡ÿÁãà ?

(∑§) flŒÒ— (π) ‡ÊÊSòÊÒ— (ª) øÊ⁄ÒU— (ÉÊ) ŸòÊÒ—
(4) ¬Ê¬Sÿ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ¢ Á∑§◊˜ ?
(∑§) •ôÊÊŸ◊˜ (π) ∑˝§Ùœ— (ª) ‹Ù÷— (ÉÊ) ∑§Ê◊—
(5) ÃˇÊ∑§Sÿ Áfl·¢ ∑ȧòÊ ÷flÁà ?
(∑§) ¬Èë¿U (π) ‚flʸæU˜ª (ª) ◊SÃ∑§ (ÉÊ) ŒãÃ

‚È÷ÊÁ·ÃflÒ÷fl— 19
2. ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄Uà –
(1) ¡«UÊÿ Á∑§¢ Œÿ◊˜ ?
(2) ‹Ù÷ÊØ Á∑¢§ ¬˝÷flÁà ?
(3) flÎÁp∑§Sÿ Áfl·¢ ∑ȧòÊ ÷flÁà ?
3. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊéŒM§¬ÊáÊÊ¢ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ ∑§Ê⁄Uÿà –
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ — ôÊÊŸÊÿ (ôÊÊŸ, •∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ-Ÿ¬È¢‚∑§Á‹æ˜Uª◊˜, øÃÈÕ˸, ∞∑§fløŸ◊˜)
(1) ªÈáÊÊ— ...........................................................
(2) ◊ÁˇÊ∑§Ê ...........................................................
(3) ŒÁ⁄Uº˝Êÿ ...........................................................
(4) ‹Ù∑§ÊØ ...........................................................
(5) ©Uà‚fl ...........................................................
4. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄Uà –
(1) How many qualities does a reader have ?
(2) What should be given to poor ?
(3) Whom does a poet believe to be his relative ?
5. ‚ÁãœÁflë¿UŒ¢ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(1) ø‹Êø‹Á◊Œ◊˜ –
(2) fl˝áÊÁ◊ë¿UÁãà –
(3) ¬Œë¿UŒSÃÈ –
6. ‡‹UÙ∑§ÊŸÊ¢ ¬ÍÁø— ∑§⁄UáÊËÿÊ –
(1) ø‹¢ ÁøûÊ¢ .......... ‚ ¡ËflÁà H
(2) ŒÁ⁄Uº˝Êÿ œŸ¢ .......... ø ÷Ù¡Ÿ◊˜ H

Activity
à Organise Antyakshari of Subhashitas (epigrams).
à Prepare a chart and a manuscript magazine of Subhashitas.
à Recognize the cases used in Subhashitas.

20 Sanskrit 9
 6. ‚flZ øÊL§Ã⁄U¢ fl‚ãÃ
[Mahakavi Kalidasa is a renowned poet of Sanskrit as well as of the world. He has
written a total of seven works of which Malavikagnimitram, Vikramorvashiyam and
Abhijnanashakuntalam are plays, Raghuvamsham and Kumarasambhavam are long poems
(Mahakavya) and Ritusamharam and Meghadootam are Khandakavyas.
It is believed that Kalidasa was one of the nine gems at the court of Maharaja
Vikramaditya. On that basis, it can be estimated that Kalidasa lived during the first
century of the Vikrama Era (about 2,000 years ago).
This poet has been hailed as the master of nature as well as of simile. On the one
hand, he has personified many objects of nature in Abhijnanashakuntalam, and on the
other he has unique, vivid descriptions of nature in Ritusamharam and Meghadootam.
In this lesson, we shall study five verses describing spring (Vasant) from
Ritusamharam. We will learn how objects can be described; and also the uses of
Tatpurusha Samasa (compound).]
º˝È◊Ê— ‚¬Èc¬Ê— ‚Á‹‹¢ ‚¬k¢
ÁSòÊÿ— ‚∑§Ê◊Ê— ¬flŸ— ‚ȪÁ㜗 –
‚ÈπÊ— ¬˝ŒÙ·Ê ÁŒfl‚Êp ⁄UêÿÊ—
‚flZ Á¬˝ÿ øÊL§Ã⁄U¢ fl‚ãÃ H 1H
flʬˡ‹ÊŸÊ¢ ◊ÁáÊ◊π‹ÊŸÊ¢
‡Ê‡ÊÊæU˜∑§÷Ê‚Ê¢ ¬˝◊ŒÊ¡ŸÊŸÊ◊˜ –
•Ê◊˝º˝È◊ÊáÊÊ¢ ∑ȧ‚È◊ÊŸÃÊŸÊ¢
ŒŒÊÁà ‚ı÷ÊÇÿ◊ÿ¢ fl‚ã× H 2H
∑§áÊ¸·È ÿÙÇÿ¢ Ÿfl∑§Ááʸ∑§Ê⁄U¢
ø‹·È ŸË‹cfl‹∑§cfl‡ÊÙ∑§◊˜ –
Á‡ÊπÊ‚È ¬Èc¬¢ Ÿfl◊ÁÀ‹∑§ÊÿÊ—
¬˝ÿÊÁãà ∑§ÊÁãâ ¬˝◊ŒÊ¡ŸÊŸÊ◊˜ H 3H
ªÈM§ÁáÊ flÊ‚Ê¢Á‚ Áfl„UÊÿ ÃÍáÊZ
ßÍÁŸ ‹ÊˇÊÊ⁄U‚⁄UÁÜ¡ÃÊÁŸ –
‚ȪÁãœ∑§Ê‹ÊªÈL§œÍÁ¬ÃÊÁŸ
œûÊ ¡Ÿ— ∑§Ê◊◊ŒÊ‹‚ÊæU˜ª— H 4H
Á∑§¢ Á∑¢§‡ÊÈ∑Ò§— ‡ÊÈ∑§◊Èπë¿UÁflÁ÷Ÿ¸ Á÷㟢
Á∑§¢ ∑§Ááʸ∑§Ê⁄U∑ȧ‚È◊ÒŸ¸ „Uâ ◊ŸÙ¡Ò— –
ÿà∑§ÙÁ∑§‹— ¬ÈŸ⁄Uÿ¢ ◊œÈ⁄ÒUfl¸øÙÁ÷—
ÿÍŸÊ¢ ◊Ÿ— ‚ÈflŒŸÊÁŸÁ„Uâ ÁŸ„UÁãà H 5H
- ´§ÃÈ‚¢„UÊ⁄U
‚flZ øÊL§Ã⁄U¢ fl‚ãÃ 21
 Glossary
Noun : (masc.) : º˝È◊— tree ¬˝ŒÙ·— beginning of a night ¬˝◊ŒÊ¡Ÿ— young ladies, women
•Ê◊˝º˝È◊— mango tree
(Neu.) : ‚Á‹‹◊˜ water Á∑¢§‡ÊÈ∑§◊˜ Kinshuk (Kesudo) flower
Pronoun : ‚fl¸◊˜ all, every
Adjective : øÊL§Ã⁄U more beautiful ø‹ moving ªÈL§ thick
Adverb : ÃÍáʸ◊˜ quickly, hurriedly
Compound : flʬˡ‹ÊŸÊ◊˜ (flʬ˟Ê◊˜ ¡‹ÊÁŸ-flʬˡ‹ÊÁŸ, Ã·Ê◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ◊ÁáÊ◊π‹ÊŸÊ◊˜
(◊áÊËŸÊ◊˜ ◊π‹Ê—-◊ÁáÊ◊π‹Ê—, Ã·Ê◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – •Ê◊˝º˝È◊ÊáÊÊ◊˜ (•Ê◊˝Sÿ º˝È◊Ê—-•Ê◊˝º˝È◊Ê—, Ã·Ê◊˜ – ·c∆UË
Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑ȧ‚È◊ÊŸÃÊŸÊ◊˜ (∑ȧ‚È◊Ò— •ÊŸÃÊ—-∑ȧ‚È◊ÊŸÃÊ—, Ã·Ê◊˜ – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‹ÊˇÊÊ⁄U‚⁄UÁÜ¡ÃÊÁŸ (‹ÊˇÊÊÿÊ—
⁄U‚—-‹ÊˇÊÊ⁄U‚—, ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·, ‹ÊˇÊÊ⁄U‚Ÿ ⁄¢UÁ¡ÃÊÁŸ-‹ÊˇÊÊ⁄U‚⁄¢UÁ¡ÃÊÁŸ, ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑§Ááʸ∑§Ê⁄U∑ȧ‚È◊Ò— (∑§Ááʸ∑§Ê⁄USÿ
∑ȧ‚È◊ÊÁŸ-∑§Ááʸ∑§Ê⁄U∑ȧ‚È◊ÊÁŸ, ÃÒ— – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‚ÈflŒŸÊÁŸÁ„UÃ◊˜ (‚ÈflŒŸÊ‚È ÁŸÁ„UÃ◊˜ – ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·)
Notes
(1) Meaning : ‚¬Èc¬Ê— with flowers (full of flowers) ‚¬k◊˜ with lotuses ‚∑§Ê◊Ê— full of
desires, love flʬˡ‹ÊŸÊ◊˜ of water of lake, pond ◊ÁáÊ◊π‹ÊŸÊ◊˜ wearing waistband of jewells
‡Ê‡ÊÊæU˜∑§÷Ê‚Ê◊˜ having lustre like moon ∑ȧ‚È◊ÊŸÃÊŸÊ◊˜ bent with the load of flowers ŒŒÊÁà gives
Ÿfl∑§Ááʸ∑§Ê⁄U◊˜ fresh Karnikara flower •‹∑§·È in hair ∑§ÊÁãâ ¬˝ÿÊÁãà attain beauty flÊ‚Ê¢Á‚ clothes
Áfl„UÊÿ (Áfl + „UÊ + àflÊ > ÿ) leaving, abandoning ßÍÁŸ thin, flimsy ‚ȪÁãœ-∑§Ê‹ÊªÈL§-œÍÁ¬ÃÊÁŸ full
of fragrance of black Agaru (a kind of sandal wood) œûÊ holds ∑§Ê◊-◊Œ-•‹‚-•æ˜Uª— having a
body feeling lethargy due to ecstacy of love ‡ÊÈ∑§-◊Èπë¿UÁflÁ÷— bright like the beak of a parrot
fløÙÁ÷— by words, by cooing ‚ÈflŒŸÊ-ÁŸÁ„UÃ◊˜ to one residing in a beautiful faced woman
ÁŸ„UÁãà kills ÿÍŸÊ◊˜ of youths
(2) Sandhi : ¬ÈŸ⁄Uÿ◊˜ (¬ÈŸ— •ÿ◊˜) – ÁŒfl‚p (ÁŒfl‚— ø) – ‡ÊÈ∑§◊Èπë¿UÁflÁ÷Ÿ¸ (‡ÊÈ∑§◊Èπ¿UÁflÁ÷—
Ÿ) – (Similar Sandhi is there in words like ∑§Ááʸ∑§Ê⁄U∑ȧ‚È◊ÒŸ¸, ◊œÈ⁄ÒUfl¸øÙÁ÷—).
Exercises
1. Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøàflÊ Á‹πà –
(1) fl‚ãÃ ¬flŸ— ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊÙ ÷flÁà ?
(∑§) ‚ȪÁ㜗 (π) ∑§∆UÙ⁄U— (ª) ◊Όȗ (ÉÊ) ©UcáÊ—
(2) ∑§— ◊œÈ⁄ÒU— fløÙÁ÷— ◊Ÿ— ÁŸ„UÁãà ?
(∑§) ◊ÿÍ⁄U— (π) flÊÿ‚— (ª) ∑§ÙÁ∑§‹— (ÉÊ) ø≈U∑§—
(3) ⁄UπÊÁVÔUìŒSÿ ‚◊Ê‚ŸÊ◊ Á‹πà – - flʬˡ‹ÊŸÊ¢ ‚ı÷ÊÇÿ¢ ŒŒÊÁà –
(∑§) Ãà¬ÈL§·— (π) ·DÔUËÃà¬ÈL§·— (ª) mãm— (ÉÊ) ßÃ⁄UÃ⁄Umãm—
(4) “¬k” ‡ÊéŒSÿ •Õ¸— ∑§— ?
(∑§) lotus (π) leg
(ª) wooden clogs (¬ÊŒÈ∑§Ê) (ÉÊ) crop
(5) “flŒŸ◊˜” ‡ÊéŒSÿ ¬ÿʸÿ‡Ê錢 ÁøàflÊ Á‹πà –
(∑§) flÊŒ— (π) ◊Èπ◊˜ (ª) flÊŒŸ◊˜ (ÉÊ) flÊl◊˜

22 Sanskrit 9
2. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝oAÊŸÊ¢ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) fl‚ã× ‚ı÷ÊÇÿ⁄U‚¢ ∑§S◊Ò ŒŒÊÁà ?
(2) •‹∑§Ê— ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊÊ— ‚Áãà ?
(3) ‹ÊˇÊÊ⁄U‚⁄UÁÜ¡ÃÊÁŸ flÊ‚Ê¢Á‚ ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊÊÁŸ ‚Áãà ?
(4) ÿÍŸÊ¢ ◊Ÿ— ∑§— „UÁãà ?
(5) fl‚ãÃ ¡‹¢ ∑§Ë≤‡Ê¢ ÷flÁà ?
3. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) What does the Spring season give and to whom ?
(2) On the basis of poem write five sentences on the Spring.
4. ∑§-Áfl÷ʪ¢ π-Áfl÷ʪŸ ‚„U ÿÕÊÕ¸⁄UËàÿÊ ‚¢ÿÙ¡ÿà –
∑§ π
(1) ‚Á‹‹◊˜ (1) •‹∑§·È
(2) ¬˝ŒÙ·Ê— (2) Áfl„UÊÿ
(3) ¬˝◊ŒÊ¡ŸÊŸÊ◊˜ (3) ßÍÁŸ flÊ‚Ê¢Á‚
(4) ªÈM§ÁáÊ flÊ‚Ê¢Á‚ (4) ‚¬k◊˜
(5) ¡Ÿ— œûÊ (5) ‚ÈπÊ—
(6) ¬flŸ—

Activity

à Collect other such descriptions of the Spring from the Sanskrit literature and write it.

‚flZ øÊL§Ã⁄U¢ fl‚ãÃ 23

 7. ‚¢„UÁ× ∑§Êÿ¸‚ÊÁœ∑§Ê

[Hitopadesha is a famous collection of stones in Sanskrit. The writer is Pandit

Narayana. It is believed that this work was composed in the 9th century A.D. In this
work, there are many fables which have a moral. One of those stories is presented here.
In this story the importance of organization is described, but the background has
been presented in a very different manner. If we are constantly suspicious, we may not
be able to get anything to eat or drink. Hence, one should not be suspicious and get
into one’s work with courage. When one begins to do this, if problems are created due
to qualities like greed then it is organization which helps. This is the moral that can be
got from this story.
If the animal kingdom can live in an organization, human society too should try
to live in a similar manner. This is also suggested in this story. As you look at the story
from the point of values, also remember that you have to learn the various past tense
forms of the verbs used in this lesson.]

•ÁSà ªÙŒÊfl⁄UËÃË⁄ U Áfl‡ÊÊ‹—

‡ÊÊÀ◊‹ËÃL§— – ÁflÁflœèÿ— Œ‡Êèÿ— ‚◊ʪÃÊ—
’„Ufl— Áfl„UªÊ— ÃòÊ ⁄UÊòÊı ÁŸfl‚Áãà – Ã·È
‹ÉÊÈ ¬ ß∑§ŸÊ◊Ê flÊÿ‚— •Á¬ ∞∑§Ã◊—
•ÁSà – •Õ ∑§ŒÊÁøØ ¬˝÷ÊÃ∑§Ê‹ ‚ flÊÿ‚—
∑ΧÃÊãâ ÁmÃËÿ◊˜ ßfl •≈Uãâ √ÿÊœ◊¬‡ÿØ –
Ã◊fl‹ÙÄÿ ‚Ù˘ÁøãÃÿØ , “•l ¬˝ Ê Ã⁄ U fl
•ÁŸCÔUŒ‡Ê¸Ÿ¢ ‚¢¡ÊÃ◊˜, Ÿ ¡ÊŸ ÃØ Á∑§◊ŸÁ÷¬˝â
Œ‡Ê¸ÁÿcÿÁà –” ßÁà ÁflÁøãàÿ ‚ √ÿÊ∑ȧ‹—
‚¢¡Ê× –
•Õ ÃŸ √ÿÊœŸ Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊÊŸ˜ Áfl∑§Ëÿ¸ ¡Ê‹¢ ÁflSÃËáʸ◊˜ – ‚ ø flΡÊSÿ ¬ÎDUÔ ÷ʪ ¬˝ë¿UãŸÙ ÷ÍàflÊ
•ÁÃDÔUØ – ÃÁS◊ãŸfl ∑§Ê‹ Áøòʪ˝ËflŸÊ◊Ê ∑§¬ÙÃ⁄UÊ¡— ¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄UáÊ ‚„U ªªŸ √ÿ‚¬¸Ã˜ – ÷Í◊ı Áfl∑§ËáÊʸŸ˜
Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊÊŸ˜ ≤CÔ˜flÊ ∑§¬ÙÃÊ— ‹ÈéœÊ— •÷flŸ˜ – Ã× ‚ ∑§¬ÙÃ⁄UÊ¡— Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊ‹ÈéœÊŸ˜ ∑§¬ÙÃÊŸ˜ •∑§ÕÿØ,
“∑ȧÃÙ˘òÊ ÁŸ¡¸Ÿ flŸ Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊÊŸÊ¢ ‚ê÷fl— ? ÃÁãŸM§åÿÃÊ◊˜ ÃÊflØ – ÷º˝Á◊Œ¢ Ÿ ¬‡ÿÊÁ◊ – •ŸŸ Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊ‹Ù÷Ÿ
•S◊Ê∑¢§ ◊„UŒÁŸC◊Á¬ ÷ÁflÃÈ◊„¸UÁà – •Ã— ‚fl¸ÕÊ •ÁfløÊÁ⁄Uâ ∑§◊¸ Ÿ ∑§Ã¸√ÿ◊˜ – ÿ× -
‚È¡Ëáʸ◊㟢 ‚ÈÁfløˇÊáÊ— ‚È×
‚ȇÊÊÁ‚ÃÊ üÊË— ŸÎ¬Á× ‚È‚Áfl× –
‚ÈÁøãàÿ øÙÄâ ‚ÈÁfløÊÿ¸ ÿà∑Χâ
‚ÈŒËÉʸ∑§Ê‹˘Á¬ Ÿ ÿÊÁà ÁflÁ∑˝§ÿÊ◊˜ ––
24 Sanskrit 9
 ∞ÃmøŸ¢ üÊÈàflÊ ∑§ÁpØ ∑§¬Ù× ‚Œ¬¸◊flŒÃ˜, ““•Ê— ! Á∑§◊fl◊ÈëÿÃ ?
flÎhÊŸÊ¢ fløŸ¢ ª˝ÊsÔ◊˜ •Ê¬à∑§Ê‹ sÔ‰¬ÁSÕÃ –
‚fl¸ ò ÊÒ fl ¢ ÁfløÊ⁄ U áÊ ÷Ù¡Ÿ å ÿ¬˝ fl ø Ÿ ◊˜ H
©UÄâ ø -
‡Êæ˜U∑§ÊÁ÷— ‚fl¸◊Ê∑˝§UÊãÃ◊㟢 ¬ÊŸ¢ ø ŒÈ‹¸÷◊˜ –
¬˝flÁÎ ûÊ— ∑ȧòÊ ∑§Ã¸√ÿÊ ¡ËÁflÃ√ÿ¢ ∑§Õ¢ ŸÈ flÊ ––””
ÃSÿ ÃŒ˜fløŸ¢ üÊÈàflÊ ‚fl¸ ∑§¬ÙÃÊ— ÃòÊ ¡Ê‹
©U¬ÊÁfl‡ÊŸ˜ – •ŸãÃ⁄¢U Ã ‚fl¸ ¡Ê‹Ÿ ’hÊ— •÷flŸ˜ –
•Õ ¡Ê‹’hÊ— Ã ÿSÿ fløŸŸ ÃòÊ ‚◊¬ÃŸ˜ ÃSÿ
∑§¬ÙÃSÿ ÁÃ⁄US∑§Ê⁄¢U ∑ȧfl¸Áãà S◊ – ÃSÿ ÁÃ⁄US∑§Ê⁄¢U üÊÈàflÊ
Áøòʪ˝Ëfl— •flŒÃ˜, ““Áfl¬à∑§Ê‹ ÁflS◊ÿ ∞fl ∑§Ê¬ÈL§·‹ˇÊáÊ◊˜ –
ÃŒòÊ œÒÿ◊¸ fl‹êéÿ ߌʟË◊fl¢ Á∑˝§ÿÃÊ◊˜ – ‚flÒ—¸ ∞∑§ÁøûÊË÷Íÿ
¡Ê‹◊ÊŒÊÿ ©UaUÔ ËÿÃÊ◊˜ – ÿ× -
•À¬ÊŸÊ◊Á¬ flSÃÍŸÊ¢ ‚¢„UÁ× ∑§Êÿ¸‚ÊÁœ∑§Ê –
ÃÎ á ÊÒ ª È ¸ á Êàfl◊ʬãŸÒ — ’äÿãÃ ◊ûÊŒÁãß— H””
ßÁà ÁflÁøãàÿ ‚fl¸ ∑§¬ÙÃÊ— ¡Ê‹◊ÊŒÊÿ ©Uà¬ÁÃÃÊ— – Ã× ‚ √ÿÊœ— ÃÊŸ˜ ¡Ê‹Ê¬„UÊ⁄U∑§ÊŸ˜ •fl‹ÙÄÿ
¬pÊØ œÊflÁà – ¬⁄UãÃÈ ÃÊŸ˜ ‚ÈŒÍ⁄¢U ªÃÊŸ˜ ≤CÔ˜UflÊ √ÿÊœ— ¬˝ÁÃÁŸflÎûÊ— – ‹Èéœ∑¢§ ÁŸflÎûÊ¢ ≤CÔ˜UflÊ Áøòʪ˝Ëfl— •flŒÃ˜,
““Á„U⁄Uáÿ∑§ŸÊ◊∑§Sÿ ◊◊ Á◊òÊSÿ ◊Í·∑§⁄UÊ¡Sÿ ‚◊ˬ flÿ¢ ªë¿UÊ◊— – ‚ •S◊ÊŸ˜ ’㜟ÊØ ◊ÈÄÃÊŸ˜
∑§Á⁄UcÿÁà –”” Ã× Ã ◊Í·∑§⁄UÊ¡Sÿ ‚◊ˬ¢ ‚◊ªë¿UŸ˜ – Áøòʪ˝ËflSÿ Á◊òÊáÊ ◊Í·∑§⁄UÊ¡Ÿ Sfl∑§ËÿÒ— ÃˡáÊÒ— ŒãÃÒ—
‚fl¸·Ê¢ ’㜟ÊÁŸ Á¿ãŸÊÁŸ – Áøòʪ˝ËflÙ˘Á¬ Á„U⁄Uáÿ∑§Sÿ •Ê÷Ê⁄¢U ◊àflÊ ‚¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄U— ÿÕCUÔ Œ‡ÊÊŸ˜ ‚◊ªë¿UØ –
Glossary

Noun : (masc.) : ‡ÊÊÀ◊‹ËÃL§— silk-cotton tree Áfl„Uª— bird flÊÿ‚— crow ∑ΧÃÊã× Yamaraj,
god of death √ÿÊœ— hunter Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊ— rice grain ∑§¬Ù× pigeon, dove ∑§Ê¬ÈL§·— coward
ÁflS◊ÿ— astonishment ¬˝ÃË∑§Ê⁄U— Á΋fi˘ ◊Í·∑§⁄UÊ¡— king of mice.
Fem. : üÊË— Lakshmi ÁflÁ∑˝§ÿÊ change ‚¢„UÁ× unity ∑§Êÿ¸‚ÊÁœ∑§Ê that which accomplishes work
Neu : ¡Ê‹◊˜ net ÷º˝◊˜ good, auspicious •ÁŸCÔU◊˜ not likeable, bad ªÈáÊàfl◊˜ becomes strong
like rope, the form of a rope.
Pronoun : Ã·È in them •ŸŸ by this •S◊Ê∑§◊˜ our ∞ÃØ this (neu.) ‚fl¸ all Ã they (masc.)
ÿSÿ whose ÃÊŸ˜ to them (masc.) ‚fl¸·Ê◊˜ of all.
Adjective : ‚◊ʪà have come, have arrived ∞∑§Ã◊ one of many Áfl∑§Ëáʸ scattered
◊„UØ huge •ÁfløÊÁ⁄Uà without thinking ‚È¡Ëáʸ◊˜ easily digestible, which can be digested
‚ÈÁfløˇÊáÊ very clever, genius ‚ȇÊÊÁ‚à well-governed ‚È‚Á fl× having been served well •À¬ little, less

‚¢„UÁ× ∑§Êÿ¸‚ÊÁœ∑§Ê 25
∑§Ã¸√ÿ worthy to be done ª˝ÊsÔ fit to be accepted (received) ‹èÿ worthy to be obtained / got
•Ê∑˝§Êãà surrounded ‹Èéœ greedy •Ê¬ãŸ been attained ◊ûÊ intoxicated, proud Á¿U㟠cut ©UÄà told, said
Adverb : •ÁSà is (indicates shows presence or existence •Á¬ also ¬˝ÊÃ⁄Ufl in the morning
only ÃÊflØ that much ‚fl¸ÕÊ in all respect •Ê— Oh ! (shows anger, grief and disagreement)
‚fl¸òÊ everywhere ∑ȧòÊ where ∑§Õ◊˜ why ŸÈ certainly flÊ or ÃòÊ there •Õ adverb showing
beginning (commencement) now, ÃŒòÊ so here ߌʟË◊˜ at present ∞fl◊˜ thus ßÁà thus (suggesting
ending)
Compound : ªÙŒÊflÃËÃË⁄U (ªÙŒÊflÿʸ— ÃË⁄U◊˜ - ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‡ÊÊÀ◊‹ËÃL§— (‡ÊÊÀ◊ÀÿÊ—
ÃL§— – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ¬˝÷ÊÃ∑§Ê‹ (¬˝÷ÊÃSÿ ∑§Ê‹— - ¬˝÷ÊÃ∑§Ê‹—, ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜, ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – •ÁŸc≈UUÔ Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ◊˜
(•ÁŸc≈UUÔ Sÿ Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ◊˜, ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊÊŸ˜ (Ãá«ÈU‹Sÿ ∑§áÊÊ—, ÃÊŸ˜ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ¬ÎDUÔ ÷ʪ (¬ÎDUÔ Sÿ
÷ʪ—, ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑§¬ÙÃ⁄UÊ¡— (∑§¬ÙßÊ◊˜ ⁄UÊ¡Ê, ∑§¬ÙÃ⁄UÊ¡— – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊ‹ÈéœÊŸ˜
(Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊÒ— ‹ÈéœÊ— – Ãá«UÈ‹∑§áÊ‹ÈéœÊ—, ÃÊŸ˜ – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊ‹Ù÷Ÿ (Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊÊŸÊ¢ ‹Ù÷—,
ÃŸ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – •Ê¬à∑§Ê‹ (•Ê¬Œ— ∑§Ê‹—, ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ¡Ê‹’hÊ— (¡Ê‹Ÿ ’hÊ— –
ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Áfl¬à∑§Ê‹ (Áfl¬Œ— ∑§Ê‹—, ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑§Ê¬È⁄UÈ·‹ˇÊáÊ◊˜ (∑§Ê¬ÈL§·Sÿ
‹ˇÊáÊ◊˜ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑§Êÿ¸‚ÊÁœ∑§Ê (∑§Êÿ¸Sÿ ‚ÊÁœ∑§Ê – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ◊Í·∑§⁄UÊ¡◊˜ (◊Í·∑§ÊŸÊ¢ ⁄UÊ¡Ê,
◊Í·∑§⁄UÊ¡—, Ã◊˜ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
Participle : •fl‹ÙÄÿ (•fl + ‹È∑§˜ + àflÊ > ÿ) – ÁflÁøãàÿ (Áfl + ÁøãØ + àflÊ > ÿ) – ÷ÍàflÊ
(÷Í + àflÊ) – ‚ÈÁøãàÿ (‚È + ÁøãØ + àflÊ > ÿ) – ‚ÈÁfløÊÿ¸ (‚È + Áfl + ø⁄Ũ > øÊ⁄Ũ + àflÊ > ÿ) – üÊÈàflÊ
(üÊÈ + àflÊ) – •fl‹êéÿ (•fl + ‹ê’˜ + àflÊ > ÿ) – ∞∑§ÁøûÊË÷Íÿ (∞∑§ÁøûÊ + ÷Í + àflÊ > ÿ) – •ÊŒÊÿ
(•Ê + ŒÊ + àflÊ > ÿ) – ≤CÔU˜flÊ (≤‡Ê˜ + àflÊ) – ◊àflÊ (◊Ÿ˜ + àflÊ) –
Root : (First Gana) (Parasmaipada) ÁŸ + fl‚˜ (ÁŸfl‚ÁÃ) to reside, to stay Áfl + ‚ά˜
(Áfl‚¬¸ÁÃ) to crawl, to arrive ©U¬ + Áfl‡Ê˜ (©U¬Áfl‡ÊÁÃ) to sit near ‚◊˜ + ¬Ã˜ (‚ê¬ÃÁÃ) to fall
ª◊˜ - ªë¿˜U (ªë¿UÁÃ) to go
Notes
(1) Meaning : ∑ΧÃÊãÃÁ◊fl •≈UãÃ◊˜ moving like Yamaraja •ŸÁ÷¬˝Ã◊˜ not desirable
Œ‡Ê¸ÁÿcÿÁà will show ÁflSÃËáʸ◊˜ spread ¬˝ë¿UãŸÙ ÷ÍàflÊ hiding ÃÁãŸM§åÿÃÊ◊˜ think / decide about it
÷º˝Á◊Œ¢ Ÿ ¬‡ÿÊÁ◊ I do not find this (it) good or auspicious Ÿ ÿÊÁà ÁflÁ∑˝§ ÿÊ◊˜ does not undergo
any change ‚Œ¬¸ ◊ ˜ arrogantly, proudly Á∑§◊ fl ◊È ë ÿÃ why do you say like this ?
÷Ù¡Ÿåÿ¬˝fløŸ◊˜ action cannot be done even for food ‡Êæ˜U∑§ÊÁ÷— with doubt ‚fl¸◊Ê∑˝§ÊãÃ◊˜ over
spread / surrounded ÁÃ⁄US∑§Ê⁄U◊˜ to (acc.) criticism, to (acc.) scolding Áfl¬à∑§Ê‹ in difficulty
ÁflS◊ÿ ∞fl ∑§Ê¬ÈL§·‹ˇÊáÊ◊˜ to be surprised is a characteristic feature of a coward ∞∑§ÁøûÊË÷Íÿ being
of one mind •ÊŒÊÿ taking ©UaUÔ ËÿÃÊ◊˜ fly away ÃÎáÊÒªȨ̀áÊàfl◊ʬãŸÒ— by the blades of grass which have
attained the strength (form) of a rope. ’äÿãÃ are tied ◊ûÊŒÁãß— intoxicated elephants ¡Ê‹Ê¬„UÊ⁄U∑§ÊŸ˜
to those carrying away the net ¬˝ÁÃÁŸflÎûÊ— came back, returned ÿÕCUÔ Œ‡ÊÊŸ˜ to the selected places
(2) Sandhi : ‚Ù˘ÁøãÃÿØ (‚— •ÁøãÃÿØ) – ¬˝ÊÃ⁄Ufl (¬˝Ê× ∞fl) – ÃÁãŸM§åÿÃÊ◊˜ (ÃØ ÁŸM§åÿÃÊ◊˜) –
‚ÈŒËÉʸ∑§Ê‹˘Á¬ (‚ÈŒËÉʸ∑§Ê‹ •Á¬) – sÔ‰¬ÁSÕÃ (Á„U ©U¬ÁSÕÃ) – ‚fl¸òÊÒfl◊˜ (‚fl¸òÊ ∞fl◊˜) – ÷Ù¡Ÿåÿ¬˝fløŸ◊˜
(÷Ù¡Ÿ •Á¬ •¬˝fløŸ◊˜) – ÃÎáÊҪȸáÊàfl◊ʬãŸÒ— (ÃÎáÊÒ— ªÈáÊàfl◊˜ •Ê¬ãŸÒ—) – Áøòʪ˝ËflÙ˘Á¬ (Áøòʪ˝Ëfl— •Á¬) –

26 Sanskrit 9
 Exercises
1. Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøàflÊ Á‹πà –
(1) ¬˝÷ÊÃ∑§Ê‹ flÊÿ‚— ∑§◊˜ •¬‡ÿØ ?
(∑§) ∑§¬ÙÃ◊˜ (π) √ÿÊœ◊˜ (ª) flΡÊ◊˜ (ÉÊ) ◊Í·∑§◊˜
(2) ªªŸ ∑§— ‚¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄U— √ÿ‚¬¸Ã˜ ?
(∑§) flÊÿ‚— (π) ¬ÁˇÊ⁄UÊ¡— (ª) Áøòʪ˝Ëfl— (ÉÊ) ◊ÿÍ⁄U—
(3) Áfl¬à∑§Ê‹ Á∑¢§ ∑§⁄UáÊËÿ◊˜ ?
(∑§) ÁflS◊ÿSÿ •fl‹ê’Ÿ◊˜ (π) ¬˝ÁÃ∑§Ê⁄U—
(ª) ¬‹ÊÿŸ◊˜ (ÉÊ) œÒÿ¸Sÿ •fl‹ê’Ÿ◊˜
(4) ÃÎáÊҪȸáÊàfl◊ʬãŸÒ— ∑§ ’äÿãÃ ?
(∑§) ◊ûÊŒÁãß— (π) Á‚¢„UÊ— (ª) ∑§¬ÙÃÊ— (ÉÊ) ◊Í·∑§Ê—
(5) ◊ÍÁ·∑§⁄UÊ¡Ÿ ∑§¬ÙÃÊŸÊ¢ ’㜟ÊÁŸ ∑§Ÿ Á¿UãŸÊÁŸ ?
(∑§) ŒãÃÒ— (π) ◊ÈπŸ (ª) •SòÊáÊ (ÉÊU) ‡ÊSòÊáÊ
(6) ‚— ÃˡáÊÒ ŒãÃÒ— ¡Ê‹¢ ............... ¬˝ÊÿÃà –
(∑§) Á¿UûflÊ (π) ¿UŒŸËÿ¢ (ª) ¿UûÊÈ◊˜ (ÉÊ) Á¿U㟢
(7) “flÿ◊˜” ¬ŒSÿ ∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ Á∑§◊˜ ?
(∑§) •„◊˜ (π) àfl◊˜ (ª) ‚— (ÉÊ) •ÊflÊ◊˜
(8) ⁄UπÊÁVÔUìŒSÿ ‚◊Ê‚ŸÊ◊ Á‹πà – - √ÿÊœŸ Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊÊŸ˜ Áfl∑§Ëÿ¸ ¡Ê‹¢ ÁflSÃËáʸ◊˜ –
(∑§) ·DÔUËÃà¬ÈL§·— (π) mãm— (ª) ÁmÃËÿÊÃà¬ÈL§·— (ÉÊ) ‚◊Ê„UÊ⁄Umãm—
(9) “S◊” ¬˝ÿÙª¢ ∑ȧL§Ã –
Áfl„UªÊ— ÃòÊ ãÿfl‚Ÿ˜ –
(∑§) ãÿfl‚Áãà S◊ (π) ÁŸfl‚Áãà S◊ (ª) ÁŸfl‚Áà S◊ (ÉÊU) ÁŸfl‚Ÿ˜ S◊
2. ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄Uà –
(1) Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊÊŸ˜ •fl‹ÙÄÿ ∑§¬ÙÃÊ— ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊÊ— •÷flŸ˜ ?
(2) ’hÊ— ∑§¬ÙÃÊ— ∑¢§ ÁÃ⁄US∑ȧfl¸Áãà S◊ ?
(3) •À¬ÊŸÊ¢ flSÃÍŸÊ¢ ‚¢„UÁ× ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊË ÷flÁà ?
(4) ¡Ê‹Ÿ ‚„U ©Uà¬ÁÃÃÊ— Áfl„UªÊ— ∑ȧòÊ ªë¿UÁãà ?
(5) ÷ÍË ‡ÊVÔUÊÁ÷— Á∑§◊˜ •Ê∑˝§Êãâ ÷flÁà ?

‚¢„UÁ× ∑§Êÿ¸‚ÊÁœ∑§Ê 27
3. ⁄UπÊÁVÔUìŒÊÁŸ •ÊœÎàÿ ¬˝oAÁŸ◊ʸáÊ¢ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(∑§ŒÊ, ∑§Ÿ, ∑§Sÿ, ∑§◊˜, Á∑¢§ ∑ΧàflÊ, ∑ȧòÊ, Á∑§◊˜)
(1) ªÙŒÊfl⁄UËÃË⁄U Áfl‡ÊÊ‹— ‡ÊÊÀ◊‹ËÃL§— •ÁSà –
(2) √ÿÊœŸ ¡Ê‹¢ ÁflSÃËáʸ◊˜ –
(3) √ÿÊœŸ Ãá«ÈU‹∑§áÊÊŸ˜ Áfl∑§Ëÿ¸ ¡Ê‹¢ ÁflSÃËáʸ◊˜ –
(4) flÊÿ‚— ¬˝÷ÊÃ∑§Ê‹ √ÿÊœ◊˜ •¬‡ÿØ –
(5) Áøòʪ˝ËflSÿ Á◊òÊ¢ ◊Í·∑§⁄UÊ¡— •ÁSà –
4. ÉÊ≈UŸÊ∑˝§◊ÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U flÊÄÿÊÁŸ Á‹πà –
(1) •ŸãÃ⁄¢U Ã ‚fl¸ ¡Ê‹Ÿ ’hÊ— •÷flŸ˜ –
(2) ◊Í·∑§⁄UÊ¡Ÿ Sfl∑§ËÿÒ— ÃˡáÊÒ— ŒãÃÒ— ‚fl¸·Ê¢ ’㜟ÊÁŸ Á¿UãŸÊÁŸ –
(3) flÊÿ‚— ∑ΧÃÊãÃ◊˜ ßfl ÁmÃËÿ◊˜ •≈Uãâ √ÿÊœ◊˜ •¬‡ÿØ –
(4) ÃŒòÊ œÒÿ¸◊fl‹êéÿ ߌʟË◊fl¢ Á∑˝§ÿÃÊ◊˜ –
(5) flÎhÊŸÊ¢ fløŸ◊˜ •Ê¬à∑§Ê‹ ª˝Ês◊˜ ∞fl –
(6) ßÁà ÁflÁøãàÿ ∑§¬ÙÃÊ— ‚fl¸ ¡Ê‹◊ÊŒÊÿ ©Uà¬ÁÃÃÊ— –
5. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) What did the crow think on seeing the hunter ?
(2) What did Chitragriva say to pigeons, tempted by rice grains ?
(3) What was the reaction of the arrogant pigeon to the words of the old ?
(4) How did pigeons free themselves from the net ?
6. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ •ŸÈflÊŒ¢ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(1) ÁflÁflœèÿ— Œ‡Êèÿ— ‚◊ʪÃÊ— Áfl„UªÊ— ÃòÊ ⁄UÊòÊı ÁŸfl‚Áãà –
(2) Áøòʪ˝ËflŸÊ◊Ê ∑§¬ÙÃ⁄UÊ¡— ¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄UáÊ ‚„U ªªŸ √ÿ‚¬¸Ã˜ –
(3) ÃSÿ ÃŒ˜fløŸ¢ üÊÈàflÊ ‚fl¸ ∑§¬ÙÃÊ— ÃòÊ ¡Ê‹ ©U¬ÊÁfl‡ÊŸ˜ –
(4) √ÿÊœ— ÃÊŸ˜ ¡Ê‹Ê¬„UÊ⁄U∑§ÊŸ˜ •fl‹ÙÄÿ ¬pÊØ œÊflÁà –
(5) ÃˡáÊÒ— ŒãÃÒ— ’㜟ÊÁŸ Á¿ãŸÊÁŸ –

Activity

à Write in your own words another story from ‘Hitopadesha’.

à Translate the entire chapter into English.

28 Sanskrit 9
 8. ∑§Ê·ÊÿÊáÊÊ¢ ∑§Ù˘¬⁄UÊœ—
[Kakasaheb Kalelakar worked with Mahatma Gandhi for a long time and had the
opportunity to stay with him, to travel with him and to exchange ideas with him.
Of the many incidents of this period, Kakasaheb Kalelakar has, because of his
literary prowess, given aesthetic form to many of them. Of these, many provide us with
inspiration even today. One such interesting incident which was written by Kakasaheb
Kalelakar in Gujarati, has been translated into simple Sanskrit, edited and presented here
as a lesson.
The main moral of this story is that one should not allow one’s position to become
an obstacle in the process of social service. Moreover, all of us should also realize that
there is no permanent relationship between religion and attire.]

◊„UÊà◊Ê ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿ— SflÊÃãòÿÊãŒÙ‹Ÿ¢ ¬˝Ê⁄U÷à – •SÿÊãŒÙ‹ŸSÿ ÁŸÁπ‹Ù˘Á¬ √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U— ¬˝Ê⁄Uê÷·È

ÁŒfl‚·È ‚Ê’⁄U◊ÃË-•ÊüÊ◊ ∞fl ¬˝Êø‹Ã˜ – ∞∑§ÁS◊Ÿ˜ ÁŒfl‚ SflÊ◊Ë ‚àÿŒfl— •ÊüÊ◊◊˜ •Êªë¿UØ – ‚— Œ‡ÊSÿ
SflÃãòÊÃÊÕZ ∑§Êÿ¸⁄UÃSÿ ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿSÿ ∑§Êÿ̧áÊ •ÃËfl ¬˝÷ÊÁfl× ¬˝‚㟗 øÊ‚ËØ – ‚— ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿÊÿÊ∑§ÕÿŒ„¢U
÷fl× •ÊüÊ◊ ¬˝fl‡Ê¢ ÁŸflÊ‚¢ ø ßë¿UÊÁ◊ – Œ‡ÊSÿ SflÃãòÊÃÊÿÒ ∑§ÊÿZ ∑§ÃÈZ ◊◊ÊÁ¬ ◊„UÃËë¿UÊ fløÃ –

‚àÿŒflSÿ ¬˝SÃÊfl¢ ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿ— SflË∑ΧÃ-flÊŸ˜ – ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿ— •∑§ÕÿØ - ““‚ÊœÈ, SflʪÃ◊òÊ

÷fl× – •ÊüÊ◊Ù˘ÿ¢ ÷flà ∞fl, Á∑§ãÃÈ •ÊüÊ◊¬˝fl‡ÊÊØ ¬ÍflZ ÷flÃÊ ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊÊáÊÊ¢ àÿʪ— ∑§⁄UáÊËÿ— –””
ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿSÿ •ÊŒ‡Ê¢ üÊÈàflÊ •ÊpÿʸÁãfl× SflÊÁ◊‚àÿŒfl— ◊ŸÁ‚ •∑ȧåÿØ – Á∑§ãÃÈ ‚— ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿSÿ
¬È⁄U× ÁŸ¡⁄UÙ·¢ ŸÊ¬˝∑§≈UÿØ – ‚Ù˘∑§ÕÿØ, ““∑§Õ¢ ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊÊáÊÊ¢ àÿʪ— ? ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊÊáÊÊ¢ ∑§Ù˘¬⁄UÊœ— ?
•„¢U ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚¡Ÿ— – ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚Ÿ— ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊÊÁáÊ ¬Á⁄UœÊ⁄UÿÁãà – •„¢U ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊÊáÊÊ¢ àÿʪ¢ ∑§ÃÈZ ∑§Õ¢ ¬˝flÎûÊÙ
÷flÊÁ◊ –””
SflÊÁ◊‚àÿŒflSÿ fløŸ¢ üÊÈàflÊ ‡ÊÊãÃSfl⁄UáÊ ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿ— •∑§ÕÿØ, ““÷flÃÊ ÿŒÈÄâ Ãà‚àÿ◊ÁSà – Á∑§ãÃÈ
÷flÊŸ˜ ‚¢ãÿÊ‚Sÿ àÿʪ¢ ∑§⁄UÙÃÈ ßÁà Ÿ ◊◊ʇÊÿ— – ∑§fl‹¢ ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊÊáÊÊ¢ àÿʪ¢ ∑§ÃÈZ flŒÊÁ◊ –””
ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙÿŒSÿ ∑§ÕŸÃÊà¬ÿ¸◊¡ÊŸÊŸ— ‚àÿŒfl— ÁfløÊ⁄U◊Ⱥ˝ÊÿÊ¢ ÁSÕ×, ◊ıŸ¢ øÊfl‹Áê’ÃflÊŸ˜ –

∑§Ê·ÊÿÊáÊÊ¢ ∑§Ù˘¬⁄UÊœ— 29
 ÃSÿ Ãʌ·ÊË¢ ◊ŸÙŒ‡ÊÊ◊˜ •flªêÿ ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿ— Sfl∑§Ëÿ◊ʇÊÿ¢ S¬CÔ¢U ∑§ÃÈZ ‡ÊÊãÃ÷ÊflŸ ◊ÎŒÈ÷Ê·ÿÊ ø
‚àÿŒflÊÿÊ∑§ÕÿØ – - ““oÎÎáÊÙÃÈ ÷flÊŸ˜ ‚ÊflœÊŸŸ ◊Ÿ‚Ê – flÿ¢ •ãÿ·Ê¢ ‚flÊ¢ ∑§ÃÈZ ¬˝flÎûÊÊ— S◊— – ∞ÃŒflÊS◊Ê∑§¢
äÿÿ◊ÁSà – ÷flÊŸ˜ ¡ÊŸÊàÿfl ÿŒS◊Ê∑¢§ Œ‡Ê ¡ŸÊ— ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊœÊÁ⁄UáÊ— ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚Ÿ— ‚flÊ¢ ∑§ÃÈZ ‚ŒÒfl ‚◊Èà‚È∑§Ê—
÷flÁãà – ÿŒÊ ÷flÊŸ˜ ‚flÊ∑§Êÿʸÿ ¬˝flÎûÊ— ÷ÁflcÿÁÃ ÃŒÊ ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊœÊÁ⁄UáÊ¢ ÷flãâ ŒÎCUÔ ˜flÊ ∞∑§Ã— Ã ÷fl×
‚flÊ∑§ÊÿZ Ÿ •æU˜ªË∑§Á⁄UcÿÁãÃ, •¬⁄U× Ã ÷fl× ‚flÊ¢ ∑§ÃÈZ ¬˝flÎûÊÊ— ÷ÁflcÿÁãà – •ŸŸ Á∑§◊S◊Ê∑¢§ äÿÿSÿ
„UÊÁŸ— Ÿ ÷ÁflcÿÁà ? ‚¢ãÿÊ‚SÃÈ ◊ŸÙªÃ— ‚æU˜∑§À¬— ∞fl – ÃSÿ ¬Á⁄UœÊŸŸ ‚„U ‚ê’㜗 ∑§ÿÊÁ¬ ŒÎc≈U˜ÿÊ Ÿ
ÿÙÇÿ— – •„¢U ÁŸÁpâ ◊ãÿ ÿØ ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊÊáÊÊ¢ àÿʪŸ ‚¢ãÿÊ‚àÿʪ— ŸÒfl ÷ÁflcÿÁà – •Ã— ÁfløÊ⁄UÿÃÈ ÷flÊŸ˜,
ÃŒŸãÃŒ⁄¢U ÿlÙÇÿ◊˜ Ãà∑§⁄UÙÃÈ –””
ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿSÿ ∞Ãʌ·ʢ fløŸ¢ üÊÈàflÊ SflÊÁ◊‚àÿŒflSÿ ‚¢‡Êÿ— ÃÁS◊ãŸfl ˇÊáÊ √ÿ¬ªÃ— – ‚—
∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊÊáÊÊ¢ àÿʪ¢ ∑ΧàflÊ ‚flÊ∑§Êÿ¸ •Êà◊ÊŸ¢ ÿÙ¡ÁÿÃÈ¢ ‚ãŸhÙ˘÷flØ –
Glossary

Noun : (masc.) : ÁŸ¡⁄UÙ·— self-anger •¬⁄UÊœ— fault ‚æU˜∑§À¬— determination, intension

(Fem.) : ÁfløÊ⁄U◊Ⱥ˝Ê thoughtful posture ◊ŸÙŒ‡ÊÊ mental state „UÊÁŸ— loss

(Neu.) : •ÊãŒÙ‹Ÿ◊˜ movement (revolutionary) ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊ◊˜ saffron clothes (The clothes

worn by Sanyasis is of saffron colour.) ◊ıŸ◊˜ silence äÿÿ◊˜ aim.

Pronoun : ∞∑§ÁS◊Ÿ˜ in one ÷fl× your (masc.) •ãÿ·Ê◊˜ of others •S◊Ê∑§◊˜ our
÷flãÃ◊˜ to you

Adjective : ÁŸÁπ‹ whole, complete ∑§Êÿ¸⁄Uà engrossed in work ¬˝‚㟠happy, joyful
◊„UÃË great, big Sfl∑§Ëÿ one’s own ◊ŸÙªÃ remaining in mind ‚ãŸh ready, fully equipped.

Adverb : •ÃËfl very much ‚ÊœÈ well ∞∑§Ã— on one side •¬⁄U× on other side

Compound : SflÊÃãòÿÊãŒÙ‹Ÿ◊˜ (SflÊÃãòÿSÿ •ÊãŒÙ‹Ÿ◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑§Êÿ¸⁄UÃSÿ (∑§Êÿ¸·È ⁄U×

- ∑§Êÿ¸⁄U×, ÃSÿ – ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·) – •ÊüÊ◊¬˝fl‡ÊÊØ (•ÊüÊ◊Sÿ ¬˝fl‡Ê— - •ÊüÊ◊¬˝fl‡Ê—, ÃS◊ÊØ – (·c∆UË
Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ÁŸ¡⁄UÙ·◊˜ (ÁŸ¡Sÿ ⁄UÙ·— ÁŸ¡⁄UÙ·—, Ã◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑§ÕŸÃÊà¬ÿ¸◊˜ ∑§ÕŸSÿ ÃÊà¬ÿ¸◊˜ – ·c∆UË
Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ÁfløÊ⁄U◊Ⱥ˝ÊÿÊ◊˜ (ÁfløÊ⁄USÿ ◊Ⱥ˝Ê ÁfløÊ⁄U◊Ⱥ˝Ê, ÃSÿÊ◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ◊ŸÙŒ‡ÊÊ◊˜ (◊Ÿ‚— Œ‡ÊÊ,
◊ŸÙŒ‡ÊÊ, ÃÊ◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‚flÊ∑§Êÿʸÿ (‚flÊÿÊ— ∑§Êÿ¸◊˜ ‚flÊ∑§Êÿ¸◊˜, ÃS◊Ò – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ◊ŸÙªÃ—
(◊Ÿ— ªÃ—, ÁmÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‚¢ãÿÊ‚àÿʪ— (‚¢ãÿÊ‚Sÿ àÿʪ— – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) –

Participle : ∑§Ãȸ◊˜ (∑Χ + ÃÈ◊˜) – üÊÈàflÊ (üÊÈ + àflÊ) – •flªêÿ (•fl + ª◊˜ + àflÊ > ÿ) –
ŒÎc≈˜UflÊ (ŒÎ‡Ê˜ + àflÊ) ÿÙ¡ÁÿÃÈ◊˜ (ÿÈ¡˜-(¬˝⁄U∑§) + ÃÈ◊˜) –

Root : (First Gana) (Parasmaipada) ¬˝ + ø‹˜ (¬˝ø‹ÁÃ) to walk •Ê + ª◊˜ > ªë¿U˜
(•Êªë¿UÁÃ) to come ß·˜-ß뿘U (ßë¿UÁÃ) to desire.

30 Sanskrit 9
 (Atmanepada) ¬˝ + •Ê + ⁄U÷˜ (¬˝Ê⁄U÷Ã) to begin, to start

(Fourth Gana) (Parasmaipada) ∑ȧ¬˜ (∑ȧåÿÁÃ) to be angry, to get angry

(Tenth Gana) (Parasmaipada) Áfl + ø⁄U˜ (ÁfløÊ⁄UÿÁÃ) to think

Notes

(1) Meaning : ¬˝÷ÊÁfl× is impressed ¬˝‚㟗 happy, pleased ¬˝SÃÊfl◊˜ to proposal,

suggestion SflË∑ΧÃflÊŸ˜ has accepted ∑§⁄UáÊËÿ— should be done •ÊpÿʸÁãfl× one who is
astonished ◊ŸÁ‚ in mind Ÿ •¬˝∑§≈UÿØ did not reveal ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚¡ŸÊ— Samnyasis, mendicants
¬Á⁄UœÊ⁄UÿÁãà wear ‚Ÿ˜ been ◊◊ •Ê‡Êÿ— my intention •¡ÊŸÊŸ— not knowing ◊ıŸ◊˜ •fl‹Áê’ÃflÊŸ˜
remained silent ¬˝flÎûÊÊ— S◊— we have become ready ‚◊Èà‚È∑§Ê— eager Ÿ •æU˜ªË∑§Á⁄UcÿÁãà will not
accept ¬Á⁄UœÊŸŸ ‚„U with clothes (attire) ∑§ÿÊÁ¬ ŒÎc≈U˜ÿÊ in any way (from any point of view)
ÁfløÊ⁄UÿÃÈ ÷flÊŸ˜ you keep thinking ÃŒŸãÃ⁄U◊˜ thereafter √ÿ¬ªÃ— went away
(2) Sandhi : •SÿÊãŒÙ‹ŸSÿ (•Sÿ •ÊãŒÙ‹ŸSÿ) – ÁŸÁπ‹Ù˘Á¬ (ÁŸÁπ‹— •Á¬) –
ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿÊÿÊ∑§ÕÿŒ„U◊˜ (ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿÊÿ •∑§ÕÿØ •„U◊˜) – ◊◊ÊÁ¬ (◊◊ •Á¬) – ◊„UÃËë¿UÊ (◊„UÃË
ßë¿UÊ) – ŸÊ¬˝∑§≈UÿØ (Ÿ •¬˝∑§≈UÿØ) – ¬˝flÎûÊÙ ÷flÊÁ◊ (¬˝flÎûÊ— ÷flÊÁ◊) – ∞ÃŒflÊS◊Ê∑§◊˜ (∞ÃØ ∞fl
•S◊Ê∑§◊˜) – ¡ÊŸÊàÿfl (¡ÊŸÊÁà ∞fl) – ‚¢ãÿÊ‚SÃÈ (‚¢ãÿÊ‚— ÃÈ) – ÿlÙÇÿ◊˜ (ÿØ ÿÙÇÿ◊˜) –
Exercises

1. ÁŸêŸ¬˝oAÊŸÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ ‚◊ÈÁøâ Áfl∑§À¬¢ ÁøàflÊ Á‹πà –

(1) SflÊÃãòÿÊãŒÙ‹ŸSÿ √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U— •Ê⁄Uê÷ÁŒŸ·È ∑ȧòÊ ¬˝Êø‹Ã˜ ?

(∑§) ‚Ê’⁄U◊ÃË-•ÊüÊ◊ (π) flœÊ¸-•ÊüÊ◊ (ª) ŒÊ¢«UË‚◊ˬ (ÉÊ) ¬Ê‹«UË-ª˝Ê◊

(2) ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿSÿ ∑§Êÿ¸áÊ ∑§— ¬˝÷ÊÁfl× ¬˝‚㟗 ø •Ê‚ËØ ?

(∑§) ‚àÿŒfl— (π) ◊„UÊŒfl— (ª) ÁŸ¬ÈáÊSflÊ◊Ë (ÉÊ) ¡flÊ„U⁄U‹Ê‹—

(3) ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿSÿ ¬È⁄U× Á∑¢§ ∑§ÃÈZ ‚àÿŒfl— ‚◊Õ¸— Ÿ •÷flØ ?

(∑§) ‚flÊ∑§Êÿ¸◊˜ (π) ⁄UÙ·¢ ¬˝∑§≈UÁÿÃÈ◊˜ (ª) ⁄UÙ·¢ ªÙ¬ÁÿÃÈ◊˜ (ÉÊ) •ÊüÊ◊¢ ªãÃÈ◊˜

(4) ‚àÿŒflSÿ fløŸ¢ üÊÈàflÊ ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿ— ∑§Õ◊˜ •flŒÃ˜ ?

(∑§) ‡ÊÊãÃSfl⁄UáÊ (π) ∑˝È§hSfl⁄UáÊ (ª) üÊÊãÃSfl⁄UáÊ (ÉÊ) ≤…U‚¢∑§À¬Ÿ

(5) ‚¢ãÿÊ‚— ∑§ËŒÎ‡Ê— ‚æU˜∑§À¬— fløÃ –

(∑§) ◊ŸŸËÿ— (π) ◊Ù„UªÃ— (ª) ◊ŸÙªÃ— (ÉÊ) ∑§Ê·Êÿ¬Á⁄UœÊŸSÿ

∑§Ê·ÊÿÊáÊÊ¢ ∑§Ù˘¬⁄UÊœ— 31
2. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝oAÊŸÊ◊˜ ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ‚àÿŒfl— ∑§— •Ê‚ËØ ?
(2) ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿSÿ äÿÿ¢ Á∑§◊˜ •Ê‚ËØ ?
(3) ¡ŸÊ— ∑§Sÿ ‚flÊ¢ Ÿ •æU˜ªË∑ȧfl¸Áãà ?
(4) ∑§Sÿ àÿʪŸ ‚¢ãÿÊ‚Sÿ àÿʪ— Ÿ ÷flÁà ?
(5) SflÊÁ◊‚àÿŒfl— Á∑§◊ÕZ ‚ãŸh— •÷flØ ?
3. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊÁŸ Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊÁŸ flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹Sÿ (‹≈U˜‹∑§Ê⁄USÿ) M§¬àflŸ ¬Á⁄Ufløÿà –
(1) ¬˝Ê⁄U÷à (2) •Êªë¿UØ (3) •∑§ÕÿØ
(4) ÷ÁflcÿÁãà (5) •∑ȧåÿØ
4. ⁄UπÊÁæ˜U∑§Ã¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ SÕÊŸ ¬˝∑§Ùc∆UÊØ ©UÁø쌢 ÁøàflÊ ¬˝oAflÊÄÿ¢ ⁄Uøÿà –
(∑§, ∑§·Ê◊˜, ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊŸ, ∑§Sÿ, ∑§—)
(1) ‚àÿŒflSÿ ¬˝SÃÊfl¢ ªÊÁãœ◊„UÙŒÿ— SflË∑ΧÃflÊŸ˜ –
(2) ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚¡ŸÊ— ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊÊÁáÊ ¬Á⁄UœÊ⁄UÿÁãà –
(3) ∑§fl‹¢ ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊÊáÊÊ¢ àÿʪ¢ ∑§ÃÈZ flŒÊÁ◊ –
(4) oÎÎáÊÙÃÈ ÷flÊŸ˜ ‚ÊflœÊŸŸ ◊Ÿ‚Ê –
(5) Ã ÷fl× ‚flÊ∑§ÊÿZ Ÿ •æU˜ªË∑§Á⁄UcÿÁãà –
5. ‡ÊéŒM§¬Ò— Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊÁŸ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ ÁmfløŸ◊˜ ’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜
(1) ................ ................ ÁŒfl‚·È
(2) ∑§Êÿ¸⁄UÃSÿ ................ ................
(3) ................ ................ Sfl⁄ÒU—
(4) ................ àÿʪÊèÿÊ◊˜ ................
(5) Œ‡Ê ................ ................
6. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U œÊÃÈM§¬ÊáÊÊ¢ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ ∑§Ê⁄Uÿà –
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ —
œÊÃÈM§¬◊˜ ∑§Ê‹— ¬Œ◊˜ ¬ÈL§·— fløŸ◊˜
◊ãÿ flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹— •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ◊˜ ©UûÊ◊¬ÈL§·— ∞∑§fløŸ◊˜
(1) ÷ÁflcÿÁãà ................ ................ ................ ................

32 Sanskrit 9
 (2) ¬˝Êø‹Ã˜ ................ ................ ................ ................
(3) •∑§ÕÿØ ................ ................ ................ ................
(4) ÷flÊÁ◊ ................ ................ ................ ................
7. ¬˝ŒûÊÊŸ˜ ‡ÊéŒÊŸ˜ ¬˝ÿÈÖÿ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ ⁄Uøÿà –
(1) One day he came to Ashrama.

∞∑§ ÁŒfl‚ •ÊüÊ◊ •Ê + ª◊˜ –

(2) He was very much impressed by work.

∑§Êÿ¸ •ÃËfl ¬˝÷ÊÁflà •‚˜ –

(3) How can I be ready to give up ?

àÿʪ ∑Χ+ÃÈ◊˜ ∑§Õ◊˜ ¬˝flÎûÊ ÷Í –

(4) I tell you to give up only saffron clothes.

∑§fl‹ ∑§Ê·ÊÿflSòÊ àÿʪ flŒ˜ –

8. ∑ΧŒãÃ-¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) Áfl∑§Ëÿ¸ ................ –
(2) ÷ÁflÃÈ◊˜ ................ –
(3) •ÊŒÊÿ ................ –
(4) ¿UûÊÈ◊˜ ................ –
(5) œÎàflÊ ................ –
9. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) What was going on in the Ashrama ?
(2) Why did Swami Satyadeva wish to gain entry in the Ashrama ?
(3) What did Gandhiji say calmly ?
(4) How do people of our country behave with Samnyasis ?
(5) What did Satyadeva do at last after listening to Gandhiji’s word ?
Activity

à Visit Sabarmati Ashrama.

à Get information regarding Satyagrah movement during freedom-fight.

à Get and read the book ‚àÿ‡ÊÙœŸ◊˜ autobiography of Gandhiji.

∑§Ê·ÊÿÊáÊÊ¢ ∑§Ù˘¬⁄UÊœ— 33
 9. ©U¬∑§Ê⁄U„UÃSÃÈ ∑§Ã¸√ÿ—
[◊Îë¿U∑§Á≈U∑§-Mricchakatika by Shudraka is a kind of allegorical drama. The theme is
based on the lives of ordinary people in society. As the protagonist we have Charudatta
who was once a wealthy person but is now poor. As the heroine is a rich courtesan–
Vasantasena. The imaginative portrayal of their love by Shudraka makes this work an
unique one.
This excerpt is taken from the 10th act of ◊Îë¿U∑§Á≈U∑§. Shakara, the brother-in-law of
the King, kills Vasantasena by suffocating her. For the crime committed by him, Shakara
puts the blame on Charudatta. Charudatta is sentenced to death. Fortunately, Vasantasena
is alive. By coincidence, there is a change of kingship. Moreover, the fact that Charudatta
did not try to kill but that it was Shakara also comes to light. And so Shakara who is
now an ordinary citizen is arrested. The conversation that takes place to decide what
punishment should be given to Shakara is edited and presented here.
Those in power may succeed in harassing the common, innocent people for
sometime but in the end it is they themselves who will be harassed. Moreover, the good
person who comes to power does not harbour any feeling of revenge towards the
persons who had harmed him earlier. Instead, he has a feeling of pardon and helpfulness
and that is the moral that we get from this dialogue. Moreover, how in Sanskrit the
indeclinable is used to express feelings felt, is also to be learnt here.]
(Ÿ¬âÿ - •⁄U ⁄U ⁄UÊÁCÔ˛Uÿ‡ÿÊ‹∑§ – ∞Á„U ∞Á„U – SflSÿ •ÁflŸÿSÿ »§‹◊ŸÈ÷fl –)
(Ã× ¬˝Áfl‡ÊÁà ¬ÈL§·Ò⁄UÁœÁDÔU× ¬pÊŒ˜’Ê„ÈU’h— ‡Ê∑§Ê⁄U— –)
‡Ê∑§Ê⁄U— — (ÁŒ‡ÊÙ˘fl‹ÙÄÿ) ‚◊ãÃ× ©U¬ÁSÕ× ∞· ⁄UÊÁc≈˛Uÿ’㜗 – Ãà∑§Á◊ŒÊŸË◊˜ •‡Ê⁄UáÊ— ‡Ê⁄UáÊ¢
fl˝¡ÊÁ◊ – (ÁflÁøãàÿ) ÷flÃÈ, Ã◊fl ‡Ê⁄UáÊflà‚‹¢ ªë¿UÊÁ◊ – (ßàÿȬ‚Îàÿ) •Êÿ¸øÊL§ŒûÊ –
¬Á⁄UòÊÊÿSfl ¬Á⁄UòÊÊÿSfl – (ßÁà ¬ÊŒÿÙ— ¬ÃÁà –)
(Ÿ¬âÿ - •Êÿ¸øÊL§ŒûÊ ! ◊ÈÜø ◊ÈÜø – √ÿʬʌÿÊ◊ ∞Ÿ◊˜ –)
‡Ê∑§Ê⁄U— — (øÊL§ŒûÊ¢ ¬˝ÁÃ) ÷Ù •‡Ê⁄UáʇÊ⁄UáÊ ¬Á⁄UòÊÊÿSfl –
øÊL§ŒûÊ— — (‚ÊŸÈ∑§ê¬◊˜) •„U„U – •÷ÿ◊˜ •÷ÿ¢ ‡Ê⁄UáÊʪÃSÿ –
‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— — (‚Êflª◊˜) •Ê— •¬ŸËÿÃÊ◊˜ •ÿ¢ øÊL§ŒûʬÊEʸØ – (øÊL§ŒûÊ¢ ¬˝ÁÃ) ŸŸÍëÿÃÊ¢ Á∑§◊Sÿ ¬Ê¬Sÿ
•ŸÈDUÔ ËÿÃÊÁ◊Áà –
•Ê∑§·¸ãÃÈ ‚È’h˜flÒŸ¢ EÁ÷— ‚¢πÊlÃÊ◊˜ •Õ –
‡ÊÍ ‹  flÊ ÁÃDÔ Ã Ê◊ · ¬Ê≈U˜ÿ ÃÊ¢ ∑˝ §∑§ø Ÿ flÊ ––
øÊL§ŒûÊ— — Á∑§◊„¢U ÿŒ˜ ’˝flËÁ◊ ÃØ Á∑˝§ÿÃ –
‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— — ∑§Ù˘òÊ ‚¢Œ„U— –
‡Ê∑§Ê⁄U— — ÷^ÔUÊ⁄U∑§ øÊL§ŒûÊ ‡Ê⁄UáÊʪÃÙ˘ÁS◊ – ÃØ ¬Á⁄UòÊÊÿSfl – ÿûÊfl ‚ŒÎ‡Ê¢ Ãà∑ȧL§ – ¬ÈŸŸ¸ ߸ŒÎ‡Ê¢
∑§Á⁄UcÿÊÁ◊ –
(Ÿ¬âÿ) (¬ı⁄UÊ— √ÿʬʌÿà – Á∑¢§ÁŸÁ◊ûÊ¢ ¬ÊÃ∑§Ë ¡Ë√ÿÃ –)
‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— — •⁄U ⁄U •¬Ÿÿà – •Êÿ¸øÊL§ŒûÊ •ÊôÊÊåÿÃÊ◊˜ Á∑§◊Sÿ ¬Ê¬Sÿ •ŸÈDUÔ ËÿÃÊ◊˜ –

34 Sanskrit 9
øÊL§ŒûÊ— — Á∑§◊„¢U ÿŒ˜ ’˝flËÁ◊ ÃÁà∑˝§ÿÃ –
‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— — ∑§Ù˘òÊ ‚¢Œ„U— –
øÊL§ŒûÊ— — ‚àÿ◊˜ –
‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— — ‚àÿ◊˜ –
øÊL§ŒûÊ— — ÿlfl¢ ‡ÊËÉÊ˝◊ÿ◊˜....–
‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— — Á∑¢§ „UãÿÃÊ◊˜ –
øÊL§ŒûÊ— — ŸÁ„U ŸÁ„U – ◊ÈëÿÃÊ◊˜ –
‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— — Á∑§◊Õ¸◊˜ –
øÊL§ŒûÊ— — ‡ÊòÊÈ— ∑ΧÃʬ⁄UÊœ— ‡Ê⁄UáÊ◊Ȭàÿ ¬ÊŒÿÙ— ¬ÁÃ× –
‡ÊSòÊáÊ Ÿ „UãÃ√ÿ—
‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— — ∞fl◊˜ – ÃÁ„¸U EÁ÷— πÊlÃÊ◊˜ –
øÊL§ŒûÊ— — ŸÁ„U – ..... ©U¬∑§Ê⁄U„UÃSÃÈ ∑§Ã¸√ÿ— H
‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— — •„UÙ •Êpÿ¸◊˜ – Á∑¢§ ∑§⁄UÙÁ◊ – flŒàflÊÿ¸— –
øÊL§ŒûÊ— — Ãã◊ÈëÿÃÊ◊˜ –
‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— — ◊ÈÄÃÙ ÷flÃÈ –
‡Ê∑§Ê⁄U— — •Êpÿ¸◊˜ – ¬˝àÿÈîÊËÁflÃÙ˘ÁS◊ – (ßÁà ¬ÈL§·Ò— ‚„U ÁŸc∑˝§Êã× –)
Glossary
Noun (masc.) : ⁄UÊÁc≈˛Uÿ‡ÿÊ‹∑§— brother-in-law of the king ‡Ê∑§Ê⁄U— Shakara (He pronounces
‘Sha’ (‡Ê) instead of ‘Sa’ (‚), so he is named as Shakara.) ⁄UÊÁc≈˛Uÿ’㜗 relative of king (brother-
in-law) ÷^ÔUÊ⁄U∑§ Sheth (revered) ‡ÊÍ‹— gibbet, a stake to impale criminals ∑˝§∑§ø— a saw

©U¬∑§Ê⁄U„UÃSÃÈ ∑§Ã¸√ÿ— 35
 (Neu.) : »§‹◊˜ fruit, result ‡ÊSòÊ◊˜ weapon (a weapon which is held in the hand is ‡Êù◊˜
and that which is thrown is •ù◊˜)
Adjective : •‡Ê⁄UáÊ— one, who is without refuge ‡Ê⁄UáÊʪ× one who has approached for
shelter ¬Ê¬— sinner ¬ÊÃ∑§Ë one who commits sin, sinner
Pronoun : SflSÿ one’s own ∞·— this (masc.) ∞Ÿ◊˜ to this •ÿ◊˜ this ÿØ which ÃØ that
Adverb : •⁄U⁄U to be used for addressing with surprise, Oh ! ‚◊ãÃ× from every side
ߌʟË◊˜ at present ¬˝Áà towards ÷Ù— an adverb used to address someone •„U„U used to show
mercy (a word to show feeling of compassion - grace) •Ê— used to show anger or dislike
ŸŸÈ used to express an intention to get permission ‡ÊËÉÊ˝◊˜ hurriedly, quickly ŸÁ„U not ÃÁ„¸ then
•„UÙ Oh ! used to show surprise
Participle : •fl‹ÙÄÿ (•fl + ‹Ù∑˜§ + àflÊ > ÿ) – ‚È’h˜flÊ (‚È + ’㜘 + àflÊ) –
©U¬‚Îàÿ (©U¬ + ‚Î + àflÊ > ÿ)
Compound : ‡Ê⁄UáÊʪÃSÿ (‡Ê⁄UáÊ◊˜ •ÊªÃ—, ÃSÿ – ÁmÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – øÊL§ŒûʬÊEʸØ (øÊL§ŒûÊSÿ ¬ÊE¸◊˜
ÃS◊ÊØ – ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) ©U¬∑§Ê⁄U„U× (©U¬∑§Ê⁄UáÊ „U× – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
Root : (Sixth Gana) : (Parasmaipada) ¬˝ + Áfl‡Ê˜ (¬˝Áfl‡ÊÁÃ) to enter
Notes
(1) Meaning : ¬ÈL§·Ò⁄UÁœÁDÔU× protected by men, under watch by king’s (men) attendants
¬pÊŒ˜’Ê„ÈU’h— whose hands are tied at the back •èÿȬ¬ãŸ‡Ê⁄UáÊflà‚‹◊˜ to one who shows love
towards the person seeking refuge ¬Á⁄UòÊÊÿSfl save ◊ÈÜø set free •‡Ê⁄UáʇÊ⁄UáÊ refuge for shelterless
√ÿʬʌÿÊ◊— we kill ‚ÊŸÈ∑§ê¬◊˜ with compassion ‚Êflª◊˜ with anger •¬ŸËÿÃÊ◊˜ take far away
Á∑§◊˜ •ŸÈDUÔ ËÿÃÊ◊˜ what can be done ? •Ê∑§·¸ãÃÈ can be dragged ? EÁ÷— by dogs ‚¢πÊlÃÊ◊˜ to
be fed to the dogs ? ÁÃDÔUÃÊ◊˜ be made to stand ? ¬Ê≈KÃÊ◊˜ be cut with (a saw) ?
ÃØ Á∑˝§ÿÃ that would be done Ãà∑ȧL§ do that ¬ı⁄UÊ— people living in (city) √ÿʬʌÿà kill
¡Ë√ÿÃ is kept alive •¬Ÿÿà take far away •ÊôÊÊåÿÃÊ◊˜ give order, give command
Á∑¢§ „UãÿÃÊ◊˜ would he be killed ? ◊ÈëÿÃÊ◊˜ set free ∑ΧÃʬ⁄UÊœ— who has committed a crime, criminal
¬˝àÿÈîÊËÁflÃÙ˘ÁS◊ I continue to be alive
Exercises
1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃèÿ— Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –
(1) ¬ÈL§·Ò⁄UÁœÁDÔU× ‡Ê∑§Ê⁄U— ∑§Ë≤‡Ê— •Ê‚ËØ ?
(∑§) ¬Ê‡Ê’h— (π) ¬pÊŒ˜’Ê„ÈU’h— (ª) ¬˝‚㟗 (ÉÊ) ŒÈ—Áπ×
(2) “Á∑§◊„¢U ÿŒ˜ ’˝flËÁ◊ ÃØ Á∑˝§ÿÃ” ßÁà fløŸ◊˜ ∑§Sÿ ?
(∑§) Ÿª⁄U¡ŸSÿ (π) ‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§Sÿ (ª) ‡Ê∑§Ê⁄USÿ (ÉÊ) øÊL§ŒûÊSÿ
(3) “∞fl◊˜ ÃÁ„¸U EÁ÷— πÊlÃÊ◊˜ –” ∞ÃŒ˜ flÊÄÿ¢ ∑§— flŒÁà ?
(∑§) ‡Êͺ˝∑§— (π) øÊL§ŒûÊ— (ª) ‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— (ÉÊ) ‡Ê∑§Ê⁄U—
(4) ‡Ê∑§Ê⁄U— - •Êpÿ¸◊˜ .......... •ÁS◊ –
(∑§) ¡ËÁfl× (π) ¬˝àÿÈîÊËÁfl× (ª) ©UîÊËÁfl× (ÉÊ) ◊ÈÄ×

36 Sanskrit 9
 (5) ∑§— ............... ‚ãŒ„U— ?
(∑§) Ã× (π) ÿ× (ª) •òÊ (ÉÊ) ß×
(6) ‚— ............... ‚„U ÁŸª¸ë¿UÁà –
(∑§) ¬ÈL§·Ò— (π) ¬ÈL§·¢ (ª) ¬ÈL§·Sÿ (ÉÊ) ¬ÈL§·—
(7) ‡ÊÁfl¸‹∑§— ............... ¬˝Áà ¬‡ÿÁà –
(∑§) øÊL§ŒûÊÊÿ (π) øÊL§ŒûÊ¢ (ª) øÊL§ŒûÊŸ (ÉÊ) øÊL§ŒûÊÊØ
(8) ÿÁŒ ∞fl¢ ............... EÁ÷— πÊlÃÊ◊˜ –
(∑§) ÃŒÊ (π) ÿòÊ (ª) ÃòÊ (ÉÊ) ÃÁ„¸U
2. ⁄UπÊÁæ˜U∑§Ã¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ ‚◊Ê‚¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) •„U„U – •÷ÿ◊˜ •÷ÿ¢ ‡Ê⁄UáÊʪÃSÿ –
(2) •Ê— •¬ŸËÿÃÊ◊˜ •ÿ¢ øÊL§ŒûʬÊEʸØ –
(3) ©U¬∑§Ê⁄U„U× ∑§Ã¸√ÿ— –
3. ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ‡Ê∑§Ê⁄U— øÊL§ŒûÊ◊˜ ©U¬‚Îàÿ Á∑¢§ ∑§ÕÿÁà ?
(2) Ÿ¬âÿ ¬ı⁄UÊ— Á∑¢§ ∑§ÕÿÁãà ?
(3) ∑ΧÃʬ⁄UÊœ— ‡ÊòÊÈ— ÿÁŒ ‡Ê⁄UáÊ◊Ȭàÿ ¬ÊŒÿÙ— ¬ÁÃ× ÃŒÊ Á∑¢§ ∑§⁄UáÊËÿ◊˜ ?
(4) ©U¬∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ∑§— „U× ?
4. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊéŒM§¬Ò— Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊÁŸ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ —
¬ÈL§·áÊ ¬ÈL§·ÊèÿÊ◊˜ ¬ÈL§·Ò—
(1) ¬Ê¬Sÿ .................... ....................
(2) .................... ¬ÊŒÿÙ— ....................
(3) .................... .................... ¬ı⁄UÊ—
(4) •Êÿ¸øÊL§ŒûÊ◊˜ .................... ....................
(5) ◊ÈÄ× .................... ....................
5. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) Of what does Shakara have to suffer the result ?
(2) In what form does Shakara view Charudatta now ?
(3) What kind of punishment does Sharvilaka consider to give to Shakara ?
Activity
à Read the theme of ◊Îë¿U∑§Á≈U∑§◊˜ –
à Read and enact this extract of the play in the classroom.
à

©U¬∑§Ê⁄U„UÃSÃÈ ∑§Ã¸√ÿ— 37
 10. ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§Sÿ ‚flÊÁŸc∆UÊ
[Born in Rajasthan, Pandit Ambikadatt Vyas, who made Varanasi his home after
being educated there, occupies a special place among the modern Sanskrit writers. He
is well-known for his modern work Á‡Êfl⁄UÊ¡Áfl¡ÿ - ‘Shivarajavijaya’. The style of this
Sanskrit novel is easy as well as serious. The flow of the narrative is smooth and holds
the attention of the reader.
The novel deals with many of the heroic adventures of Chhatrapati Shivaji. Also
included is the saga of his many periodic victories. There were many factors responsible
for these victories. Of special importance is the fact that even the lowest of his servants
was honest, focussed and faithful to his master. The present excerpt proves this point.
A guard, who is performing an ordinary job, is faithful to his master without being
attracted by any greed, temptation or avarice. This guard is an ideal even today.
The aim of this lesson is that along with a sense of service honesty too should
be instilled in students. Attention should be paid to the formation of past participle and
the concord with verbs in the present tense, based on the verbs used in this lesson. You
should also learn the correct use of person.]
(∞∑§ŒÊ ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— ÷√ÿ◊ÍÁÃZ ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚Ÿ◊˜ •¬‡ÿØ – Ã× ÃÿÙ— ∞fl¢ flÊÃʸ‹Ê¬— •÷flØ –)
‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë — ∑§Õ¢ •S◊ÊŸ˜ ‚¢ ã ÿÊÁ‚Ÿ— •Á¬
ÁÃ⁄US∑§⁄UÙÁ· –
ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— — ÷ªflŸ˜ ¬˝áÊ◊ÊÁ◊ – ¬⁄UãÃÈ Sfl∑§Ëÿ¢
¬Á⁄Uøÿ◊˜ •ŒàflÊ Ÿ ∑§ÁpØ ¬˝flCÈ◊˜
•„¸UÁà –
‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë — ‚àÿ◊˜ – ˇÊÊã× •ÿ¢ Ã •¬⁄UÊœ— –
Á∑§ãÃÈ •l ¬˝÷ÎÁà àfl¢ ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚Ÿ—
¬Áá«UÃÊŸ˜ ’˝rÊÔøÊÁ⁄UáÊ— ÁSòÊÿ— ’Ê‹Ê—
ø Ÿ •fl⁄UÙhÈ¢ ‡ÊÄŸÙÁ· –
ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— — ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚Ÿ˜ ’„ÍUQ§◊˜ – Áfl⁄U◊ – flÿ¢
ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§Ê— ’˝rÊÔáÊ— •Á¬ •ÊôÊÊ¢ Ÿ
¬˝ÃˡÊÊ◊„U –
‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë — ‚ÊœÈ – ◊ʪ¸◊˜ •ÊŒ‡Êÿ – ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡ÁŸ∑§≈U ªãÃÈ◊˜ ßë¿UÊÁ◊ –
ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— — Ÿ ‡ÊÄÿ◊˜ – ¬˝÷ÊÃ ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡Sÿ ‚ãäÿ٬ʂŸ∑§Ê‹ ¬˝fl‡Ê¢ ∑§Ãȸ◊˜ •„¸Á‚ – Ÿ ÃÈ ⁄UÊòÊı –
‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë — Á∑§◊˜ ∑§Ù˘Á¬ ⁄UÊòÊı Ÿ ¬˝Áfl‡ÊÁà –
ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— — •Ê„ÍUÃÊŸ˜ ¬Á⁄UÁøÃÊŸ˜ ø ¬Á⁄UàÿÖÿ Ÿ ∑§Ù˘Á¬ – Áfl‡Ê·SÃÈ ÷flʌ·ÊÊ— ÿ π‹È ÃÈê’ËœÊ⁄U∑§Ê— mÊ⁄UÊØ
mÊ⁄¢U ÷˝◊Áãà –
‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë — (SflªÃ◊˜) ‚fl¸ÕÊ ‚ÈÿÙÇÿ— •ÿ¢ ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— – ¬ÈŸ— ß◊¢ ¬⁄UËÁˇÊÃÈ¢ ¬˝ÿÁÃcÿ – (¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê◊˜)
ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§, •òÊ •Êªë¿U – Á∑§◊Á¬ ∑§ÕÁÿÃÈ◊˜ ßë¿UÊÁ◊ –

38 Sanskrit 9
ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— — (©U¬‚Îàÿ) ∑§ÕÿÃÈ ÷flÊŸ˜ –
‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë — àfl¢ ÃÈ ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— •Á‚ – ∑§ŒÊÁ¬ œÁŸ∑§— Ÿ ÷ÁflcÿÁ‚ – flŸ·È ∑§ãŒ⁄UÊ‚È ø flÿ¢
Áflø⁄UÊ◊— – ‚flZ ⁄U‚ÊÿŸÃûfl¢ ¡ÊŸË◊— –
ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— — ÷flÃÈ ŸÊ◊ – •ª˝ •ª˝ –
‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë — ÿÁŒ ◊◊ ¬˝fl‡Ê¢ àfl¢ Ÿ •fl⁄UÙœÿÁ‚ ÃÁ„¸U ÃÈèÿ¢ ÿÕC¢ÔU ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ¢ ŒÊSÿÊÁ◊ – ÃŸ ¬ÜøʇÊØ-
ÃȋʬÁ⁄UÁ◊â ÃÊ◊˝¢ ‚ÈfláÊZ ÷ÁflcÿÁà –
ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— — •Ê— ∑§¬Á≈UŸ˜, ÁflEÊ‚ÉÊÊÃ◊˜
©U¬ÁŒ‡ÊÁ‚ ? Ÿ flÿ¥ Ãʌ·ÊÊ— – ∑§Õÿ ∑§— àfl◊˜ – ∑ȧ× •Êªë¿UÁ‚ – •„¢U àflÊ¢ ∑§SÿÁøØ
ªÈ#ø⁄¢U ◊ãÿ – Œ˜ÈªÊ¸äÿˇÊ¢ ÁŸfll àflÊ¢ Œá«UÁÿcÿÊÁ◊ – ‚— àflÊ¢ ÁflôÊÊÿ ÿÕÙÁøâ ∑§Á⁄UcÿÁà –
‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë — ¬Á⁄Uàÿ¡ ¬Á⁄Uàÿ¡ – ŸÊ„¢U ¬ÈŸ— •ÊªÁ◊cÿÊÁ◊ – ŸÒfl¢ ¬ÈŸ— ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÊÁ◊ –
(ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— ÃØ Áflªáÿ â „USÃŸ ªÎ„UËàflÊ ŸÿÁà –)

‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë — (¬˝’‹¬˝∑§Ê‡ÊŒË¬Sÿ ‚◊ˬ) ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§, •Á¬ ¡ÊŸÊÁ‚ ◊Ê◊˜ –

ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— — (ÁŸ¬ÈáÊ¢ ÁŸ⁄Uˡÿ) •ÿ •Êÿ¸— π‹È ÷flÊŸ˜ – •Êÿ¸, ˇÊãÃÈ◊˜ •„¸UÁà ◊Ê◊˜ –
‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë — (ÃSÿ ¬ÎDÔU „USâ ÁflãÿSÿ) ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§ ◊ÿÊ Ã ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ∑ΧÃÊ – àfl¢ ÿÙÇÿSÕÊŸ ÁŸÿÈQ§—
•Á‚ – ©Uà∑§ÙøÊÿ •‹Ù‹È¬Ê— àflʌ·ÊÊ— ¬˝÷ÍáÊÊ¢ ¬È⁄US∑§Ê⁄U÷Ê¡Ÿ¢ ÷flÁãà – •„¢U Ãfl ¬˝Ê◊ÊÁáÊ∑§ÃÊ¢
¬˝÷È‚Á㟜ı ∑§ÕÁÿcÿ – ∑ȧòÊ fløÃ üÊË◊ÊŸ˜ – Á∑§◊˜ •ŸÈÁÃDÔUÁà ‚ê¬˝Áà ‚— –

ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§Sÿ ‚flÊÁŸc∆UÊ 39
 Glossary
Noun : (masc.) : ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— doorkeeper ∑§ãŒ⁄—U cave ªÈ#ø⁄U— spy ŒÈª¸— fort ©Uà∑§Ùø— bribe
flÊÃʸ‹Ê¬— dialogue, conversation
(Fem.) : ÃÈê’Ë bowl made from gourd (Mendicants keep this bowl with them and use
it as a vessel (pot). flÜøŸÊ fraud ÃÈ‹Ê tola, a measure of weight ‚ÁãŸÁœ— proximity
(Neu.) : ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¬òÊ◊˜ identity card ÃÊ◊˝◊˜ copper ¬ÎDÔU◊˜ the back ÷Ê¡Ÿ◊˜ vessel, suitable
Adjective : •Ê„ÍUà called ¬ÜøʇÊØ fifty ¬Á⁄UÁ◊à limited àflÊŒÎ‡Ê like you
Adverb : ¬˝÷ÎÁà hence forth ‚fl¸ÕÊ in all respect ∑ȧ× from where
Compound : ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡ÁŸ∑§≈U (◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡Sÿ ÁŸ∑§≈U ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡ÁŸ∑§≈U – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‚ãäÿ٬ʂŸ∑§Ê‹
(‚ãäÿÊ— ©U¬Ê‚Ÿ◊˜ - ‚ãäÿ٬ʂŸ◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§· – ‚ãäÿ٬ʂŸÊÿÊ— ∑§Ê‹— ‚ãäÿ٬ʂŸÊ∑§Ê‹—,
ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) ÃȋʬÁ⁄UÁ◊Ã◊˜ (ÃÈ‹ÿÊ ¬Á⁄UÁ◊Ã◊˜ ÃȋʬÁ⁄UÁ◊Ã◊˜ – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) ŒÈªÊ¸äÿˇÊ◊˜
(ŒÈ ª ¸ S ÿ •äÿˇÊ— ŒÈ ª ʸ ä ÿˇÊ—, Ã◊˜ – ·c∆U Ë Ãà¬È L §·) – ¬È ⁄ U S ∑§Ê⁄U ÷ Ê¡Ÿ◊˜ (¬È ⁄ U S ∑§Ê⁄U S ÿ ÷Ê¡Ÿ◊˜
¬È⁄Uc∑§Ê⁄U÷Ê¡Ÿ◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) ¬˝÷È‚Á㟜ı (¬˝÷Ù— ‚ÁãŸÁœ— ¬˝÷È‚ÁãŸÁœ—, ÃSÿÊ◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
Root : First Gana (Parasmaipada) ¬˝ + Ÿ◊˜ (¬˝áÊ◊ÁÃ) to bow to Áfl + ⁄U◊˜ (Áfl⁄U◊ÁÃ)
to stop Áfl + ø⁄U˜ (Áflø⁄UÁÃ) to wander, to move
(Atmanepada) ¬˝Áà + ߸ˇÊ˜ (¬˝ÃˡÊÃ) to wait ¬Á⁄U + ߸ˇÊ˜ (¬⁄UˡÊÃ) to examine, to take a test
Notes
(1) Meaning : ÷√ÿ◊ÍÁø◊˜ to a magnificient form ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚Ÿ— to mendicants ˇÊÊã× •ÿ¢ Ã
•¬⁄UÊœ— this fault of yours is forgiven ’˝rÊÔøÊÁ⁄UáÊ— to celibates ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÙœŸËÿÊ— should be stopped
’˝rÊÔáÊ— of Brahma ©UQ§◊˜ said Áfl„UÊÿ leaving (here, except) •ÊŒ‡Êÿ show Áfl‡Ê·Ã— specially
÷flʌ·ÊÊ— like you ÃÈê’ËœÊÁ⁄UáÊ— holding bowl made of gourd ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê◊˜ loudly (Term in drama
which instructs to speak in such a way so that all can hear.) ©U¬‚Îàÿ approaching ¡ÊŸË◊— we
know ÷flÃÈ may be ¬ÜøʇÊØ-ÃÈ‹Ê-¬Á⁄UÁ◊Ã◊˜ measuring fifty tolas Á‡ÊˇÊÿÁ‚ do you teach ?
ÁflôÊÊÿ recongnizing Áflªáÿ ignoring ªÎ„UËàflÊ catching ¬˝’‹¬˝∑§Ê‡ÊŒË¬Sÿ of a lamp having bright
light ÁflãÿSÿ placing on ÁŸÿÈQ§— appointed ∑§Õÿ you tell, say
(2) Sandhi : ∑§Ù˘Á¬ (∑§— •Á¬) – Áfl‡Ê·SÃÈ (Áfl‡Ê·— ÃÈ) –
Exercises
1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃèÿ— Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –
(1) ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§Ê— ∑§Sÿ •ÊôÊÊ◊˜ •Á¬ Ÿ ¬˝ÃˡÊãÃ ?
(∑§) ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚Ÿ— (π) ’˝rÊÔáÊ— (ª) ‚ŸÊ¬Ã— (ÉÊ) ŸÎ¬Ã—
(2) ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— ∑§◊˜ •¬‡ÿØ ?
(∑§) ‚¢ãÿÊÁ‚Ÿ◊˜ (π) ªÈåÃø⁄U◊˜ (ª) ŸÎ¬◊˜ (ÉÊ) ◊ãÿÃ

40 Sanskrit 9
 (3) •„¢U àflÊ¢ ªÈåÃø⁄¢U .......... –
(∑§) ◊ãÿ (π) ◊ãÿãÃ (ª) ◊ãÿ‚ (ÉÊ) ŒÈªÊ¸äÿˇÊ◊˜
(4) àfl¢ ∑§ŒÊÁ¬ œÁŸ∑§— Ÿ .......... –
(∑§) ÷ÁflcÿÁ‚ (π) ÷ÁflcÿÕ (ª) ÷ÁflcÿÁà (ÉÊ) ÷ÁflcÿÁãÃ
(5) “ˇÊãÃÈ◊˜ •„¸UÁà ◊Ê◊˜” ßÁà ∑§— flŒÁà ?
(∑§) ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§— (π) ‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë (ª) ªÈåÃø⁄U— (ÉÊ) ŒÈªÊ¸äÿˇÊ—
2. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝oAÊŸÊ◊˜ ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë ∑ȧòÊ ªãÃÈ◊˜ ßë¿UÁà ?
(2) ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊÊ— ¡ŸÊ— ¬˝÷ÍáÊÊ¢ ¬È⁄US∑§Ê⁄U÷Ê¡ŸÊÁŸ ÷flÁãà ?
(3) mÊ⁄UÊØ mÊ⁄¢U ∑§ ÷˝◊Áãà ?
(4) ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§Ÿ ∑§— ŒÎCÔU— ?
(5) ‚¢ãÿÊ‚Ë ∑§Sÿ ¬˝Ê◊ÊÁáÊ∑§ÃÊ¢ ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÁà ?
3. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ∑ΧŒãÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝àÿÿÁŸŒ¸‡Ê¬Ífl¸∑¢§ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ˇÊãÃÈ◊˜ .................... ....................
(2) ªãÃÈ◊˜ .................... ....................
(3) ©U ¬ ‚Î à ÿ .................... ....................
(4) ¬Á⁄UàÿÖÿ .................... ....................
4. •œSßÊÁŸ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ sÔSß÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹ (‹æU˜‹∑§Ê⁄U) ¬Á⁄Ufløÿà –
(1) àfl¢ œÁŸ∑§— ÷flÁ‚ –
(2) flÿ¢ flŸ·È fl‚Ê◊— –
(3) ∑§— •Á¬ ⁄UÊòÊı Ÿ ¬˝Áfl‡ÊÁà –
(4) •„¢U àflÊ¢ ªÈåÃø⁄¢U ◊ãÿ –
5. ⁄UπÊÁVÔUìŒÊŸÊ¢ ‚◊Ê‚¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§Sÿ ‚flÊÁŸDÔUÊ ©UûÊ◊Ê •Ê‚ËØ –
(2) ŒÈªÊ¸äÿˇÊ— ÁŸáʸÿ¢ ∑§Á⁄UcÿÁà –
(3) ‚¢ãÿÊ‚ËŸ— ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡ÁŸ∑§≈U ªãÃÈ◊˜ ßë¿UÁà –
(4) ¬˝Ê◊ÊÁáÊ∑§¡ŸÊ— ¬È⁄US∑§Ê⁄U÷Ê¡ŸÊÁŸ ÷flÁãà –
6. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊéŒM§¬ÊáÊÊ¢ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ ∑§Ê⁄Uÿà –
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ — ¬Áá«UÃÊ— (¬Áá«UÃ, •∑§Ê⁄UÊã×, ¬ÈÁÀ‹XÔU◊˜, ¬˝Õ◊Ê-’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜)
‡ÊéŒM§¬◊˜
(1) ∑§ãŒ⁄U·È .................... .................... .................... .................... ....................
(2) ªÈåÃø⁄U◊˜ .................... .................... .................... .................... ....................
(3) ©U à ∑§ÙøÊÿ .................... .................... .................... .................... ....................
(4) ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§Ÿ .................... .................... .................... .................... ....................

ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§Sÿ ‚flÊÁŸc∆UÊ 41
7. ‚ÍøŸÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U œÊÃÈM§¬Ò— Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊÁŸ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ ÁmfløŸ◊˜ ’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜
(1) .................... Á‡ÊˇÊÿÕ— ....................
(2) ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÊÁ◊ .................... ....................
(3) .................... .................... ¬˝ÃˡÊÊ◊„U
(4) •÷flØ .................... ....................
(5) .................... •ÿë¿UÃÊ◊˜ ....................
8. ¬˝ŒûÊÊŸ˜ ‡ÊéŒÊŸ˜ ¬˝ÿÈÖÿ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ ⁄Uøÿà –
(1) Students (pupils) bow down to Guru (preceptor).
¿UÊòÊ, ªÈÈL§, ¬˝+Ÿ◊˜
(2) A gardener prepares a garland of flowers.
◊Ê‹Ê∑§Ê⁄U, ¬Èc¬◊Ê‹Ê, ⁄Uø˜
(3) Ganesh writes with a pen.
ªáÊ‡Ê, ∑§‹◊ (‹πŸË), Á‹π˜
(4) Flowers blossom in the garden (in the morning.)
∑ȧ‚È◊, ©UlÊŸ (¬˝÷ÊÃ), Áfl+∑§‚˜
(5) A door-keeper enters the palace.
ŒıflÊÁ⁄U∑§, ⁄UÊ¡¬˝Ê‚ÊŒ, ¬˝+Áfl‡Ê˜
9. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝oAÊŸÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ òÊËÁ÷— øÃÈÁ÷¸— flÊ flÊÄÿÒ— ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÿÊ Á‹πà –
(1) According to the Samnyasi who should not be stopped ?
(2) Who can go to meet the king at night ?
(3) What bribe does Samnyasi give to the door-keeper for entry ?
(4) Write a short note on ‘Door-keeper’s honesty’.

Activity
à Enact the dialogue of the lesson.
à Describe in your own words the incidents showing loyalty to service and
honesty.
à Write a diary about your loyalty and honesty towards your daily work.

42 Sanskrit 9
 11. flÁŒÃ√ÿÊÁŸ Á◊òÊÊÁáÊ
[Known as the longest literary work in the entire world is the Mahabharata
composed by Maharshi Vyasa. The Mahabharata has about one lakh Shlokas.
There are 18 ‘Parvas’ in the Mahabharata. The first Parva is ‘Adiparva’ while the
last is ‘Swargarohanaparva’. In the twelfth one ‘Shantiparva’, solutions to many
problems of life have been dealt with.
In the ‘Shantiparva’ there are 365 chapters. These chapters are further internally
divided into ‘Rajadharmanushasanaparva’ (1 to 30), ‘Aapaddharmaparva’ (131 to 173)
and ‘Mokshaparva’ (174 to 365) etc. Among these, in the ‘Aapaddharmaparva’ there
is a dialogue between Bhishma and Yudhishthira which is a teaching on polity. In this
there is one occasion where Yudhishthira is advised to maintain friends. During this
advice, it is also shown how friends should be, how they are made and how they are
helpful to us.]

flÁŒÃ√ÿÊÁŸ Á◊òÊÊÁáÊ ÁflôÊÿÊpÊÁ¬ ‡ÊòÊfl— –

∞ÃØ ‚È‚Íˇ◊¢ ‹Ù∑§˘ÁS◊Ÿ˜ ŒÎ‡ÿÃ ¬˝ÊôÊ‚ê◊Ã◊˜ H 1H
‡ÊòÊÈM§¬Ê Á„U ‚ÈNUŒÙ Á◊òÊM§¬Êp ‡ÊòÊfl— –
‚ÁãœÃÊSÃ Ÿ ’ÈäÿãÃ ∑§Ê◊∑˝§Ùœfl‡Ê¢ ªÃÊ— H 2H

ŸÊÁSà ¡ÊÃÈ Á⁄U¬ÈŸÊ¸◊ Á◊òÊ¢ ŸÊ◊ Ÿ ÁfllÃ –

√ÿfl„UÊ⁄ÊìÊ ¡ÊÿãÃ Á◊òÊÊÁáÊ Á⁄U¬flSÃÕÊ H 3 H
ÿÙ ÿÁS◊Ÿ˜ ¡ËflÁà SflÊÕZ ¬‡ÿØ ¬Ë«UÊ¢ Ÿ ¡ËflÁà –
‚ ÃSÿ Á◊òÊ¢ ÃÊflØ SÿÊŒ˜ ÿÊfl㟠SÿÊŒ˜ Áfl¬ÿ¸ÿ— H 4H

flÁŒÃ√ÿÊÁŸ Á◊òÊÊÁáÊ 43
 Á◊òÊ¢ ø ‡ÊòÊÈÃÊ◊Áà ∑§ÁS◊¢ÁpØ ∑§Ê‹¬ÿ¸ÿ –
‡ÊòÊÈp Á◊òÊÃÊ◊Áà SflÊÕÙ¸ Á„U ’‹flûÊ⁄U— H 5H
ÃÁã◊òÊ¢ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ¢ ‚flZ ÁflSÃ⁄UáÊÊÁ¬ ◊ ‡ÊÎáÊÈ –
∑§Ê⁄UáÊÊØ Á¬˝ÿÃÊ◊Áà mcÿÙ ÷flÁà ∑§Ê⁄UáÊÊØ H 6H
Á¬˝ÿÙ ÷flÁà ŒÊŸŸ Á¬˝ÿflÊŒŸ øʬ⁄U— –
◊ãòÊ„UÙ◊¡¬Ò⁄Uãÿ— ∑§ÊÿʸÕZ ¬˝ËÿÃ ¡Ÿ— H 7H
©Uà¬ãŸÊ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ¬˝ËÁÃ⁄UÊ‚ËãŸı ∑§Ê⁄UáÊÊãÃ⁄U –
¬˝äflSÃ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊSÕÊŸ ‚Ê ¬˝ËÁÃÁfl¸ÁŸfløÃ H 8H
•Êà◊⁄UˇÊáÊÃãòÊÊáÊÊ¢ ‚Ȭ⁄UËÁˇÊÃ∑§ÊÁ⁄UáÊÊ◊˜ –
•Ê¬ŒÙ ŸÙ¬¬lãÃ ¬ÈL§·ÊáÊÊ¢ SflŒÙ·¡Ê— H 9H
‡ÊòÊÍŸ˜ ‚êÿª˜ Áfl¡ÊŸÊÁà ŒÈ’¸‹Ê ÿ ’‹Ëÿ‚— –
Ÿ Ã·Ê¢ øÊÀÿÃ ’ÈÁh— ‡ÊÊSòÊÊÕ¸∑ΧÃÁŸpÿÊ H 10H

Glossary

Noun : (masc.) : ‹Ù∑§— world, universe √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U— behaviour, conduct, action

SflÊÕ¸— selfishness Áfl¬ÿ¸ÿ— reverse, inversion ∑§Ê‹¬ÿ¸ÿ— passage of time Á¬˝ÿflÊŒ— pleasing words.
(Fem.) : ¬Ë«UÊ unhappiness, pain ‡ÊòÊÈÃÊ enemity Á◊òÊÃÊ friendship ¬˝ËÁ× love, affection
(Neut.) : ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ◊˜ cause, purpose
Pronoun : ∞ÃØ this (neu.) •ÁS◊Ÿ˜ in this (masc. or neu.) ÿÁS◊Ÿ˜ in which (masc. or neu.)
◊ my ÿ those (masc.) Ã·Ê◊˜ their (masc. or neu.)
Adjective : flÁŒÃ√ÿ worthy to be known ÁflôÊÿ worthy to be known ‚È‚ˇÍ ◊ very minute
‚ê◊à acceptable ‚ÁãœÃ associated ’‹flûÊ⁄U very powerful mcÿ to be hated •¬⁄U another
¬˝äflSà destroyed, ruined
Adverb : Á„U really ¡ÊÃÈ proper
Compound : ¬˝ÊôÊ‚ê◊Ã◊˜ (¬˝ÊôÊÊŸÊ¢ ‚ê◊Ã◊˜ ¬˝ÊôÊ‚ê◊Ã◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑§Ê◊∑˝§Ùœfl‡Ê◊˜ – (∑§Ê◊—
ø ∑˝§Ùœ— ø ßÁà ∑§Ê◊∑˝§Ùœı, (ßÃ⁄UÃ⁄U, mãm) – ∑§Ê◊∑˝§ÙœÿÙ— fl‡Ê— ∑§Ê◊∑˝§Ùœfl‡Ê—, Ã◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·)
∑§Ê‹¬ÿ¸ÿ (∑§Ê‹Sÿ ¬ÿ¸ÿ— ∑§Ê‹¬ÿ¸ÿ—, ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ◊ãòÊ„UÙ◊¡¬Ò— (◊ãòÊ— ø „UÙ◊— ø ¡¬— ø
◊ãòÊ„UÙ◊¡¬Ê—, ÃÒ— – ßÃ⁄UÃ⁄U mãm) – •Êà◊⁄UˇÊáÊÃãòÊÊáÊÊ◊˜ (•Êà◊Ÿ— ⁄UˇÊáÊ◊˜ •Êà◊⁄UˇÊáÊ◊˜ (·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
•Êà◊⁄UˇÊáÊSÿ ÃãòÊ◊˜ •Êà◊⁄UˇÊáÊÃãòÊ◊˜, Ã·Ê◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – SflŒÙ·¡Ê— (SflSÿ ŒÙ·— SflŒÙ·— (·DÔUË
Ãà¬ÈL§·) – SflŒÙ·ÊØ ¡ÊÿãÃ ßÁà SflŒÙ·¡Ê—, ©U¬¬Œ Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
Root : (First Gana) : (Atmanepada) Áfl+ÁŸ+flÎØ (ÁflÁŸfløÃ) to turn back
(Fourth Gana) : (Atmanepada) ÁflŒ˜ (ÁfllÃ) to be ¡Ÿ˜ (¡ÊÿÃ) to be born / produced

44 Sanskrit 9
 Notes

(1) Meaning : flÁŒÃ√ÿÊÁŸ worthy to be known, should be known ≤‡ÿÃ is seen

•Ê¬Œ˜ difficulty, adversity ‡ÊòÊÈM§¬Ê— to be like enemies Á◊òÊM§¬Ê— to be like friends Ÿ ’ÈäÿãÃ can
not be known ¡ËflÁà when alive (locative absolute) SÿÊØ may happen ∞Áà goes, attains
∑§ÁS◊¢ÁpØ in a certain, in some Á¬˝ÿflÊŒŸ due to the pleasant words ∑§Êÿʸո◊˜ to fulfil the work
¬˝ËÿÃ is delighted ∑§Ê⁄UáÊÊãÃ⁄U to fulfil other purpose •Êà◊⁄UˇÊáÊÃãòÊÊáÊÊ◊˜ of independent people for
one’s protection ‚Ȭ⁄UËÁˇÊÃ∑§ÊÁ⁄UáÊÊ◊˜ of those who work after careful examination
•Ê¬Œ— difficulties ŸÙ¬¬lãÃ do not occur Áfl¡ÊŸÊÁà knows very well ’‹Ëÿ‚— to powerful
øÊÀÿÃ is moved ‡ÊÊSòÊÊÕ¸∑ΧÃÁŸpÿÊ decided on the basis of meaning of Shastras.
(2) Sandhi : ÁflôÊÿÊpÊÁ¬ (ÁflôÊÿÊ— ø •Á¬) – ‹Ù∑§˘ÁS◊Ÿ˜ (‹Ù∑§ •ÁS◊Ÿ˜) – ‡ÊòÊÈM§¬Ê Á„U (‡ÊòÊÈM§¬Ê—
Á„U) – ‚ÈNUŒÙ Á◊òÊM§¬Êp (‚ÈNUŒ— Á◊òÊM§¬Ê— ø) – ‚ÁãœÃÊSÃ (‚ÁãœÃÊ— Ã) – ŸÊÁSà (Ÿ •ÁSÃ) – Á⁄U¬ÈŸÊ¸◊
(Á⁄U¬È— ŸÊ◊) – √ÿfl„UÊ⁄UÊìÊ (√ÿfl„UÊ⁄UÊØ ø) – Á⁄U¬flSÃÕÊ (Á⁄U¬fl— ÃÕÊ) – ÿÙ ÿÁS◊Ÿ˜ (ÿ— ÿÁS◊Ÿ˜) – ‚ ÃSÿ
(‚— ÃSÿ) – SÿÊŒ˜ ÿÊfl㟠(SÿÊØ ÿÊflØ Ÿ) – SÿÊŒ˜ Áfl¬ÿ¸ÿ— (SÿÊØ Áfl¬ÿ¸ÿ—) – ‡ÊòÊÈÃÊ◊Áà (‡ÊòÊÈÃÊ◊˜ ∞ÁÃ) –
‡ÊòÊÈp (‡ÊòÊÈ— ø) – Á◊òÊÃÊ◊Áà (Á◊òÊÃÊ◊˜ ∞ÁÃ) – SflÊÕÙ¸ Á„U (SflÊÕ¸— Á„U) – ÃÁã◊òÊ◊˜ (ÃØ Á◊òÊ◊˜) – ÁflSÃ⁄UáÊÊÁ¬
(ÁflSÃ⁄UáÊ •Á¬) – Á¬˝ÿÃÊ◊Áà (Á¬˝ÿÃÊ◊˜ ∞ÁÃ) – mcÿÙ ÷flÁà (mcÿ— ÷flÁÃ) – Á¬˝ÿÙ ÷flÁà (Á¬˝ÿ—
÷flÁÃ) – ◊ãòÊ„UÙ◊¡¬Ò⁄Uãÿ— (◊ãòÊ„UÙ◊¡¬Ò— •ãÿ—) – ¬˝ËÁÃ⁄UÊ‚Ë㟠(¬˝ËÁ× •Ê‚ËØ Ÿ) – ¬˝ËÁÃÁfl¸ÁŸfløÃ (¬˝ËÁ×
ÁflÁŸfløÃ) – •Ê¬ŒÙ ŸÙ¬¬lãÃ (•Ê¬Œ— Ÿ ©U¬¬lãÃ) – ŒÈ’¸‹Ê ÿ (ŒÈ’¸‹Ê— ÿ) –
Exercise

1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃèÿ— Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –

(1) ∑§S◊ÊØ Á◊òÊÊÁáÊ Á⁄U¬fl— ø ¡ÊÿãÃ ?
(∑§) ‡ÊÊSòÊôÊÊŸÊØ (π) √ÿfl„UÊ⁄UÊØ (ª) ŒÒflÊØ (ÉÊ) ’ÈÁh’‹ÊØ
(2) ¬˝äflSÃ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊSÕÊŸ ‚Ê ¬˝ËÁ× .......... –
(∑§) ÁflÁŸfløÃ (π) ¡ÊÿÃ (ª) flœ¸Ã (ÉÊ) ŒÎ‡ÿÃ
(3) •Êà◊⁄UˇÊáÊÃãòÊÊáÊÊ¢ ¬ÈL§·ÊáÊÊ¢ Á∑¢§ Ÿ ©U¬¬lÃ ?
(∑§) •Ê¬ÁûÊ— (π) ‚Èπ◊˜ (ª) ‚ê¬ÁûÊ— (ÉÊ) SflÊÕ¸◊˜
(4) ‡ÊòÊÈÁ◊òÊ‚ê’ãœ ∑§— ’‹flûÊ⁄U— ?
(∑§) SflŒÙ·— (π) SflÊÕ¸— (ª) Á¬˝ÿʋʬ— (ÉÊ) ‹Ù∑§—
(5) Á◊òÊ¢ ∑§ŒÊ ‡ÊòÊÈÃÊ◊˜ ∞Áà ?
(∑§) ÷ÊÇÿˇÊÿ (π) ◊ÎàÿÈ∑§Ê‹ (ª) ∑§Ê‹Áfl¬ÿ¸ÿ (ÉÊ) œŸÊª◊
2. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝oAÊŸÊ¢ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) Á∑¢§ M§¬Ê— ‚ÈNUŒ— ‡ÊòÊfl— ø ?
(2) Á◊òÊÊÁáÊ Á⁄U¬fl— ø ∑§Õ¢ ¡ÊÿãÃ ?
(3) ¡Ÿ— ∑§S◊ÊØ Á¬˝ÿÃÊ◊˜ ∞Áà ?
(4) ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊÊŸÊ¢ ¬ÈL§·ÊáÊÊ◊˜ •Ê¬Œ— Ÿ ©U¬¬lãÃ ?
(5) ÿ— ‡ÊòÊÍŸ˜ ‚êÿª˜ Áfl¡ÊŸÊÁà ÃSÿ Á∑¢§ ÷flÁà ?

flÁŒÃ√ÿÊÁŸ Á◊òÊÊÁáÊ 45
3. ‚◊Ê‚¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ¬˝ÊôÊ‚ê◊Ã◊˜ ....................
(2) ∑§Ê‹¬ÿ¸ÿ ....................
(3) ∑§Ê◊∑˝§Ùœı ....................
(4) ◊ãòÊ„UÙ◊¡¬Ò— ....................
4. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊéŒM§¬Ò— Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊÁŸ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ —
Á◊òÊ◊˜ Á◊òÊ Á◊òÊÊÁáÊ
(1) ¬Ë«UÊ◊˜ .................... ....................
(2) .................... .................... ‹Ù∑§·È
(3) ŒÊŸŸ .................... ....................
(4) ∑§Ê⁄UáÊÊØ .................... ....................
5. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ¬˝ŒûÊÊŸ˜ ‡ÊéŒÊŸ˜ •ÊœÎàÿ flÊÄÿ⁄UøŸÊ¢ ∑ȧL§Ã –
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ — Children are eating fruits. (’Ê‹, »§‹, πÊŒ˜) - ’Ê‹Ê— »§‹ÊÁŸ πÊŒÁãà –
(1) Meghana drinks water. (◊ÉÊŸÊ, ¡‹, ¬Ê-Á¬’˜)
(2) Adhish reads a book. (•œË‡Ê, ¬ÈSÃ∑§, ¬∆U˜)
(3) A snake goes into the hole. (‚¬¸, Á’‹, ª◊˜-ªë¿U˜)
(4) Anila calls Amit. (•ÁŸ‹Ê, •Á◊Ã, •Ê+uÔU-uÔUÿ˜)
(5) Aarsh bows to Guru. (•Ê·¸, ªÈL§, Ÿ◊˜)
6. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) What according to the composer of the Mahabharata is the reason of becoming
a foe (enemy) or a friend ?
(2) Why does a friend become an enemy (foe) ?
(3) Whose mind (intellect) is not disturbed even in difficulties ?
7. ‡‹Ù∑§¬ÍÁÃZ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(1) ŸÊÁSà ¡ÊÃÈ ......... Á⁄U¬flSÃÕÊ –
(2) •Êà◊⁄UˇÊáÊÃãòÊÊáÊÊ¢ ........ SflŒÙ·¡Ê— –

Activity
à Find out and read the incidents of Mahabharata.
à Use audio-visual aids to know about Mahabharata.
à

46 Sanskrit 9
 12. ‚È÷ÊÁ·Ã-‚åÃ∑§◊˜U
[‘Subhashita’ (epigram) means a beautiful saying or a moral. In Sanskrit, there are
many features of the epigram. One is that these are small verses which are able to
contain an ocean of wisdom in a small vessel. These have been continuously sung by
common people and kept alive down the ages. They nourish life. Moreover, Sanskrit
epigrams are the nutrition and sustenance of universal feelings as well as the stream of
Samskaras (traditions).
Our ancestors composed these epigrams based on the values that they imbibed in
their wisdom and these are popular to this day.
These epigrams of a by-gone age are still relevant. Even today these epigrams
without any discrimination show the path of living a happy and ideal life.
We shall here learn seven epigrams which are like precious gems of Sanskrit
language and whatever values we learn from them, we shall try to imbibe in ourselves.]

‡ÊŸÒ— ¬ãÕÊ— ‡ÊŸÒ— ∑§ãÕÊ ‡ÊŸÒ— ¬fl¸Ã‹æU˜ÉÊŸ◊˜ –

‡ÊŸÒÁfl¸lÊ ‡ÊŸÒÁfl¸ûÊ¢ ¬ÜøÒÃÊÁŸ ‡ÊŸÒ— ‡ÊŸÒ— –– 1 ––
‡ÊË‹¢ ‡Êıÿ¸◊ŸÊ‹Sÿ¢ ¬ÊÁá«Uàÿ¢ Á◊òÊ‚æU˜ª˝„U— –
•øı⁄U„U⁄UáÊËÿÊÁŸ ¬ÜøÒÃÊãÿˇÊÿÙ ÁŸÁœ— –– 2 ––
‚¢„UÁ× üÊÿ‚Ë ¬È¢‚Ê¢ ÁflªÈáÊcflÁ¬ ’ãœÈ·È –
ÃÈ·Ò⁄UÁ¬ ¬Á⁄U÷˝CÔÊ Ÿ ¬˝⁄UÙ„UÁãà Ãá«ÈU‹Ê— –– 3 ––
ŸÊÁSà ◊ÉÊ‚◊¢ ÃÙÿ¢ ŸÊÁSà øÊà◊‚◊¢ ’‹◊˜ –
ŸÊÁSà øˇÊÈ—‚◊¢ Ã¡Ù ŸÊÁSà œÊãÿ‚◊¢ Á¬˝ÿ◊˜ –– 4 ––
‚àÿ¢ ì٠ôÊÊŸ◊Á„¢U‚ÃÊ¢ ø
Áflmà¬˝áÊÊ◊¢ ø ‚ȇÊË‹ÃÊ¢ ø –
∞ÃÊÁŸ ÿÙ ÁflŒœÊÁà ‚ ÁflmÊŸ˜
Ÿ sÔ∑§¬ˇÊÙ Áfl„Uª— ¬˝ÿÊÁà –– 5 ––
∑§ÊDÔUÊŒÁÇŸ— ¡ÊÿÃ ◊âÿ◊ÊŸÊØ
÷ÍÁ◊SÃÙÿ¢ πãÿ◊ÊŸÊ ŒŒÊÁà –
‚Ùà‚Ê„UÊŸÊ¢ ŸÊSàÿ‚Êäÿ¢ Ÿ⁄UÊáÊÊ¢
◊ʪʸ⁄UéœÊ— ‚fl¸ÿàŸÊ— »§‹Áãà –– 6 ––
¬ÊòÊ¢ Ÿ ÃʬÿÁà ŸÒfl ◊‹¢ ¬˝‚ÍÃ
SŸ„U¢ Ÿ ‚¢„U⁄UÁà ŸÒfl ªÈáÊÊÁãˇÊáÊÙÁà –
º˝ √ ÿÊfl‚ÊŸ‚◊ÿ ø‹ÃÊ¢ Ÿ œûÊ
‚à¬ÈòÊ ∞· ∑ȧ‹‚kÔÁÔ Ÿ ∑§Ù˘Á¬ ŒË¬— –– 7 ––

‚È÷ÊÁ·Ã-‚åÃ∑§◊˜U 47
 Glossary
Noun : (masc.) : ¬ãÕÊ— path, way ÁŸÁœ— treasure, storage ÃÈ·— the husk of grain
Ãá«ÈU‹— rice SŸ„U— love, viscousness
(Fem.) : ∑§ãÕÊ small quilt (mattress) made by rags ‚¢„UÁ× unity ‚ȇÊË‹ÃÊ goodness
(Neu.) : ‡ÊË‹◊˜ character ÃÙÿ◊˜ water œÊãÿ◊˜ grains ◊‹◊˜ dirt
Adjective : •ˇÊÿ imperishable ◊âÿ◊ÊŸ being rubbed against each other πãÿ◊ÊŸ is dug
◊ʪʸ⁄Uéœ started in proper direction
Adverb : ‡ÊŸÒ— slowly
Compound : ¬fl¸Ã‹æU˜ÉÊŸ◊˜ (¬fl¸ÃSÿ ‹æ˜UÉÊŸ◊˜, ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Á◊òÊ‚æ˜Uª˝„U— (Á◊òÊÊáÊÊ¢ ‚æU˜ª˝„U—
- Á◊òÊ‚æ˜Uª˝„U— – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) ◊ÉÊ‚◊◊˜ (◊ÉÊŸ ‚◊◊˜ ◊ÉÊ‚◊◊˜ – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) •Êà◊‚◊◊˜ (•Êà◊ŸÊ
‚◊◊˜ - •Êà◊‚◊◊˜ – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) øˇÊÈ—‚◊◊˜ (øˇÊÈèÿÊZ ‚◊◊˜ øˇÊÈ—‚◊◊˜ , ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) œÊãÿ‚◊◊˜
(œÊãÿŸ ‚◊◊˜ œÊãÿ‚◊◊˜ , ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) ∑§◊¸„UËŸ◊˜ (∑§◊¸áÊÊ „UËŸ◊˜ ∑§◊¸„UËŸ◊˜, ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·)
Root : (First Gana) (Parasmaipada) : ¬˝ + L§„U˜ (¬˝⁄UÙ„UÁÃ) to grow »§‹˜ (»§‹ÁÃ) to
bear fruit, to succeed ‚◊˜ + NU (‚¢„U⁄UÁÃ) to destroy
Notes
(1) Meaning : •øı⁄U„U⁄UáÊËÿÊÁŸ cannot be stolen üÊÿ‚Ë beneficial ¬È¢‚Ê◊˜ of men
ÁflªÈáÊ·È possessing opposite (reverse) qualities ¬Á⁄U÷˝CÔUÊ— separated ÁflŒœÊÁà holds, possesses
flŒÁflŒ˜ who knows Vedas ¬˝ÿÊÁà goes ∞∑§¬ˇÊ— having one wing ÃʬÿÁà heats ¬˝‚ÍÃ produces
ÁˇÊáÊÙÁà runs ø‹ÃÊ¢ Ÿ œûÊ does not shake (move) ∑ȧ‹‚kÁŸ in the family like house
◊âÿ◊ÊŸÊØ on being rubbed against each other
(2) Sandhi : ÁflªÈáÊcflÁ¬ (ÁflªÈáÊ·È •Á¬) – ÃÈ·Ò⁄UÁ¬ (ÃÈ·Ò— •Á¬) – mÿÙ⁄Ufl (mÿÙ— ∞fl) –
sÔ∑§¬ˇÊ— (Á„U ∞∑§¬ˇÊ—) – ∑§Ù˘Á¬ (∑§— •Á¬) –
Exercises

1. Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà —

(1) ¬È¢‚Ê¢ üÊÿ‚Ë ∑§Ê ?
(∑§) ‚¢ÁŸÁœ— (π) ‚¢„UÁ× (ª) ‚¢ªÁ× (ÉÊ) ‚¢◊Á×
(2) Ÿ sÔ∑§¬ˇÊÙ .......... ¬˝ÿÊÁà –
(∑§) ⁄UÕ— (π) •E— (ª) Áfl„Uª— (ÉÊU) ◊àSÿ—
(3) ◊ÉÊ‚◊¢ Á∑¢§ Ÿ •ÁSà ?
(∑§) ÃÙÿ◊˜ (π) ’‹◊˜ (ª) Ã¡— (ÉÊU) œÊãÿ◊˜
(4) ∑ȧ‹‚kÁŸ ∑§— ŒË¬— ?
(∑§) ‚à¬ÈòÊ— (π) Á‡ÊÁˇÊìÈòÊ— (ª) •Êà◊¡— (ÉÊ) ‡ÊÍ⁄U¬ÈòÊ—
(5) ∑§·Ê¢ Ÿ⁄UÊáÊÊ¢ ∑ΧÃ Á∑§◊Á¬ •‚Êäÿ◊˜ ŸÊÁSà ?
(∑§) ‚Ê„UÁ‚∑§ÊŸÊ◊˜ (π) ŸÊÁSÃ∑§ÊŸÊ◊˜ (ª) ‚Ùà‚Ê„UÊŸÊ◊˜ (ÉÊ) œÁŸ∑§ÊŸÊ◊˜

48 Sanskrit 9
 (6) “Áfl„Uª—” ‡ÊéŒSÿ ¬ÿʸÿ‡Ê錗 ∑§— ?
(∑§) Áfl≈U¬— (π) ÃÕÊ˘Á¬ (ª) πª— (ÉÊ) ∞∑§¬ˇÊ—
(7) Which word is used for ‘water’ in this lesson ?
(∑§) ÃÙÿ◊˜ (π) flÊÁ⁄U (ª) ¡‹◊˜ (ÉÊ) ‚Á‹‹◊˜
2. ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ∑§ÊÁŸ ¬Üø ‡ÊŸÒ— ‡ÊŸÒ— ÷flÁãà ?
(2) ∑§Ë≤‡ÊÊ— Ãá«ÈU‹Ê— Ÿ ¬˝⁄UÙ„UÁãà ?
(3) πãÿ◊ÊãÿÊ ÷ÍÁ◊— Á∑¢§ ŒŒÊÁà ?
(4) ¬ÊòÊ¢ ∑§— ŸÒfl ÃʬÿÁà ?
3. ⁄UπÊÁæ˜U∑§Ã¬ŒÊÁŸ •ÊœÎàÿ ¬˝oAflÊÄÿ¢ ⁄Uøÿà –
(∑§ŒÊ, ∑§—, Á∑§◊˜, Á∑§◊Õ¸◊˜)
(1) πãÿ◊ÊŸÊ ÷ÍÁ◊— ÃÙÿ¢ ŒŒÊÁà –
(2) ‚à¬ÈòÊ— º˝√ÿÊfl‚ÊŸ‚◊ÿ ø‹ÃÊ¢ Ÿ œûÊ –
(3) ∞Ô∑§¬ˇÊÙ Áfl„Uª— Ÿ ¬˝ÿÊÁà –
4. flª¸‚Á„UÃ◊˜ •ŸÈŸÊÁ‚∑§¬Œ¢ Á‹πà –
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ — ¬¢Á«U× ≈U flª¸— ¬Áá«U×
flª¸— •ŸÈŸÊÁ‚∑§¬˝ÿÙª—
(1) ‹¢ÉÊŸ◊˜ .................... ....................
(2) ¬¢ø .................... ....................
(3) ’¢œÈ— .................... ....................
(4) â«ÈU‹— .................... ....................
5. f‹Ù∑§¬ÍÁÃZ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(1) ‡ÊŸÒ— ¬ãÕÊ— ..................... ‡ÊŸÒ— ‡ÊŸÒ— H
(2) ŸÊÁSà ◊ÉÊ‚◊◊˜ ..................... œÊãÿ‚◊¢ Á¬˝ÿ◊˜ H
6. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) Which are five imperishable treasures ?
(2) What does poet want to convey by saying ‘a bird can not fly with one wing’ ?
(3) Why is a good son called a lamp ?
7. •ŸÈflÊŒ¢ ∑ΧàflÊ •Õ¸ÁflSÃÊ⁄¢U ’Ùœ¢ ø Á‹πà –
(1) ‡ÊŸÒ— ¬ãÕÊ— ‡ÊŸÒ— ∑§ãÕÊ ‡ÊŸÒ— ¬fl¸Ã‹æU˜ÉÊŸ◊˜ –
‡ÊŸÒÁfl¸lÊ ‡ÊŸÒÁfl¸ûÊ¢ ¬ÜøÒÃÊÁŸ ‡ÊŸÒ— ‡ÊŸÒ— ––
(2) ‚Ùà‚Ê„UÊŸÊ¢ ŸÊSàÿ‚Êäÿ¢ Ÿ⁄UÊáÊÊ◊˜ –
◊ʪʸ⁄UéœÊ— ‚fl¸ÿàŸÊ— »§‹Áãà –
Activity

à Organise ‘Subhashita singing competition’.

à Memorise your favourite Subhashitas and sing them in the prayer-hall.

‚È÷ÊÁ·Ã-‚åÃ∑§◊˜U 49
 13. ÁŒc≈KÊ ªÙª˝„UáÊ¢ SflãÃ◊˜
[This excerpt has been taken from Mahakavi Bhasa’s 3-Act play ‘Pancharatram’. In
the composition of this play, Bhasa has dismissed the destructive war of the Mahabharata.
When the period of the Pandavas being incognita is about to get over, Duryodhan
performs a ‘Yajna’. The ‘Acharya’ at this Yajna is guru Drona. As ‘dakshina’, Drona asks
Duryodhana to give half the kingdom to the Pandavas. Duryodhana does not accept this
but Shakuni makes him accept it with a condition. The condition is that the Pandavas
should be traced in 5 days.
In this background, on the advice of Bhishma the Kauravas lead their army against
the city of Virata and carry away their cows. In order to stop this stealing of the cows,
Bhima disguised as Ballava and Arjuna as Brihannala help the Virat king and successfully
drive out the Kauravas. They also get hold of Abhimanyu.
An edited version of what takes place at the court of the Virata king is presented
here. Abhimanyu cannot recognize his father and uncle who are in disguise . The attempts
of both the elders to tease Abhimanyu through this conversation is really humorous.
This conversation will really entertain each one in the audience.
With Abhimanyu as the cause, the Virata king also comes to know of the true
identity of the Pandavas. As Pandavas have been traced within five nights Duryodhana as
advised by Drona gives half the kingdom. In this way, war is averted.
As all these events take place within five nights, the play has the title
‘Pancharatram’.]

(¬˝Áfl‡ÿ)
÷≈U— — ¡ÿÃÈ ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡— – Á¬˝ÿ¢ ÁŸflŒÿ ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡Êÿ – •flÁ¡Ã¢ ªÙª˝„UáÊ◊˜ – •¬ÿÊÃÊ—
œÊø⁄UÊCÔ˛UÊ— –
⁄UÊ¡Ê — •¬Ífl¸ ßfl Ã „U·¸— – ’˝ÍÁ„U ∑§ŸÊÁ‚ ÁflÁS◊× –
÷≈U— — •üÊhÿ¢ Á¬˝ÿ¢ ¬˝Êåâ ‚ı÷º˝Ù ª˝„UáÊ¢ ªÃ— –
⁄UÊ¡Ê — ∑§ÕÁ◊ŒÊŸË¥ ªÎ„UË× ?
÷≈U— — ⁄UÕ◊Ê‚Êl ÁŸ—‡Êæ˜U∑¢§ ’Ê„ÈUèÿÊ◊flÃÊÁ⁄U× –
⁄UÊ¡Ê — ∑§Ÿ –
÷≈U— — ÿ— Á∑§‹Ò· Ÿ⁄Uãº˝áÊ ◊„UÊŸ‚ ÁflÁŸÿÈÄÃÙ ’À‹fl—, ÃŸ –
⁄UÊ¡Ê — ÃŸ Á„U ‚à∑Χàÿ ¬˝fl‡ÿÃÊ◊˜ •Á÷◊ãÿÈ— – ’΄U㟋, ¬˝fl‡ÿÃÊ◊˜ •Á÷◊ãÿÈ— –
’΄UãŸ‹Ê — ÿŒÊôÊʬÿÁà ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡— – (ÁŸc∑˝§ÊãÃÊ –)
(Ã× ¬˝Áfl‡ÊÁà •Á÷◊ãÿÈ— ’΄UãŸ‹Ê ’À‹fl— ø –)
’΄UãŸ‹Ê — ß× ß× ∑ȧ◊Ê⁄U – •Á÷◊ãÿÙ –
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — •Á÷◊ãÿȟʸ◊ – ∑§Õ¢ ∑§Õ◊˜ – •Á÷◊ãÿÈ— ŸÊ◊Ê„U◊˜ – ÷Ù— Á∑¢§ ŸÊ◊Á÷— •Á÷÷ÊcÿãÃ
ˇÊÁòÊÿÊ— •òÊ –

50 Sanskrit 9
 ’΄UãŸ‹Ê — •Á÷◊ãÿÙ, ‚Èπ◊˜ •ÊSÃ Ã ¡ŸŸË ?
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — ∑§Õ¢ ∑§Õ◊˜ – ¡ŸŸË ŸÊ◊ –
Á∑¢§ ÷flÊŸ˜ œ◊¸⁄UÊ¡Ù ◊ ÷Ë◊‚ŸÙ œŸÜ¡ÿ— –
ÿã◊Ê¢ Á¬ÃÎflŒÊ∑˝§êÿ SòÊ˪ÃÊ¢ ¬Îë¿U‚ ∑§ÕÊ◊˜ ––
’΄UãŸ‹Ê — •Á÷◊ãÿÙ, •Á¬ ∑ȧ‡Ê‹Ë Œfl∑§Ë¬ÈòÊ— ∑§‡Êfl— –
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — ∑§Õ¢ ÃòÊ÷flãÃ◊˜ •Á¬ ŸÊêŸÊ – •Õ Á∑§◊˜ – •Õ Á∑§◊˜ – ∑ȧ‡Ê‹Ë ÷fl× ‚¢‚ÎCUÔ — –
(©U÷ı ¬⁄US¬⁄U◊˜ •fl‹Ù∑§ÿ× –)
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — ∑§Õ◊˜ ߌʟ˥ ‚ÊflôÊ◊˜ ßfl ◊Ê¢ „USÿÃ ?
’΄UãŸ‹Ê — Ÿ π‹È Á∑§ÁÜøØ – àfl¢ ÃÈ ¬ÊÕ¸¬ÈòÊ— – ¡ŸÊŒ¸Ÿ— Ãfl ◊ÊÃÈ‹— – àfl¢ ø ÃL§áÊ— – ÃÕÊÁ¬
ÃŸ ¬ŒÊÁÃŸÊ ªÎ„UË× –
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — •‹¢ Sflë¿U㌬˝‹Ê¬Ÿ – •S◊Ê∑¢§ ∑ȧ‹ •Êà◊f‹ÊÉÊÊ ©ÁøÃÊ ŸÊÁSà – ⁄UáÊ÷Í◊ı „UÃ·È ‡Ê⁄UÊŸ˜
¬‡ÿ – ◊Ê¢ ÁflŸÊ ŸÊ◊ÊãÃ⁄¢U Ÿ ÷ÁflcÿÁà –
’΄UãŸ‹Ê — (•Êà◊ªÃ◊˜) ‚êÿ∑˜§ •Ê„U ∑ȧ◊Ê⁄U— – (¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê◊˜) ∞fl¢ flÊÄÿ‡Êıá«UËÿ¸◊˜ – Á∑§◊ÕZ ÃŸ
¬ŒÊÁÃŸÊ ªÎ„UË× ?

•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — •‡ÊSòÊÙ ◊Ê◊Á÷ªÃSÃÃÙ˘ÁS◊ ª˝„UáÊ¢ ªÃ— –

⁄UÊ¡Ê — àflÿ¸ÃÊ¢ àflÿ¸ÃÊ◊˜ •Á÷◊ãÿÈ— –
’΄UãŸ‹Ê — ß× ß× ∑ȧ◊Ê⁄U – ∞·— ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡— – ©U¬‚¬¸ÃÈ ∑ȧ◊Ê⁄U— –

ÁŒc≈KÊ ªÙª˝„UáÊ¢ SflãÃ◊˜ 51

 •Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — •Ê— ∑§Sÿ ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡— –
’΄UãŸ‹Ê — Ÿ, Ÿ, ’˝ÊrÊÔáÊŸ ‚„UÊSÔ Ã –
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — ’˝ÊrÊÔáÊŸÁà – (©U¬ªêÿ) ÷ªflŸ˜ •Á÷flÊŒÿ –
÷ªflÊŸ˜ — ∞Á„U ∞Á„U flà‚ –
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — •ŸÈªÎ„UË× •ÁS◊ –
⁄UÊ¡Ê — ∞Á„U ∞Á„U ¬ÈòÊ ! (•Êà◊ªÃ◊˜) ∑§Õ¢ ◊Ê¢ ŸÊÁ÷flÊŒÿÁà ? •„UÙ ©UÁà‚Ä× π‹È •ÿ¢
ˇÊÁòÊÿ∑ȧ◊Ê⁄U— – •„U◊Sÿ Œ¬¸¬˝‡Ê◊Ÿ¢ ∑§⁄UÙÁ◊ – (¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê◊˜) •Õ ∑§ŸÊÿ¢ ªÎ„UË× ?
÷Ë◊‚Ÿ— — ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡ ◊ÿÊ ’À‹flŸ –
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — •‡ÊSòÊáÊ ßÁà ∑§âÿÃÊ◊˜ –
÷Ë◊‚Ÿ— — ‡ÊÊã⠬ʬ◊˜ – ‚„U¡ı ◊ ¬˝„U⁄UáÊ¢ ÷È¡ı – œŸÈ— ÃÈ ŒÈ’¸‹Ò— ªÎsÃÔ  –
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — Á∑¢§ ÷flÊŸ˜ ◊◊ ◊äÿ◊— ÃÊ×, ÿ— ÃûÊÈÀÿ¢ flŒÁà –
⁄UÊ¡Ê — ¬ÈòÊ ! ∑§— •ÿ¢ ◊äÿ◊— ŸÊ◊ –
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — üÊÍÿÃÊ◊˜ – ÿ— π‹È ¡⁄Uʂ㜢 ¬Üøàfl◊˜ •ŸÿØ ‚— –
(Ã× ¬˝Áfl‡ÊÁà ©UûÊ⁄U— –)
©ûÊ⁄U— — ÃÊà – •Á÷flÊŒÿ –
⁄UÊ¡Ê — •ÊÿÈc◊ÊŸ˜ ÷fl ¬ÈòÊ – •Á¬ ¬ÍÁ¡ÃÊ— ∑ΧÃ∑§◊ʸáÊ— ÿٜʗ –
©UûÊ⁄U— — ¬ÍÁ¡ÃÊ— – ¬ÍÖÿÃ◊Sÿ Á∑˝§ÿÃÊ¢ ¬Í¡Ê –
⁄UÊ¡Ê — ¬ÈòÊ, ∑§Sÿ –
©UûÊ⁄U— — ß„UÊòÊ÷fl× œŸÜ¡ÿSÿ –
⁄UÊ¡Ê — ∑§Õ¢ œŸÜ¡ÿSÿ ßÁà –
©UûÊ⁄U— — •Õ Á∑§◊˜ – •òÊ÷flÃÊ ‡◊‡ÊÊŸÊØ ÁŸ¡œŸÈ— ÃÍáÊË øÊˇÊÿ‚Êÿ∑§ øÊŒÊÿ ÷Ëc◊ÊŒÿ— ŸÎ¬Ê—
÷ÇŸÊ— flÿ¢ ø ¬Á⁄U⁄UÁˇÊÃÊ— –
⁄UÊ¡Ê — ∞fl◊˜ ∞ÃØ ?
’΄UãŸ‹Ê — ¬˝‚ËŒÃÈ ¬˝‚ËŒÃÈ ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡— –
©UûÊ⁄U— — √ÿ¬ŸÿÃÈ ‡ÊæU˜∑§Ê◊˜ – •ÿ◊˜ ∞fl œŸÈœ¸⁄U— œŸÜ¡ÿ— –
’΄UãŸ‹Ê — ÿÁŒ •„U◊˜ •¡È¸Ÿ— ÃÁ„¸U •ÿ¢ ÷Ë◊‚Ÿ— – •ÿ¢ ø ⁄UÊ¡Ê ÿÈÁœÁc∆U⁄U— –
•Á÷◊ãÿÈ— — ß„U •òÊ÷flã× ◊ Á¬Ã⁄U— – ÃŸ π‹È -
Ÿ L§cÿÁãà ◊ÿÊ ÁˇÊåÃÊ „U‚ãÃp ÁˇÊ¬Áãà ◊Ê◊˜ –
ÁŒCÔU˜ÿÊ ªÙª˝„UáÊ¢ Sflãâ Á¬Ã⁄UÙ ÿŸ ŒÁ‡Ê¸ÃÊ— H
(ßÁà ∑˝§◊áÊ ‚flʸŸ˜ ¬˝áÊ◊Áà – ‚fl¸ ÃS◊Ò •Ê‡ÊËflʸŒÊŸ˜ flŒÁãà –)

52 Sanskrit 9
 Glossary

Noun : (masc.) : ÷≈U— a soldier Áfl⁄UÊ≈UE⁄U— king of Virata œÊø⁄UÊCÔ˛U— son of Dhritarashtra,
Kaurava ’À‹fl— name of Bhima, who stayed in Viratanagar as a cook during incognito ◊„UÊŸ‚—
kitchen ©UûÊ⁄U— prince Uttara, son of king of Virata œ◊¸⁄UÊ¡— Yudhishthira ◊ÊÃÈ‹— maternal uncle ‡Ê⁄U—
an arrow ¬ŒÊÁ× pedestrian ÿÙœ— a soldier, warrior œŸÜ¡ÿ— Arjuna ÷È¡— arm ˇÊ¬— insult
(Fem.) : ’΄UãŸ‹Ê name of Arjuna, as a dancer when incognito in Viratnagar
(Neu.) : ªÙª˝„UáÊ◊˜ taking away of cows flÊÄÿ‡Êıá«UËÿ¸◊˜ expertise only in speech
¬˝„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ weapon
Adjective : •üÊhÿ not trustworthy SòÊ˪à related to woman (lady) ‚¢‚ÎCUÔ relative,
connected to ©UÁà‚Äà proud, impudent ∑ΧÃ∑§◊ʸ one who has done work worthy of notice
¬ÍÖÿÃ◊ most respectable Sflãà (‚È + •ãÃ) having happy ending.
Compound : Áfl⁄UÊ≈UE⁄U— (Áfl⁄UÊ≈ÊŸÊ◊˜ ߸E⁄U— Áfl⁄UÊ≈UE⁄U—, ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ªÙª˝„UáÊ◊˜ (ªflÊ¢ ª˝„UáÊ◊˜
ªÙª˝„UáÊ◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Ÿ⁄Uãº˝áÊ (Ÿ⁄U·È ßãº˝— Ÿ⁄Uãº˝—, ÃŸ – ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Œfl∑§Ë¬ÈòÊ— (ŒflÄÿÊ— ¬ÈòÊ—
Œfl∑§Ë¬ÈòÊ— – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ÿÈh¬⁄UÊ¡ÿ— (ÿÈh ¬⁄UÊ¡ÿ— ÿÈh¬⁄UÊ¡ÿ— – ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
•Êà◊‡‹ÊÉÊÊ (•Êà◊Ÿ— ‡‹ÊÉÊÊ •Êà◊‡‹ÊÉÊÊ, ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) ⁄UáÊ÷Í◊ı (⁄UáÊSÿ ÷ÍÁ◊— ⁄UáÊ÷ÍÁ◊—, ÃSÿÊ◊˜ – ·c∆UË
Ãà¬ÈL§·) – flÊÄÿ‡Êıá«UËÿ¸◊˜ (flÊÄÿ·È ‡Êıá«UËÿ¸◊˜ flÊÄÿ‡Êıá«UËÿ¸◊˜ – ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Œ¬¸¬˝‡Ê◊Ÿ◊˜ (Œ¬¸Sÿ
¬˝‡Ê◊Ÿ◊˜ Œ¬¸¬˝‡Ê◊Ÿ◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ÃûÊÈÀÿ◊˜ (ÃŸ ÃÈÀÿ◊˜ ÃûÊÈÀÿ◊˜ – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑§áU∆UÁ‡‹CÔUŸ
(∑§á∆U Á‡‹CÔU— ∑§á∆UÁ‡‹CÔU—, ÃŸ – ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
Root : (First Gana) (Parasmaipada) ŸË (ŸÿÁÃ) to take, to lead
(Atmanepada) ⁄U◊˜ (⁄U◊Ã) to play, to be glad
Fourth Gana (Parasmaipada) L§·˜ (L§cÿÁÃ) to be angry
Sixth Gana (Prasamaipada) ¬˝ë¿U˜ (¬Îë¿UÁÃ) to ask, to ask a question (Here, this root is
used in Atmanepada as exceptional-¬Îë¿U‚) ÁˇÊ¬˜ (ÁˇÊ¬ÁÃ) to throw
Tenth Gana : (Parasmaipada) •fl + ‹Ù∑˜§ (•fl‹Ù∑§ÿÁÃ) to see, to observe
(Atmanepada) ÁŸ + ÁflŒ˜ (ÁŸflŒÿÃ) to report •Á÷ + flŒ˜ (•Á÷flÊŒÿÃ) to greet, to bow to

Notes

(1) Meaning : ¡ÿÃÈ be victorious •flÁ¡Ã◊˜ won, conquered •¬ÿÊÃÊ— have run away
ÁŸ—‡ÊæU˜∑§◊˜ doubtlessly, without doubt or fear ÁflÁŸÿÈÄ× appointed ‚à∑Χàÿ welcoming, receiving
¬˝fl‡ÿÃÊ◊˜ make him enter ŸÊ◊Á÷— by name •Á÷÷ÊcÿãÃ are called Á¬ÃÎflØ like elder, like
father •Ê∑˝§êÿ having attacked ∑§ÕÊ◊˜ story ‚ÊflôÊ◊˜ disrespectfully, mockingly „USÿÃ is laughed
at •‹¢ Sflë¿U㌬˝‹Ê¬Ÿ stop nonsensical talk, do not speak what you like •Êà◊f‹ÊÉÊÊ self
praise ¬ŒÊÁÃŸÊ by a foot-soldier •‡ÊSòÊ— one without weapon •Á÷ªÃ— is approached

ÁŒc≈KÊ ªÙª˝„UáÊ¢ SflãÃ◊˜ 53

àflÿ¸ÃÊ◊˜ hurry up, bring (him) soon ©UÁà‚Ä× proud, haughty Œ¬¸¬˝‡Ê◊Ÿ◊˜ claming down,
control of anger ∑§âÿÃÊ◊˜ say, tell ‡ÊÊã⠬ʬ◊˜ oh, no ! how can it be. (This phrase is used
in Sanskrit language to calm down an angry person or disturbance as in Gujarat ‘stop now
stop’) ‚„U¡ı natural, born together (dual) ÁŸ¡œŸÈ— one’s own bow ÃÍáÊË •ˇÊÿ‚Êÿ∑§ two
quivers having innumerable arrows •ÊŒÊÿ taking ÷ÇŸÊ— run away ¬Á⁄U⁄UÁˇÊÃÊ— saved ¬˝‚ËŒÃÈ be
pleased √ÿ¬ŸÿÃÈ get rid of ÁˇÊ#Ê— those who are blamed „U‚ã× smiling ÁŒCÔUÔKÊ fortunately, luckily
ªÙª˝„UáÊ◊˜ catching of cows, kidnapping of cows SflãÃ◊˜ having good (happy) ending (‚È-•ãÃ◊˜).
(2) Sandhi : •¬Ífl¸ ßfl Ã „U·Ù¸ ’˝ÍÁ„U ∑§ŸÊÁ‚ (•¬ÍflÔ¸— ßfl Ã „U·¸— ’˝ÍÁ„U ∑§Ÿ •Á‚) – ‚ı÷º˝Ù
ª˝„UáÊ◊˜ (‚ı÷º˝— ª˝„UáÊ◊˜) – Á∑§‹Ò·— (Á∑§‹ ∞·—) – ©UûÊ⁄UáÊÊl (©UûÊ⁄UáÊ •l) – ÿã◊Ê¢ Á¬ÃÎflŒÊ∑˝§êÿ (ÿØ
◊Ê¢ Á¬ÃÎflØ •Ê∑˝§êÿ) – •‡ÊSòÊÙ ◊Ê◊Á÷ªÃSÃÃÙ˘„U◊˜ (•‡ÊSòÊ— ◊Ê◊˜ •Á÷ªÃ— Ã× •„U◊˜) – øÊˇÊÿ‚Êÿ∑§
(ø •ˇÊÿ‚Êÿ∑§) – øÊŒÊÿ (ø •ÊŒÊÿ) –

Exercises
1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃèÿ— Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –
(1) ’˝ÍÁ„U ∑§ŸÊÁ‚ ÁflÁS◊× – ßÁà fløŸ¢ ∑§Sÿ ?
(∑§) ÷≈USÿ (π) Áfl⁄UÊ≈UE⁄USÿ (ª) ©UûÊ⁄USÿ (ÉÊ) ’΄U㟋ÊÿÊ—
(2) Ÿ⁄Uãº˝áÊ ◊„UÊŸ‚ ∑§— ÁflÁŸÿÈÄ× ?
(∑§) ’À‹fl— (π) •¡È¸Ÿ— (ª) ÷≈U— (ÉÊ) ©UûÊ⁄U—
(3) ∑§ÕÁ◊ŒÊŸË◊˜ ............... ßfl ◊Ê¢ „USÿÃ ?
(∑§) •ŸÁ÷ôÊ◊˜ (π) ‚ÊflôÊ◊˜ (ª) •¬Á⁄UÁøÃ◊˜ (ÉÊ) ÁŸ⁄UflôÊ◊˜
(4) œŸÈ— ∑Ò§— ªÎsÃÔ  ?
(∑§) ŒÈ’¸‹Ò— (π) ‚ÒÁŸ∑Ò§— (ª) ⁄UÊˇÊ‚Ò— (ÉÊ) ÿٜҗ
(5) Á¬Ã⁄U— ∑§Ÿ ŒÁ‡Ê¸ÃÊ— ?
(∑§) ªÙª˝„UáÊŸ (π) ©UûÊ⁄UáÊ (ª) ’À‹flŸ (ÉÊ) ÷≈UŸ
2. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝oAÊŸÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ¢ Á‹πà –
(1) ÷≈U— Á∑¢§ Á¬˝ÿ¢ ÁŸflŒÿÁà ?
(2) •Á÷◊ãÿÈ— ∑§Ÿ ªÎ„UË× ?
(3) ’΄UãŸ‹Ê ∑§Sÿ ∑§Sÿ Áfl·ÿ •Á÷◊ãÿÈ¢ ¬Îë¿UÁà ?
(4) ÷Ë◊‚ŸSÿ ‚„U¡¢ ¬˝„U⁄UáÊ¢ Á∑§◊˜ •ÁSà ?
(5) ©UûÊ⁄U— ∑§Sÿ ¬Í¡Ê¢ ∑§ÃÈZ ∑§ÕÿÁà ?

54 Sanskrit 9
3. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ·È flÊÄÿ·È ∑§— ÷Êfl— ¬˝∑§Á≈U× Ãà¬˝∑§ÙDÔUªÃèÿ— ‡ÊéŒèÿ— ÁflÁøàÿ Á‹πà –
(1) ∑§Õ¢ ∑§Õ◊˜ – •Á÷◊ãÿÈ— ŸÊ◊ •„U◊˜ – (•Êà◊¬˝‡ÊÁS×, ŒÒãÿ◊˜, •Á÷◊ÊŸ—)
(2) ÿã◊Ê¢ Á¬ÃÎflŒÊ∑˝§êÿ SòÊ˪ÃÊ¢ ¬Îë¿U‚ ∑§ÕÊ◊˜ – (∑˝§Ùœ—, ÁflS◊ÿ—, ÁÃ⁄US∑§Ê⁄U—)
(3) œŸÈSÃÈ ŒÈ’¸‹Ò— ªÎsÃÔ  – (©Uà‚Ê„U—, ‡Êıÿ¸◊˜, •„Uæ˜U∑§Ê⁄U—)
(4) ÁŒCÔU˜ÿÊ ªÙª˝„UáÊ¢ Sflãâ Á¬Ã⁄UÙ ÿŸ ŒÁ‡Ê¸ÃÊ— – („U·¸—, œÒÿ¸◊˜, ÁŸãŒÊ)
4. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ œÊÃÈM§¬ÊáÊÊ¢ œÊÃÈ-ªáÊ-¬Œ-∑§Ê‹/‹∑§Ê⁄U-¬ÈL§·-fløŸÁŸŒ¸‡Ê∑§¬Ífl¸∑¢§ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ ∑§Ê⁄Uÿà –
(1) L§cÿÁãà ............... ............... ............... ............... ...............
(2) flŒÁà ............... ............... ............... ............... ...............
(3) ¬Îë¿U‚ ............... ............... ............... ............... ...............
(4) ÷ÁflcÿÁà ............... ............... ............... ............... ...............
(5) ¬˝Áfl‡ÊÁà ............... ............... ............... ............... ...............
5. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πUà –
(1) What news does Bhata convey to the king ?
(2) What is the reaction of Abhimanyu, when asked about his mother ?
(3) What is Bhima’s opinion about a weapon ?
(4) What did Dhananjaya do ?
(5) How was Abhimanyu benefitted by the incident Gograhanam ?
6. ∑§-Áfl÷ʪ¢ π-Áfl÷ʪŸ ‚„U ‚¢ÿÙ¡ÿà –
∑§ π
(1) •üÊhÿ¢ Á¬˝ÿ¢ ¬˝Êåâ ‚ı÷º˝Ù ª˝„UáÊ¢ ªÃ— – (1) •Á÷◊ãÿÈ—
(2) ¬ÍÖÿÃ◊Sÿ Á∑˝§ÿÃÊ¢ ¬Í¡Ê – (2) ÷≈U—
(3) •‡ÊSòÊáÊ ßÁà ∑§âÿÃÊ◊˜ – (3) ’΄U㟋Ê
(4) ‚Èπ◊ÊSÃ Ã ¡ŸŸË – (4) ÷ªflÊŸ˜
(5) ∞Á„U ∞Á„U flà‚ – (5) ©UûÊ⁄U—
(6) ’ÑUfl—
Activity

à Write the names of thirteen plays of Bhasa.

à Read the plot of ¬Üø⁄UÊòÊ◊˜.

ÁŒc≈KÊ ªÙª˝„UáÊ¢ SflãÃ◊˜ 55

 14. „UŸÈ◊mÁáʸÃ⁄UÊ◊flÎûÊÊã×
[In Sanskrit literature, Valmiki is considered the Adikavi. The ‘Anushtup’ metre (a
special kind of metre of 4 padas) which has been used and is still in use in great
measure in Sanskrit literature is believed to have been invented by Valmiki. As the
Ramayana was composed by him, it is called the ‘Adikavya’ and as he was a rishi it is
also called ‘Arshakavya’.
The Ramayana has seven ‘Kandas’ (chapters). The first Kanda is ‘Adikanda’ and the
last ‘Uttarakanda’. It is estimated that there are a total of 24,000 Shlokas in the Ramayana
and hence it is also called “øÃÈÁflZ‡ÊÁÃ-‚Ê„UdË-‚¢Á„UÃÊ”.
In ancient times, when all books were written by hand, the Ramayana too has been
written in many scripts. Collecting many such manuscripts from India and abroad,
Department of Indology, M.S. University has prepared a free from fault, edited version.
The following verses have been taken from the Sundarakanda of the Ramayana.
Hanuman goes to Lanka and meets Sita in Ashoka Vatika. In order to convince Sita that
he really is a messanger of Rama, he shows her Rama’s ring and also narrates in short
the major events of Rama’s life so far. During this, he also describes Rama’s qualities.
We should remember that these qualities have made Rama great and if we are able to
imbibe these qualities we too can become great - this is what we have to learn from
this lesson.]

⁄UÊ¡Ê Œ‡Ê⁄UÕÙ ŸÊ◊ ⁄UÕ∑ȧT⁄UflÊÁ¡◊ÊŸ˜ –

¬Èáÿ‡ÊË‹Ù ◊„UÊ∑§ËÁø— ´§¡È⁄UÊ‚Ëã◊„UÊÿ‡ÊÊ— –– 1––
ÃSÿ ¬ÈòÊ— Á¬˝ÿÙ Öÿc∆USÃÊ⁄UÊÁœ¬ÁŸ÷ÊŸŸ— –
⁄UÊ◊Ù ŸÊ◊ Áfl‡Ê·ôÊ— üÊc∆—U ‚fl¸œŸÈc◊ÃÊ◊˜ –– 2––

56 Sanskrit 9
 ⁄UÁˇÊÃÊ SflSÿ flÎûÊSÿ Sfl¡ŸSÿÊÁ¬ ⁄UÁˇÊÃÊ –
⁄UÁˇÊÃÊ ¡Ëfl‹Ù∑§Sÿ œ◊¸Sÿ ø ¬⁄¢Uì— –– 3––
ÃSÿ ‚àÿÊÁ÷‚ãœSÿ flÎhSÿ fløŸÊØ Á¬ÃÈ— –
‚÷Êÿ¸— ‚„U ø ÷˝ÊòÊÊ flË⁄U— ¬˝fl˝Á¡ÃÙ flŸ◊˜ –– 4––
ÃŸ ÃòÊ ◊„UÊ⁄Uáÿ ◊ΪÿÊ¢ ¬Á⁄UœÊflÃÊ –
⁄UÊˇÊ‚Ê ÁŸ„UÃÊ— ‡ÊÍ⁄UÊ ’„Ufl— ∑§Ê◊M§Á¬áÊ— –– 5––
¡ŸSÕÊŸflœ¢ üÊÈàflÊ ÁŸ„UÃı π⁄UŒÍ·áÊı –
ÃÃSàfl◊·Ê¸¬NUÃÊ ¡ÊŸ∑§Ë ⁄UÊfláÊŸ ÃÈ –– 6––
flÜøÁÿàflÊ flŸ ⁄UÊ◊¢ ◊ΪM§¬áÊ ◊ÊÿÿÊ –
‚ ◊ʪ¸◊ÊáÊSÃÊ¢ ŒflË¥ ⁄UÊ◊— ‚ËÃÊ◊ÁŸÁãŒÃÊ◊˜ –– 7––
•Ê‚‚ÊŒ flŸ Á◊òÊ¢ ‚Ȫ˝Ëfl¢ ŸÊ◊ flÊŸ⁄U◊˜ –
Ã× ‚ flÊÁ‹Ÿ¢ „UàflÊ ⁄UÊ◊— ¬⁄U¬È⁄¢U¡ÿ— –– 8––
•Êÿë¿Uà∑§Á¬⁄UÊÖÿ¢ ÃÈ ‚Ȫ˝ËflÊÿ ◊„UÊà◊Ÿ –
‚Ȫ˝ËfláÊÊÁ÷‚¢ÁŒc≈Ê „U⁄Uÿ— ∑§Ê◊M§Á¬áÊ— –– 9––
ÁŒˇÊÈ ‚flʸ‚È ÃÊ¢ ŒflË¥ ÁflÁøãflã× ‚„Ud‡Ê— –
•„¢ U ‚¢ ¬ ÊÁÃfløŸÊë¿U à ÿÙ¡Ÿ◊ÊÿÃ◊˜ –– 10 ––
ÃSÿÊ „UÃÙÁfl¸‡ÊÊ‹ÊˇÿÊ— ‚◊Ⱥ˝¢ flªflÊŸ˜ å‹È× –
Áfl⁄U⁄UÊ◊Òfl◊ÈÄàflÊ ‚ flÊø¢ flÊŸ⁄U¬Èæ˜Uªfl— –– 11––
Glossary
Noun : (masc.) : ∑ȧܡ⁄U— elephant ÃÊ⁄UÊÁœ¬— king of stars, moon π⁄U— name of a demon
living in Janasthana ŒÍ·áÊ— a soldier appointed by Ravana in Janasthana •◊·¸— anger
‚ÈªË˝ fl— king of monkeys „UÁ⁄U— monkey ‚¢¬ÊÁ× name of the king of vultures, elder brother of Jatayu
(Fem.) : •Á÷‚¢œÊ pledge ÷Êÿʸ wife ◊ΪÿÊ hunting

(Neu.) : •ÊŸŸ◊˜ face flÎûÊ◊˜ good conduct / behaviour

Compound : ¡ŸSÕÊŸflœ◊˜ (¡ŸSÕÊŸ flœ— ¡ŸSÕÊŸflœ—, Ã◊˜ – ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·) – π⁄UŒÍ·áÊı

(π⁄U— ø ŒÍ·áÊ— ø, ßÃ⁄UûÊ⁄U mãm) – •◊·Ê¸¬NUÃÊ (•◊·¸áÊ •¬NUÃÊ, ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ◊ΪM§¬áÊ (◊ΪSÿ
M§¬◊˜ ◊ΪM§¬◊˜, ÃŸ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑§Á¬⁄UÊÖÿ◊˜ (∑§¬ËŸÊ◊˜ ⁄UÊÖÿ◊˜, ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‚¢¬ÊÁÃfløŸÊØ
(‚¢¬ÊÃ— fløŸ◊˜ ‚¢¬ÊÁÃfløŸ◊˜, ÃS◊ÊØ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – flÊŸ⁄U¬Èæ˜Uªfl— (flÊŸ⁄U·È ¬Èæ˜Uªfl—, ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
Participle : üÊÈàflÊ (üÊÈ + àflÊ) – flÜøÁÿàflÊ (flÜø˜ - (causal) + àflÊ) – „UàflÊ („UŸ˜ + àflÊ) –
©UÄàflÊ (flø˜ > ©Uø˜ + àflÊ) –
Notes
(1) Meaning : ⁄UÕ∑È § Ü¡⁄UflÊÁ¡◊ÊŸ˜ having chariots, elephants and horses
¬Èáÿ‡ÊË‹— meritorious by nature ´§¡È— simple ÃÊ⁄UÊÁœ¬-ÁŸ÷-•ÊŸŸ— having face like moon
SflSÿ one’s own flÎûÊSÿ of behaviour, of conduct ¬⁄¢Uì— tormenting enemies (foes)

„UŸÈ◊mÁáʸÃ⁄UÊ◊flÎûÊÊã× 57
‚àÿÊÁ÷‚ãœSÿ determined to practise truth ‚÷Êÿ¸— with wife ¬˝fl˝Á¡ÃÙ flŸ◊˜ went to forest
¬Á⁄UœÊflÃÊ running ∑§Ê◊M§Á¬áÊ— assuming form according to one’s wish ¡ŸSÕÊŸflœ◊˜ about
killing (slaughter) in Janasthana •◊·Ê¸¬NUÃÊ kidnapped due to anger and jealously
flÜøÁÿàflÊ deceiving, cheating ◊ʪ¸◊ÊáÊ— searching ‚ËÃÊ◊ÁŸÁãŒÃÊ◊˜ to blameless Sita (who is not
worthy of being censured) •Ê‚‚ÊŒ reached, arrived ¬⁄U¬È⁄¢U¡ÿ— conquerer of the kingdoms of
enemies ‚Ȫ˝ËfláÊÊÁ÷‚¢ÁŒCÔUÊ— ordered by Surgriva ÁflÁøãflã× searching ‚„Ud‡Ê— thousands
‡ÊÃÿÙ¡Ÿ◊ÊÿÃ◊˜ spread over in a hundred Yojans (one Yojan is equal to four miles)
Áfl‡ÊÊ‹ÊˇÿÊ— of one having large eyes å‹È× crossed flÊŸ⁄U¬Èæ˜Uªfl— best of monkeys
(2) Sandhi : ´§¡È⁄UÊ‚Ëã◊„UÊÿ‡ÊÊ— (´§¡È— •Ê‚ËØ ◊„UÊÿ‡ÊÊ—) – ÃÃSàfl◊·Ê¸¬NUÃÊ (Ã× ÃÈ •◊·Ê¸¬NUÃÊ)
‚¢¬ÊÁÃfløŸÊë¿UÃÿÙ¡Ÿ◊ÊÿÃ◊˜ (‚¢¬ÊÁÃfløŸÊØ ‡ÊÃÿÙ¡Ÿ◊˜ •ÊÿÃ◊˜) – Áfl⁄U⁄UÊ◊Òfl◊ÈÄàflÊ (Áfl⁄U⁄UÊ◊ ∞fl◊˜ ©UÄàflÊ) –
Exercises

1. Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –

(1) ⁄UÊ◊flÎûÊÊãâ ∑§— fláʸÿÁà ?
(∑§) Œ‡Ê⁄UÕ— (π) ‚Ȫ˝Ëfl— (ª) „UŸÈ◊ÊŸ˜ (ÉÊ) ‚ËÃÊ
(2) ÃÊ⁄UÊÁœ¬— ∑§— ?
(∑§) ‚Íÿ¸— (π) ⁄UÊ◊— (ª) ‡ÊÈ∑˝§— (ÉÊU) øãº˝—
(3) ∑§Ê◊M§Á¬áÊ— ∑§ •Ê‚Ÿ˜ ?
(∑§) ⁄UÊˇÊ‚Ê— (π) ŒflÊ— (ª) flÊŸ⁄UÊ— (ÉÊ) •⁄UáÿflÊÁ‚Ÿ—
(4) “∑ȧܡ⁄U—” ‡ÊéŒSÿ ¬ÿʸÿ— ∑§— ?
(∑§) ª¡— (π) ∑ͧ¡Ÿ◊˜ (ª) ∑¢§∑§⁄U— (ÉÊ) ∑§Ê∑§—
(5) •ÊÿÃ◊˜ ‡ÊéŒSÿ ∑§— •Õ¸— ?
(∑§) ŒËÉʸ◊˜ (π) ãÿÍŸ◊˜ (ª) ÁflSÃÎÃ◊˜ (ÉÊ) ‚ËÁ◊Ã◊˜
(6) ¡ÊŸ∑§Ë ∑§Ÿ •¬NUÃÊ ?
(∑§) π⁄UáÊ (π) ⁄UÊfláÊŸ (ª) ŒÍ·áÊŸ (ÉÊ) Áfl÷Ë·áÊŸ
2. •ŸÈŸÊÁ‚∑¢§ ¬⁄U‚fláʸàflŸ ¬Á⁄Uflàÿ¸ Á‹πà –
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ — flª¸‚Á„UÃ◊˜ •ŸÈŸÊÁ‚∑§¬Œ¢ Á‹πà –
∑§-flª¸— ¬È¢ªfl— ∑§-flª¸— ¬ÈXÔUfl—
(1) ∑È¢§¡⁄U— .................... .................... (2) •Á÷‚¢œ— .................... ....................
(3) fl¢øÁÿàflÊ .................... .................... (4) ¬È⁄¢U¡ÿ— .................... ....................
(5) ‚¢ÁŒc≈U— .................... ....................
3. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ∑ΧŒãÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) üÊÈàflÊ .................... (2) ©UÄàflÊ ....................
(3) „UàflÊ ....................

58 Sanskrit 9
4. ⁄UπÊÁæ˜U∑§Ã¬ŒÊÁŸ •ÊœÎàÿ ¬˝fŸflÊÄÿ¢ ⁄Uøÿà –
(∑§Ÿ, ∑§—, ∑ȧòÊ)
(1) Œ‡Ê⁄UÕ— ¬Èáÿ‡ÊË‹— •Ê‚ËØ –
(2) ⁄UÊ◊áÊ ◊„UÊ⁄Uáÿ ⁄UÊˇÊ‚Ê— ÁŸ„UÃÊ— –
(3) ‚— flË⁄U— flŸ¢ ¬˝fl˝Á¡Ã— –
5. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊéŒM§¬ÊáÊÊ¢ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ ∑§Ê⁄Uÿà –
‡ÊéŒM§¬◊˜ ◊Í‹‡Ê錗 •ã× Á‹æ˜Uª◊˜ Áfl÷ÁÄ× fløŸ◊˜
©UŒÊ. œ◊¸Sÿ œ◊¸ •∑§Ê⁄UÊã× ¬ÈÁÀ‹XÔU◊˜ ·DÔUË ∞∑§fløŸ◊˜
(1) ◊ΪÿÊ◊˜ .................... .................... .................... .................... ....................
(2) ’„Ufl— .................... .................... .................... .................... ....................
(3) ◊ÊÿÿÊ .................... .................... .................... .................... ....................
(4) Áfl‡ÊÊ‹ÊˇÿÊ— .................... .................... .................... .................... ....................
(5) flÎhSÿ .................... .................... .................... .................... ....................

Activity

à Collect brief information about main characters of Ramayana.

à Get acquainted with main events of Ramayana.
à Make a list of Rama’s qualities.

„UŸÈ◊mÁáʸÃ⁄UÊ◊flÎûÊÊã× 59
 15. ‚Ȍȋ¸÷Ê ‚fl¸◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê flÊáÊË
[At the beginning of the 20th century because of the influence of Western
languages, the essay as a literary form made an entry into the regional languages of
India and became widespread. During this period, scholars of Sanskrit wrote many
essays on both traditional as well as modern topics. With the passage of time, these
essays found a place in Sanskrit language academics also.
Among the Sanskrit essayists, Pandit Charudatta Shastri is a well-known name. He
has written beautiful collection of essays in Sanskrit called “¬˝SÃÊflÃ⁄UÁXÔUáÊË”. Here is
presented an edited version of his essay titled “‚Ȍȋ¸÷Ê ‚fl¸◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê flÊáÊË”.
The main idea presented in this essay is that there are various kinds of people in
this world. The taste and interest of everyone is not the same. As a result, it is difficult
to have a speech which can win over everybody. Hence, it is not necessary that every
poem or writing will be liked by everybody. With speech also it is the same. Hence we
should speak in such a way that everybody likes to listen to it and also see that it does
not hurt anyone. Of course, such people are indeed rare.]

‹Ù∑§ ÿmSÃÈ ∞∑§S◊Ò ⁄UÙøÃ, ÃŒãÿS◊Ò Ÿ ⁄UÙøÃ ßàÿ× ÁflÁøòÊL§Áø⁄Uÿ¢ ‚¢‚Ê⁄U— – ∞∑§ÁS◊Ÿ˜ ¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄U
¡ÊÃÊŸÊ¢ ‚◊ÊŸÊøÊ⁄UÁfløÊ⁄UÊáÊÊ¢ ¡ŸÊŸÊ◊Á¬ Á÷ãŸÊ Á÷ãŸÊ L§Áø÷¸flÁÃ, Á∑¢§ ¬ÈŸ— ÁflÁ÷ãŸ·È ¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄U·È ©Uà¬ãŸÊŸÊ¢
¡ŸÊŸÊ¢ flÊÃʸ ? ‚◊ÊŸÁ¬ÃÎ∑§·È ¬ÈòÊ·È ∑§ÁpØ ◊œÈ⁄¢U ⁄UÙøÿÃ, ∑§ÁpØ ‹fláÊ¢ ∑§ÁpØ øÊê‹¢ ⁄U‚Á◊Áà – ∞fl¢
Á„U ∑§ÁpØ ∑§Ê√ÿ¢ ⁄U‚ÿÁÃ, ∑§ÁpØ ŸÊ≈˜Uÿ¢, ∑§ÁpØ Á‡ÊÀ¬¢, ∑§ÁpØ ø ªÁáÊÃ◊˜ – ∞fl◊fl ∑§S◊ÒÁøØ ‡Ê΢ªÊ⁄U—
Á¬˝ÿÙ ÷flÁÃ, ∑§S◊ÒÁøØ flË⁄U—, ∑§S◊ÒÁøØ ∑§L§áÊ—, ∑§S◊ÒÁøØ ø „UÊSÿ⁄U‚— – Áfl⁄U‹Êÿ ∑§S◊ÒÁøØ ¡ŸÊÿ
’Ë÷à‚⁄U‚Ù˘Á¬ ⁄UÙøÃ ßÁà ŸÊŸÊàfl¢ L§øËŸÊ¢ √ÿflÁSÕâ ÷flÁà –
∞fl¢ ‚ÁÃ, ∞∑§Ê ∞fl flÊáÊË ‚fl¸Sÿ ◊ÊŸ‚¢ ‚¢ÃÙ·ÁÿÃÈ¢ ŸÊ„¸UÁà – ÿ— π‹È •Ê·̧áÊ ‚¢S∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ‚¢S∑ΧÃÙ ÷flÁÃ,
ÃS◊Ò ◊ÎmË ´§ÖflË ø flÊáÊË ⁄UÙøÃ, Ÿ ÃÈ ∑§∑¸§‡ÊÊ ∑ȧÁ≈U‹Ê flÊ – •Ã— ∞ÃÒ— ‚„U flÊÃʸfl‚⁄U ∞Ãʌ·ÊË flÊáÊË
∞fl ©UÁøÃÊ ÷flÁà – ¬⁄¢UÃÈ ÿ— ¡«U— ŒÈ√ÿ¸‚Ÿ⁄U× •‹‚— ø ‚fl∑§— ÷flÁÃ, ÃS◊Ò ÃSÿÊÁœ¬— ¬˝Êÿ— ∑§∑¸§‡ÊÊ¢
flÊáÊË¥ flŒÁÃ, ∑§Êÿ¸ ø ‚¢ÿÙ¡ÿÁÃ, Sfl∑§Ëÿ¢ ¬˝ÿÙ¡Ÿ¢ ø ‚¢¬ÊŒÿÁà –
ÿ— π‹È ߸cÿʸª˝SÃÙ ÷flÁà ÃS◊Ò ¬⁄USÿ ŒÈȪȸáÊÊŸÈflÊŒ— ⁄UÙøÃ SflSÿ ø ªÈáÊÊŸÈflÊŒ— – ÿ— π‹È ‚Ö¡ŸÙ
÷flÁà ÃS◊Ò ¬⁄UʬflÊŒ— ∑§Õ◊Á¬ Ÿ ⁄UÙøÃ – ∑§øŸ •‚Íÿ∑§Ê— ÷flÁãà Ã Á„UÃ◊Á¬ •ŸÈ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ◊˜ Ÿ ‚„UãÃ –
ÃÕÒfl ‚flʸæ˜Uª¢ ‚ÈãŒ⁄¢ ‚⁄U‚¢ ‚È÷ÊÁ·Ã◊Á¬ Ÿ ‚¢ÃÙ·ÿÁà •À¬ôÊÊŸ˜ –
ÿÁŒ ‚fl¸Sÿ ◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê flÊáÊË Ÿ ‡ÊÄÿÃ flÄÃÈ◊,˜ ÃŒÊ ‚÷Ê◊äÿ ‚¢ªàÿ, ‚Á◊Ãı ‚◊ȬSÕÊÿ Á∑¢§ ÃÍcáÊË¥ SÕÿ◊˜
Á∑¢§ flÊ Á◊âÿÊ •ÊÅÿÿ◊˜ ßÁà ¬˝oA— – •òÊÙûÊ⁄¢U ŒŒÊÁà ◊„UÊ⁄UÊ¡— ◊ŸÈ— -
‚÷Ê flÊ Ÿ ¬˝flCUÔ √ÿÊ flÄÃ√ÿ¢ flÊ ‚◊Ü¡‚◊˜ –
•’˝ÈflŸ˜ Áfl’˝ÈflŸ˜ flÊÁ¬ Ÿ⁄UÙ ÷flÁà Á∑§ÁÀfl·Ë –– ßÁà H
∞fl¢ √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U˘Á¬ ¬˝flÎûÊÊ flÊáÊË ‚flʸŸ˜ ‚◊ÊŸM§¬áÊ Ÿ ‚¢ÃÙ·ÿÁà – flSÃÈ× ‚Ȍȋ¸÷Ê ‚fl¸◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê
flÊáÊË – ‚fl¸˘Á¬ ¡ŸÊ— ÁfløˇÊáÊÊ— Ÿ ÷flÁãà – ∑§ÁøØ ◊ãŒÊ— ßÁà flÊ, ∑§ÁøØ •ôÊÊ— ßÁà flÊ SŸ„U¬ÍáÊÊZ
60 Sanskrit 9
flÊáÊË◊Á¬ ÷ÊflÁÿÃÈ¢ Ÿ ¬Ê⁄UÿÁãà – ∞Ãʌ·ÊÊŸ˜ ¡ŸÊŸ˜ ŒÎCÔU˜flÊ Á∑¢§ √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U flÊáÊˬ˝ÿÙª— ¬Á⁄UàÿÄÃ√ÿ— ? Ÿ
Á„U Ÿ Á„U – ◊Ϊʗ ‚ãÃËÁà ÿflÊ— ŸÙåÿãÃ ? ©UåÿãÃ ∞fl – Á÷ˇÊÈ∑§Ê— ‚ãÃËÁà SÕÊÀÿÙ ŸÊÁœÁüÊÿãÃ ?
•ÁœÁüÊÿãÃ ∞fl – •Ã— Sfl∑§ËÿŸ ‚ÈL§Áø¬ÍáÊ¸Ÿ √ÿfl„UÊ⁄UáÊ ¡ŸÊŸ˜ •ÊŸãŒÁÿÃÈ¢ ‚¢S∑ΧÃÊ flÊáÊË ∞fl ‚Ãâ
¬˝ÿÙÄÃ√ÿÊ –
Glossary

Noun : (masc.) : ‡Ê΢ªÊ⁄U— Shringar (erotic), one of the nine Rasas of poetry (Similarly
flË⁄U— Veera ∑§L§áÊ— Karuna „UÊSÿ— Hasya ’Ë÷à‚— Bibhatsa are also rasas of poetry)
‚fl∑§— servant, worker •Áœ¬— master, lord ¬⁄UʬflÊŒ— speaking ill of others •‚Íÿ∑§— one who
is envious (jealous), finding faults even in virtues •À¬ôÊ— on who knows little ÁfløˇÊáÊ— genius
◊㌗ mentally challenged •ôÊ— ignorant ÿfl— barley
(Fem.) : ‚Á◊Á× assembly SÕÊ‹Ë vessel for cooking, a pot ‚¢S∑ΧÃÊ cultured
(Neu.) : Á‡ÊÀ¬◊˜ artistic skill ¬˝ÿÙ¡Ÿ◊˜ purpose, aim •ŸÈ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ◊˜ advice, preaching
‚È÷ÊÁ·Ã◊˜ saying (epigram)
Pronoun : ∞∑§S◊Ò for one •ãÿS◊Ò for another ∑§ÁpØ someone ∑§S◊ÒÁøØ for a few one
∞ÃÒ— by all these (masc. and neu.) ÃS◊Ò for him ¬⁄USÿ of other SflSÿ one’s own ∑§øŸ some
‚fl¸Sÿ of all ∑§ÁøØ some
Adjective : ÁflÁøòÊL§Áø— having unusual taste / different likings ‚◊ÊŸÁ¬ÃÎ∑§— they who have
the same father Á÷ãŸÊ different ∞∑§Ê one •Ê·¸— related to seers ¡«U— a fool ŒÈ√ÿ¸‚Ÿ⁄U× absorbed
(busy) in bad habits (vices) •‹‚— lazy ◊ÎŒÈ delicate, soft ´§ÖflË simple, straight forward
∑§∑¸§‡ÊÊ harsh, cruel ∑ȧÁ≈U‹Ê cunning, croocked ◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê beautiful, attractive ‚◊Ü¡‚◊˜ proper,
appropriate ‚Ȍȋ¸÷Ê difficult to get, rare (All these adjectives are used here in feminine.)
Compound : flÊÃʸfl‚⁄U (flÊÃʸÿÊ— •fl‚⁄U— flÊÃʸfl‚⁄U—, ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ŒÈ√ÿ¸‚Ÿ⁄U×
(ŒÈ√ÿ¸‚Ÿ·È ⁄U× ŒÈ√ÿ¸‚Ÿ⁄U× – ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ߸cÿʸª˝S× (߸cÿ¸ÿÊ ª˝S× ߸cÿʸª˝S× – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
ŒÈªÈ¸áÊÊŸÈflÊŒ— (ŒÈªÈ¸áÊÊŸÊ◊˜ •ŸÈflÊŒ— ŒÈªÈ¸áÊÊŸÈflÊŒ— – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‚÷Ê◊äÿ (‚÷ÊÿÊ— ◊äÿ— ‚÷Ê◊äÿ—,
ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‚fl¸◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê (‚fl¸èÿ— ◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê ‚fl¸◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê – øÃÈÕ˸ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – SŸ„U¬ÍáÊʸ◊˜
(SŸ„UŸ ¬ÍáÊʸ SŸ„U¬ÍáÊʸ, ÃÊ◊˜ – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – flÊáÊˬ˝ÿÙª— (flÊáÿÊ— ¬˝ÿÙª— flÊáÊˬ˝ÿÙª— – ·c∆UË
Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
Participle : ‚¢ÃÙ·ÁÿÃÈ◊˜ (‚◊˜ + ÃÈ·˜ - ÃÙÁ· (¬˝⁄U∑§ Á∑˝§ÿÊ) + ÃÈ◊˜) flÄÃÈ◊˜ (flø˜ + ÃÈ◊˜) ‚¢ªàÿ
(‚◊˜ + ª◊˜ + àflÊ > ÿ) ‚◊ȬSÕÊÿ (‚◊˜ + ©U¬ + SÕÊ + àflÊ > ÿ) ÷ÊflÁÿÃÈ◊˜ (÷Í - ÷ÊÁfl (¬˝⁄U∑§
Á∑˝§ÿÊ) + ÃÈ◊˜) ŒÎc≈U˜flÊ (ŒÎ‡Ê˜ + àflÊ) •ÊŸãŒÁÿÃÈ◊˜ (•Ê + ŸãŒ˜ - ŸÁ㌠(¬˝⁄U∑§ Á∑˝§ÿÊ) + ÃÈ◊˜) –
Root : First Gana (Atmanepada) L§ø˜ (⁄UÙøÃ) to like ‚„U˜ (‚„UÃ) to bear, tolerate
Tenth Gana : (Parasmaipada) ⁄U‚˜ (⁄U‚ÿÁÃ) to take interest, to taste ‚◊˜ + ÿÈ¡˜ (‚¢ÿÙ¡ÿÁÃ)
to join (perfectly)

‚Ȍȋ¸÷Ê ‚fl¸◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê flÊáÊË 61

 Notes
(1) Meaning : ‹Ù∑§ in the world ‚◊ÊŸÊøÊ⁄UÁfløÊ⁄UÊáÊÊ◊˜ of persons having similar actions
and thoughts ⁄UÙøÃ makes one like ŸÊŸÊàfl◊˜ variety √ÿflÁSÕÃ◊˜ is decided, is established
∞fl¢ ‚Áà when it is like this ÃSÿÊÁœ¬— his master ‚¢¬ÊŒÿÁà achieves, gets Á„UÃ◊Á¬ to well-wisher
also SÕÿ◊˜ should stand, should be firm •ÊÅÿÿ◊˜ should be told flÄÃ√ÿ◊˜ should be spoken
•’˝ÈflŸ˜ who does not speak Áfl’˝ÈflŸ˜ who speaks against / lies Á∑§ÁÀfl·Ë sinful ÷ÊflÁÿÃÈ◊˜ to
experience, to feel Ÿ ¬Ê⁄UÿÁãà are not capable ŸÙåÿãÃ are they not sown ? SÕÊÀÿ— vessels
Ÿ •ÁœÁüÊÿãÃ are (vessels) not put on stove ? •ÊŸãŒÁÿÃÈ◊˜ to delight ¬˝ÿÙÄÃ√ÿÊ should be used.
(2) Sandhi : ÿmSÃÈ (ÿØ flSÃÈ) – L§Áø÷¸flÁà (L§Áø— ÷flÁÃ) – ’Ë÷à‚⁄U‚Ù˘Á¬ (’Ë÷à‚⁄U‚— •Á¬) –
ÃSÿÊÁœ¬— (ÃSÿ •Áœ¬—) – ‚îÊŸÙ ÷flÁà (‚Ö¡Ÿ— ÷flÁÃ) – flÊÁ¬ (flÊ •Á¬) – √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U˘Á¬ (√ÿfl„UÊ⁄U
•Á¬) – ‚ãÃËÁà (‚Áãà ßÁÃ) – ŸÙåÿãÃ (Ÿ ©UåÿãÃ) – SÕÊÀÿÙ ŸÊÁœÁüÊÿãÃ (SÕÊÀÿ— Ÿ •ÁœÁüÊÿãÃ) –

Exercises

1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃèÿ— Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –

(1) ∑§S◊ÒÁøØ Áfl⁄U‹Êÿ ¡ŸÊÿ ∑§— ⁄U‚— ⁄UÙøÃ ?
(∑§) „UÊSÿ⁄U‚— (π) ∑§L§áÊ⁄U‚— (ª) ’Ë÷à‚⁄U‚— (ÉÊ) ‡Ê΢æ˜U ªÊ⁄U⁄U‚—
(2) •Ê·¸áÊ ‚¢S∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ‚¢S∑ΧÃÊÿ ¡ŸÊÿ ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊË flÊáÊË ⁄UÙøÃ ?
(∑§) ∑§∑¸§‡ÊÊ (π) ´§ÖflË (ª) ∑ȧÁ≈U‹Ê (ÉÊU) S¬CÔUÊ
(3) ¬⁄USÿ ŒÈª¸ÈáÊÊŸÈflÊŒ— ∑§S◊Ò ⁄UÙøÃ ?
(∑§) ߸cÿʸª˝SÃÊÿ (π) Œÿʪ˝SÃÊÿ (ª) ◊ÊŸª˝SÃÊÿ (ÉÊ) •¬◊ÊŸª˝SÃÊÿ
(4) SŸ„U¬ÍáÊʸ◊Á¬ flÊáÊË¥ ∑§ ÷ÊflÁÿÃÈ¢ Ÿ ¬Ê⁄UÿÁãà ?
(∑§) ◊ãŒÊ— (π) ¬Áá«UÃÊ— (ª) ‚Êœfl— (ÉÊ) ŸËÁÃôÊÊ—
2. ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ∑§∑¸§‡ÊÊ¢ flÊáÊË¥ ∑§— ∑§S◊Ò flŒÁà ?
(2) ߸cÿʸª˝SÃÊÿ SflSÿ Á∑¢§ ⁄UÙøÃ ?
(3) ∑§ Á„UÃ◊Á¬ •ŸÈ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ¢ Ÿ ‚„UãÃ ?
(4) ‚÷ÊÿÊ¢ ∑§ËŒÎ‡Ê¢ flÄÃ√ÿ◊˜ ?
(5) ¡ŸÊŸ˜ •ÊŸãŒÁÿÃÈ¢ ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊË flÊáÊË ¬˝ÿÙÄÃ√ÿÊ ?
3. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊÁŸ Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊÁŸ sÔSß÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹Sÿ (‹æ˜U‹∑§Ê⁄USÿ) M§¬àflŸ ¬Á⁄Ufløÿà –
(1) ⁄UÙøÃ ....................
(2) •„¸UÁà ....................
(3) ‚„UãÃ ....................
(4) ¬Ê⁄UÿÁãà ....................
62 Sanskrit 9
4. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ ‚◊Ê‚¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) „UÊSÿ⁄U‚— ....................
(2) ŒÈ√ÿ¸‚Ÿ⁄U× ....................
(3) ‚ÈL§Áø¬Íáʸ¸— ....................
(4) ªÈáÊÊŸÈflÊŒ— ....................
(5) ‚fl¸◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê ....................
5. ‡ÊéŒM§¬Ò— Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊÁŸ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ ÁmfløŸ◊˜ ’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜
(1) .................... .................... SÕÊÀÿ—
(2) ◊Ϊ— .................... ....................
(3) ∑§∑¸§‡ÊÊ◊˜ .................... ....................
(4) ¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄U .................... ....................
6. fløŸÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U œÊÃÈM§¬Ò— Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊÁŸ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ ÁmfløŸ◊˜ ’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜
(1) .................... .................... ⁄UÙøãÃ
(2) ⁄U‚ÿÁÃ .................... ....................
(3) .................... ÷fl× ....................
(4) .................... .................... ¬Ê⁄UÿÁãÃ
(5) ⁄UÙøÃ .................... ....................
7. ¬˝ŒûÊÊŸ˜ ‡ÊéŒÊŸ˜ ¬˝ÿÈÖÿ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ ⁄Uøÿà –
(1) That thing which one likes.
(ÿØ flSÃÈ ∞∑§ L§ø˜)
(2) People have different likings.
(¡Ÿ Á÷ãŸÊ Á÷ãŸÊ L§Áø ÷Í)
(3) Even Subhashita cannot please.
(‚È÷ÊÁ·Ã •Á¬ Ÿ ‚¢ÃÙ·ÿ)
(4) Some people are envious.
(∑§øŸ ¡Ÿ •‚Íÿ∑§ ÷Í)
(5) People are not genius.
(¡Ÿ ÁfløˇÊáÊ Ÿ ÷Í)
8. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) How can you say that the world is full of people with multiple likings ?
(2) Who likes soft and simple words ?
(3) What does the envious person like ? Whose ?
(4) How should one speak in the assembly ?
(5) Who cannot feel a loving speech ?

Activity
à Give reasons for your liking of the dialogue which you have heard.
à Collect Shlokas expressing importance of speech.

à
‚Ȍȋ¸÷Ê ‚fl¸◊ŸÙ⁄U◊Ê flÊáÊË 63
 16. •¡ÿ— ‚ ÷ÁflcÿÁÃ
[The following verses have been taken from ‘Nitisaara’ composed by Chanakya and
is mostly advice about polity. Chanakya did not accept the idea that politics could be
separated from the family and society. Hence, he included many aspects of human life
in his advice about polity.
Chanakya always stressed on the fact that if man is rational and learns to look at
the world, then all the things and events of the world can become means to make his
life practical and happy. By following these, man can make his life perfect.
We may divide the animals around us into good and bad classes but person like
Chanakya found something to learn from each one of them. It is in one such incident
that Chanakya found qualities to be learnt from different creatures around us – one
from the lion and crane, six from the dog, three from the donkey, five from the crow
and four from the cock. These are described in the verses selected here.
In order to make one’s life successful and develop one’s personality man should
be able to inculcate these twenty qualities and follow them in life. From this lesson,
we also learn that instead of finding fault with the animals, there are many things that
we can learn from them.]

Á‚¢„UÊŒ∑¢§ ’∑§ÊŒ∑¢§ ·≈U˜ ‡ÊÈŸ— òÊËÁáÊ ªŒ¸÷ÊØ –

flÊÿ‚Êà¬Üø Á‡ÊˇÊìÊ øàflÊÁ⁄U ∑ȧÄ∑ȧ≈UÊŒÁ¬ H 1H
¬˝÷ÍÃ◊À¬∑§ÊÿZ flÊ ÿÙ Ÿ⁄U— ∑§ÃȸÁ◊ë¿UÁà –
‚flʸ⁄Uê÷Ÿ Ãà∑ȧÿʸØ Á‚¢„UÊŒ∑¢§ ¬˝∑§ËÁøÃ◊˜ H 2H
‚fl¸Áãº˝ÿÊÁáÊ ‚¢ÿêÿ ’∑§flØ ¬ÁÃÃÙ ¡Ÿ— –
∑§Ê‹Œ ‡ ÊÙ¬¬ãŸÊÁŸ ‚fl¸ ∑ §Êÿʸ Á áÊ ‚Êœÿ à ˜ H 3 H
¬˝ÊåÃʇÊË SflÀ¬‚¢ÃÈCÔU— ‚ÈÁŸº˝— ‡ÊËÉÊ˝øß— –
¬˝÷È÷ÄÃp ‡ÊÍ⁄Up ôÊÊÃ√ÿÊ— EªÈáÊÊ Á„U ·≈U˜ H 4H
•ÁflüÊÊ◊¢ fl„UŒ˜ ÷Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊËÃÙcáÊ¢ ø Ÿ ÁflãŒÁà –
‚‚ãÃÙ·SÃÕÊ ÁŸàÿ¢ òÊËÁáÊ Á‡ÊˇÊà ªŒ¸÷ÊØ H 5H
ªÍ … U ª Ê„¸ U S âÿøÊÃÈ ÿ Z ∑§Ê‹ øÊ‹ÿ‚¢ ª ˝ „ U ◊ ˜ –
•¬˝◊ÊŒ◊ŸÊ‹Sÿ¢ ¬Üø Á‡ÊˇÊà flÊÿ‚ÊØ H 6H
ÿÈh¢ ø ¬˝ÊÃL§àÕÊŸ¢ ÷Ù¡Ÿ¢ ‚„U ’ãœÈÁ÷— –
ÁSòÊÿ◊ʬŒ˜ªÃÊ¢ ⁄UˇÊØ øÃÈ— Á‡ÊˇÊà ∑ȧÄ∑ȧ≈UÊØ H 7H
ÿ ∞ÃÊŸ˜ Áfl¢‡ÊÁêÈáÊÊŸ˜ •ÊøÁ⁄UcÿÁà ◊ÊŸfl— –
∑§ÊÿʸflSÕÊ‚È ‚flʸ‚È •¡ÿ— ‚ ÷ÁflcÿÁà H 8H

64 Sanskrit 9
 Glossary
Noun : (masc.) : ªŒ¸÷— donkey flÊÿ‚— crow ∑ȧÄ∑ȧ≈U— cock ’ãœÈ— relative
Pronoun : ∞ÃÊŸ˜ to these (masc. plural) ‚flʸ‚È among all (in all) (fem. plural)
Adjective : ‚ÈÁŸº˝— having sound sleep ‡ÊËÉÊ˝øß— who awakes immediately
Adverb : ¬˝÷ÍÃ◊˜ much, abundant ’∑§flØ like a stroke (crane)
Compound : ∑§Ê‹Œ‡ÊÙ¬¬ãŸÊÁŸ (∑§Ê‹— ø Œ‡Ê— ø ßÁà ∑§Ê‹Œ‡Êı, ßÃ⁄Ã⁄U mãm— – ∑§Ê‹Œ‡ÊÊèÿÊ◊˜
©U¬¬ãŸÊÁŸ ∑§Ê‹Œ‡ÊÙ¬¬ãŸÊÁŸ – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – SflÀ¬‚¢ÃÈCÔU— (SflÀ¬Ÿ ‚¢ÃÈCÔU— SflÀ¬‚¢ÃÈCÔU— – ÃÎÃËÿÊ
Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ¬˝÷È÷Ä× (¬˝÷Ù— ÷Ä× ¬˝÷È÷Ä× – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‡ÊËÃÙcáÊ◊˜ (‡ÊËÃ◊˜ ø ©UcáÊ◊˜ ø
‡ÊËÃÙcáÊ◊˜ – ‚◊Ê„UÊ⁄U mãm) – •Ê‹ÿ‚¢ª˝„U◊˜ (•Ê‹ÿSÿ ‚¢ª˝„U— •Ê‹ÿ‚¢ª˝„U—, Ã◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
∑§ÊÿʸflSÕÊ‚È (∑§ÊÿʸáÊÊ◊˜ •flSÕÊ ∑§ÊÿʸflSÕÊ, ÃÊ‚È – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·)
Participle : ∑§Ãȸ◊˜ (∑Χ + ÃÈ◊˜) – ‚¢ÿêÿ (‚◊˜ + ÿ◊˜ + àflÊ > ÿ) –
Root : Sixth Gana (Parasmaipada) ÁflŒ˜ (ÁflãŒÁÃ) to get, to attain
Notes

(1) Meaning : Á‚¢„UÊŒ∑§◊˜ one from lion ’∑§ÊŒ∑§◊˜ one from crane ‡ÊÈŸ— from dog
∑ȧÄ∑ȧ≈UÊŒÁ¬ even from cock ¬˝∑§ËÁøÃ◊˜ is said ∑ȧÿʸØ should be done ∑§Ê‹Œ‡ÊÙ¬¬ãŸÊÁŸ are
obtained (got) with reference to country and time (period) ‚ÊœÿØ should be accomplished
¬˝ÊåÃʇÊË one who eats what is available EªÈáÊÊ— qualities of a dog ôÊÊÃ√ÿÊ— should be known
•¬˝◊ÊŒ◊˜ carefully, without carelessness ÁSòÊÿ◊ʬŒ˜ªÃÊ◊˜ to a woman in difficulty
(2) Sandhi : Á‚¢„UÊŒ∑§◊˜ (Á‚¢„UÊØ ∞∑§◊˜) – ’∑§ÊŒ∑§◊˜ (’∑§ÊØ ∞∑§◊˜) – ∑ȧÄ∑ȧ≈UÊŒÁ¬ (∑ȧÄ∑ȧ≈UÊØ
•Á¬) – ‡ÊÍ⁄UE (‡ÊÍ⁄U— ø) – ÁSòÊÿ◊ʬŒ˜ªÃÊ◊˜ (ÁSòÊÿ◊˜ •Ê¬Œ˜ªÃÊ◊˜) –
Exercies
1. Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –
(1) Á‚¢„UÊØ ∑§Áà ‹ˇÊáÊÊÁŸ Á‡ÊˇÊØ ?
(∑§) ∞∑¢§ ‹ˇÊáÊ◊˜ (π) m ‹ˇÊáÊ (ª) òÊËÁáÊ ‹ˇÊáÊÊÁŸ (ÉÊ) ’„ÈU‹ˇÊáÊÊÁŸ
(2) ¬˝÷ÍÃ◊˜ ‡ÊéŒSÿ ÁflL§hÊÕ¸∑§— ∑§— ‡Ê錗 –
(∑§) ‡ÊËÃ◊˜ (π) •À¬◊˜ (ª) ©UcáÊ◊˜ (ÉÊ) Áfl÷ÍÃ◊˜
(3) ªŒ¸÷— •ÁflüÊÊ◊¢ Á∑¢§ fl„UÁà ?
(∑§) ªÈáÊ◊˜ (π) ÷Ê⁄U◊˜ (ª) ÷ʪ◊˜ (ÉÊU) •ãŸ◊˜
(4) ∑§Ê∑§‡ÊéŒSÿ ∑§— ¬ÿʸÿ— ?
(∑§) ⁄UÊ‚÷— (π) ∑§ÙÁ∑§‹— (ª) flÊÿ‚— (ÉÊU) ∑§‚⁄UË

•¡ÿ— ‚ ÷ÁflcÿÁà 65
2. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊéŒM§¬ÊáÊÊ¢ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ ∑§Ê⁄Uÿà –
‡ÊéŒM§¬◊˜ ◊Í‹‡Ê錗 ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U— Á‹XÔU◊˜ Áfl÷ÁÄ× fløŸ◊˜
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ — Á‚¢„UÊØ Á‚¢„U •∑§Ê⁄UÊã× ¬ÈÁÀ‹XÔU◊˜ ¬Üø◊Ë ∞∑§fløŸ◊˜
(1) Ÿ⁄U— .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(2) ∑§ÊÿʸÁáÊ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(3) ’ãœÈÁ÷— .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
(4) ÷Ê⁄U◊˜ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........
3. ªÈ¡¸⁄U÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) What should a man learn from a crane and a crow ?
(2) What qualities does a donkey have ?
(3) What should a man (person) do to be victorious in any situation ?
4. f‹Ù∑§¬ÍÁÃZ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(1) ¬˝÷ÍÃ◊À¬∑§Êÿ¸◊˜ ............... ¬˝∑§ËÁøÃ◊˜ ––
(2) ¬˝ÊåÃʇÊË ............... ‡ÊÈŸÙ ªÈáÊÊ— ––
5. •ŸÈflÊŒ¢ ∑ΧàflÊ •Õ¸ÁflSÃÊ⁄¢U ∑ȧL§Ã, ÃSÿ ’Ùœ¢ ø Á‹πà –
(1) ‚fl¸Áãº˝ÿÊÁáÊ ‚¢ÿêÿ ’∑§flØ ¬ÁÃÃÙ ¡Ÿ— –
∑§Ê‹Œ‡ÊÙ¬¬ãŸÊÁŸ ‚fl¸∑§ÊÿʸÁáÊ ‚ÊœÿØ H
(2) •ÁflüÊÊ◊¢ fl„UŒ˜ ÷Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊËÃÙcáÊ¢ ø Ÿ ÁflãŒÁà –
‚‚ãÃÙ·SÃÕÊ ÁŸàÿ¢ òÊËÁáÊ Á‡ÊˇÊØ ªŒ¸÷ÊØ H
(3) ÿÈh¢ ø ¬˝ÊÃL§àÕÊŸ¢ ÷Ù¡Ÿ¢ ‚„U ’ãœÈÁ÷— –
ÁSòÊÿ◊ʬŒ˜ªÃÊ¢ ⁄UˇÊØ øÃÈ— Á‡ÊˇÊà ∑ȧÄ∑ȧ≈UÊØ H

Activity

à Prepare a list in Sanskrit of animals and birds.

à Observe animals and birds you like and note down their characteristics.

à Visit a zoo situated in your town or elsewhere.

à Prepare an album of beasts and birds.

66 Sanskrit 9
 17. •ÊøÊÿ¸— ø⁄U∑§—

[In ancient India there have been many great Acharyas who have contributed in
great measure to many branches of learning. Among these many of them are present
with us even today through their writings in their branch of knowledge. One such
teacher is Charaka.
Acharya Charaka was a great scholar in Ayurveda. He laid the foundation of the
science of medicine. As with many other scholars, in the case of Charaka too, we have
very little knowledge about his personal life. But we do have the book written by him
with us to this day. The book written by him in Sanskrit is called “ø⁄U∑§‚¢Á„UÃÊ”. Anyone
who wants to study Ayurveda will certainly have to read this book.
In this lesson we will be introduced to this great scholar of Ayurveda. ln addition
to that, it is also necessary to imbibe an advice of his. As a body without disease is
really precious, each one of us should learn how we can lead a life free from diseases.
We can gain this important knowledge from this lesson.]

ø⁄U∑§ŸÊêŸÊ ¬˝Á‚h— •ÊøÊÿ¸— Á∫SÃSÿ ¬˝Õ◊‡ÊÃÊélÊ¢ •ÊÿÈfl¸ŒSÿ ◊„UÊŸ˜ ¬Áá«U× – ‚— ∑§ÁŸc∑§ŸÎ¬Ã—

⁄UÊ¡flÒl— •Ê‚ËØ –
•Sÿ •ÊøÊÿ¸Sÿ ø⁄U∑§‚¢Á„UÃÊŸÊ◊∑§— ‚Ȭ˝Á‚h— ª˝ãÕ— fløÃ – •ÊÿÈfl¸ŒSÿ ¬˝ÊøËŸÃ◊·È ÁflEÁflÅÿÊÃ·È

ø ª˝ãÕ·È •Sÿ ªáÊŸÊ ÷flÁà –

•ÁS◊Ÿ˜ ª˝ãÕ ‚ÍòÊSÕÊŸ◊˜, ÁŸŒÊŸSÕÊŸ◊˜, Áfl◊ÊŸSÕÊŸ◊˜, ‡ÊÊ⁄UË⁄USÕÊŸ◊˜, ßÁãº˝ÿSÕÊŸ◊˜, ÁøÁ∑§à‚ÊSÕÊŸ◊˜,

•ÊøÊÿ¸— ø⁄U∑§— 67
∑§À¬SÕÊŸ◊˜, Á‚ÁhSÕÊŸ◊˜ øÁà •CÔUı ¬˝∑§⁄UáÊÊÁŸ ‚Áãà – ∞Ã·È ‚fl¸·È ¬˝∑§⁄UáÊ·È ‚Áê◊Àÿ Áfl¢‡ÊàÿÈûÊ⁄U-∞∑§‡ÊÃ◊˜
(120) •äÿÊÿÊ— ‚Áãà – •Sÿ ª˝ãÕSÿ ¬˝◊ÊáÊ¢ mÊŒ‡Ê‚„Udf‹Ù∑§Ê-à◊∑¢§ fløÃ – •òÊ ¬˝Êÿ— ‚„Udmÿ◊˜
•ı·œÿ٪ʟʢ ÁflSÃÎÃ◊˜ √ÿÊÅÿÊŸ◊ÁSà – •ÁS◊Ÿ˜ √ÿÊÅÿÊŸ Öfl⁄U-⁄UÄÃÁ¬ûÊ-©Uã◊ÊŒ-•ÁÂÊ⁄U-¬˝◊„Uʌ˟Ê◊˜
©UŒ⁄U-Á‡Ê⁄ÙU-NUŒÿʌ˟ʢ ø ⁄UÙªÊáÊÊ¢ ÁŸflÊ⁄U∑§ÊÁŸ ÁflŸÊ‡Ê∑§ÊÁŸ ø •ı·œÊÁŸ ©UÁÀ‹ÁπÃÊÁŸ ‚Áãà – ∞fl¢ Á„U
◊ãÿÃ ÿØ ÷Ê⁄UÃ •ı·œÁflôÊÊŸSÿ ¬˝flø∑§— •ÿ◊flÊøÊÿ¸— –
ÁŸÁπ‹◊Á¬ •ÊÿÈfl¸Œ‚ÊÁ„Uàÿ◊˜ •ÊøÊÿ¸Sÿ ø⁄U∑§Sÿ ©UÁë¿UCÔU◊ÁSà – •Õ ø •ÊÿÈfl¸Œ‡ÊÊSòÊËÿ¢ ÿØ ôÊÊŸ¢
ø⁄U∑§‚¢Á„UÃÊÿÊ¢ fløÃ ÃŒfl ‚fl¸òÊ fløÃ, ø⁄U∑§‚¢Á„UÃÊÿÊ¢ ÿØ ŸÊÁSÃ, ÃØ ∑ȧòÊÊÁ¬ Ÿ fløÃ –
•Sÿ ∑§øŸ ©U¬Œ‡ÊÊ— S◊ø√ÿÊ— ‚Áãà – ÃlÕÊ - ◊ŸÈcÿ— ∑§Ÿ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ⁄UÙª⁄UÁ„U× ÷ÁflÃÈ◊˜ •„¸UÃËÁÃ
Áfl·ÿ ©U¬ÁŒ‡ÊÁà •ÊøÊÿ¸— -
Ÿ⁄UÙ Á„UÃÊ„UÊ⁄UÁfl„UÊ⁄U‚flË ‚◊ˡÿ∑§Ê⁄UË Áfl·ÿcfl‚Q§— –
ŒÊÃÊ ‚◊— ‚àÿ¬⁄U— ˇÊ◊ÊflÊŸÊ#Ù¬‚flË ø ÷flàÿ⁄UÙªË ––
•ÕʸØ ÿ— Ÿ⁄U— Á„UÃSÿ •Ê„UÊ⁄USÿ Áfl„UÊ⁄USÿ ø ‚flŸ¢ ∑§⁄UÙÁÃ, ‚flZ ∑§ÊÿZ ‚◊ˡÿ ∑§⁄UÙÁÃ, Áfl·ÿ·È
ÁŸÃ⁄UÊ◊Ê‚Q§— Ÿ ÷flÁÃ, ÿ— ŒÊŸ¢ ∑§⁄UÙÁÃ, √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U ‚◊àfl¢ ˇÊ◊Ê÷Êfl¢ ø •Êø⁄UÁÃ, •Ê#¡ŸÊŸÊ¢ ‚flÊ¢ ∑§⁄UÙÁÃ
Ãʌ·ʗ Ÿ⁄U— •⁄UÙªË •ÕʸØ SflSÕ— ÷flÁà –

•òÊ ∞∑§— ¬˝fŸ— – “Á∑§◊˜ •ı·œ¢ ÁflŸÊ ‚êÿ∑§˜ √ÿfl„UÊ⁄UáÊÊÁ¬ ¡Ÿ— ⁄UÙª⁄UÁ„U× ÷ÁflÃÈ◊„¸UÃË” Áà ?
ÃSÿŒ◊ÈûÊ⁄U◊˜ – ÿŒÊ ⁄UÙª— ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ¬˝ÁflCÔUÙ ÷flÁÃ, ÃŒÊ •ı·œSÿ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ ÷flÁà – ¬⁄UãÃÈ ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ⁄UÙªSÿ ¬˝fl‡Ê—
∞fl Ÿ SÿÊØ ∞ÃŒÕZ ◊ÊŸflŸ ‚êÿ∑§˜ √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U— ∑§⁄UáÊËÿ ∞fl – √ÿfl„UÊ⁄SÿÊÁ¬ SflÊSâÿ ¬˝÷ÊflÙ ÷flÃËàÿ·—
ø⁄U∑§ÊøÊÿ¸Sÿ ©U¬Œ‡Ê— –
Glossary

Noun : (masc.) : Á∫S× Jesus Christ •ı·œÿÙª— medicine (Medicine prepared from the
mixture of different herbs is called ‘Aushadha Yoga’) Öfl⁄U— fever ⁄UQ§Á¬ûÊ— leprosy ©Uã◊ÊŒ— a kind
of disease related to mind, madness •ÁÂÊ⁄U— dysentry ¬˝◊„U— diabetes ¬˝flø∑§— founder

(Fem.) : ¬˝Õ◊ ‡ÊÃÊéŒË first century ©UÁÄ× statement, saying

(Neu.) : ÌʟËãß◊˜ of that time ©UŒ⁄U◊˜ stomach ÁŸflÊ⁄U∑§◊˜ that which removes, cures

Pronoun : •ÿ◊˜ this (masc.) •Sÿ of this (masc.) ∞Ã·È ‚fl̧·È among all these (masc. and
neu.) •ÁS◊Ÿ˜ in this (masc.) ∑§Ÿ by whom (masc.) ÿ— who (masc.)

Adjective : ¬˝ÊøËŸÃ◊ most ancient ¬˝Õ◊Ê first ÁmÃËÿÊ second ÁŸÁπ‹ whole ÃÊŒÎ‡Ê like
him/that ¬˝ÁflCÔU who has entered

Adverb : ¬˝Êÿ— generally ß„U here •ãÿòÊ elsewhere ÄflÁøØ somewhere, sometime
∑ȧòÊÊÁ¬ anywhere ‚fl¸òÊ everywhere ∑§øŸ some (masc.) ÃlÕÊ just as
68 Sanskrit 9
 Participle : ‚Áê◊Àÿ (‚◊˜ + Á◊‹˜ + àflÊ > ÿ) •Áœ∑Χàÿ (•Áœ + ∑Χ + àflÊ > ÿ)
÷ÁflÃÈ◊˜ (÷Í-÷fl˜ + ÃÈ◊˜) ‚◊ˡÿ (‚◊˜ + ߸ˇÊ˜ + àflÊ > ÿ) –
Compound : ⁄UÊ¡flÒl— (flÒlÊŸÊ◊˜ ⁄UÊ¡Ê ⁄UÊ¡flÒl— – or ⁄UÊôÊ— flÒl— ⁄UÊ¡flÒl— – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·)
ÁflEÁflÅÿÊÃ·È (ÁflEÁS◊Ÿ˜ ÁflÅÿÊ× ÁflEÁflÅÿÊ×, Ã·È – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) •ı·œÿ٪ʟÊ◊˜ (•ı·œÊŸÊ◊˜ ÿÙª—
•ı·œÿÙª—, Ã·Ê◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) •ı·œÁflôÊÊŸSÿ (•ı·œSÿ ÁflôÊÊŸ◊˜ •ı·œÁflôÊÊŸ◊˜, ÃSÿ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·)
⁄UÙª⁄UÁ„U× (⁄UÙªáÊ ⁄UÁ„U× ⁄UÙª⁄UÁ„U× – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·)
Notes
(1) Meaning : ∑§ÁŸc∑§ŸÎ¬Ã— of king named Kanishka ª˝ãÕSÿ ¬˝◊ÊáÊ◊˜ size of a book /
volume (In ancient time there was a method / system to measure the size of a book. In order
to know the size of a book, all letters written in the book were counted and divided by 32
or sometimes by 8. Whatever figure was there was considered to be the size of the book.)
mÊŒ‡Ê‚„Udf‹Ù∑§Êà◊∑§— a volume / book having twelve thousand verses ‚„Udmÿ◊˜ two thousand
ÁŸflÊ⁄U∑§ÊÁŸ those who remove / cure ÁflŸÊ‡Ê∑§ÊÁŸ those who destroy ©UÁë¿UCÔU◊˜ left over after
being used S◊ø√ÿÊ— worthy to be remembered Á„UÃÊ„UÊ⁄UÁfl„UÊ⁄U‚flË one who eats good food and
practises good conduct ‚◊ˡÿ∑§Ê⁄UË one who behaves after thinking ŒÊÃÊ donor ‚◊— one
having feeling of equality •Ê#Ù¬‚flË one who serves person who are reliable •⁄UÙªË free fom
disease, healthy
(2) Sandhi : •ÿ◊flÊøÊÿ¸— (•ÿ◊˜ ∞fl •ÊøÊÿ¸¸—) – øÊÁœ∑Χàÿ (ø •Áœ∑Χàÿ) – ÿÁŒ„UÊÁSà (ÿØ
ß„U •ÁSÃ) – ÿãŸ„UÊÁSà (ÿØ Ÿ ß„U •ÁSÃ) – ©UÄÃ⁄Uÿ◊Õ¸— (©UÄÃ— •ÿ◊˜ •Õ¸—) – Áfl·ÿcfl‚Ä× (Áfl·ÿ·È
•‚Ä×) – ÷flàÿ⁄UÙªË (÷flÁà •⁄UÙªË) ÷ÁflÃÈ◊„¸UÃËÁà (÷ÁflÃÈ◊˜ •„¸UÁà ßÁÃ) – ÃSÿŒ◊ÈûÊ⁄U◊˜ (ÃSÿ ߌ◊˜
©UûÊ⁄U◊˜) –
Exercise

1. Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –

(1) ø⁄U∑§‚¢Á„UÃÊÿÊ— ¬˝∑§⁄UáÊ·È ∑§Áà •äÿÊÿÊ— ‚Áãà ?
(∑§) 120 (π) 122 (ª) 100 (ÉÊ) 210
(2) Á„UÃÊ„UÊ⁄UÁfl„UÊ⁄U‚flË Ÿ⁄U— ∑§ËŒÎ‡ÊÙ ÷flÁà ?
(∑§) •⁄UÙªË (π) ÁflmÊŸ˜ (ª) •ÊåÂflË (ÉÊ) ’‹flÊŸ˜
(3) “Öfl⁄U—” ‡ÊéŒSÿ •Õ¸— ∑§— ?
(∑§) zavera (π) fever (ª) little (ÉÊU) old age
(4) “©UÁø×” ‡ÊéŒSÿ ÁflL§hÊÕ¸— ∑§— ?
(∑§) ÁŸÁp¢Ã— (π) •L§Áø— (ª) ‚ÍÁø× (ÉÊU) •ŸÈÁø×

•ÊøÊÿ¸— ø⁄U∑§— 69
 (5) “⁄UÙª⁄UÁ„U×” ‡ÊéŒSÿ ‚◊Ê‚¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(∑§) ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§· (π) ÁmÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§· (ª) ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§· (ÉÊ) ¬@◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·
(6) “∑ȧòÊÊÁ¬” ‡ÊéŒSÿ ÿÙÇÿ‚ÁãœÁflë¿UŒ¢ Œ‡Ê¸ÿà –
(∑§) ∑ȧòÊÊ + •Á¬ (π) ∑ȧòÊ + •Á¬
(ª) ∑ȧ + ÃòÊ + •Á¬ (ÉÊ) ∑ȧ + òÊÊÁ¬
2. ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) •ÊøÊÿ¸ø⁄U∑§Sÿ ∑§— ª˝ãÕ— ‚Ȭ˝Á‚h— fløÃ ?
(2) ø⁄U∑§Sÿ ª˝ãÕ ∑§Sÿ √ÿÊÅÿÊŸ¢ fløÃ ?
(3) •ı·œSÿ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ ∑§ŒÊ ÷flÁà ?
(4) SflÊSâÿ ∑§Sÿ ¬˝÷ÊflÙ ÷flÁà ?
3. ⁄UπÊÁVÔUìŒÊÁŸ •ÊœÎàÿ ¬˝‡ŸflÊÄÿ¢ ⁄Uøÿà –
(∑§Sÿ, ∑§Ÿ, ∑§—, ∑§S◊Ò)
(1) ø⁄U∑§ÊøÊÿ¸Sÿ ø⁄U∑§‚¢Á„UÃÊŸÊ◊∑§— ‚Ȭ˝Á‚h— ª˝ãÕ— fløÃ –
(2) ø⁄U∑§ÊøÊÿ¸— ÷Ê⁄UÃ •ı·œÁflôÊÊŸSÿ ¬˝flø∑§— ßÁà ◊ãÿÃ –
(3) ◊ÊŸflŸ ‚êÿ∑˜§ √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U— ∑§⁄UáÊËÿ— –
4. flª¸‚Á„Uâ •ŸÈŸÊÁ‚∑§¬Œ¢ Á‹πà –
©UŒÊ. ‚¢¡Ê× ø flª¸— ‚Ü¡Ê×
(1) ¬⁄¢UÃÈ ............... ............... (2) Ìʟ˥ß◊˜ ............... ...............
(3) ‚¢Á◊Àÿ ............... ............... (4) •¢ª◊˜ ............... ...............
5. Sfl÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ •ŸÈflÊŒ¢ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(1) •ÊÿÈfl¸ŒSÿ ¬˝ÊøËŸÃ◊·È ÁflEÁflÅÿÊÃ·È ø ª˝ãÕ·È •Sÿ ªáÊŸÊ ÷flÁà –
(2) •òÊ ¬˝Êÿ— ‚„Udmÿ◊˜ •ı·œÿ٪ʟʢ ÁflSÃÎâ √ÿÊÅÿÊŸ◊ÁSà –
(3) ÁŸÁπ‹◊Á¬ •ÊÿÈfl¸Œ‚ÊÁ„Uàÿ◊˜ •ÊøÊÿ¸ø⁄U∑§Sÿ ©UÁë¿UCUÔ ◊ÁSà –
(4) ÿ— Ÿ⁄U— Á„UÃSÿ •Ê„UÊ⁄USÿ Áfl„UÊ⁄USÿ ø ‚flŸ¢ ∑§⁄UÙÁà ‚— ⁄UÙª⁄UÁ„UÃÙ ÷flÁà –
(5) ÿŒÊ ⁄UÙª— ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ¬˝ÁflCÔUÙ ÷flÁÃ ÃŒÊ •ı·œSÿ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ ÷flÁà –

70 Sanskrit 9
 18. Á’‹Sÿ flÊáÊË Ÿ ∑§ŒÊÁ¬ ◊ üÊÈÃÊ
[The following story has been taken from the collection of stories called
Panchatantra which is a unique work in Sanskrit literature and is known all over the
world. The creator of Panchatantra is Vishnu Sharma. He wrote this work in order to
make the sons of King Amarashakti excel in state-craft within a period of six months.
In this Á◊òÊ÷Œ—, Á◊òʬ˝ÊÁå×, ∑§Ê∑§Ù‹Í∑§Ëÿ◊˜, ‹éœ¬˝áÊʇʗ and •¬⁄UËÁˇÊÃ∑§Ê⁄U∑§◊˜ (Mitrabheda, Mitraprapti,
Kakolukiyam, Labdhapranasha, Aparikshitakaraka) are the five sections that have been
dealt with and hence the book is called Panchatantra.
At the beginning of each section, there is the setting of one story and then many
other stories follow as a part of that. In this work we see a collection of unique fables
which have been imaginatively written in a combination of prose and poetry. In each
story special importance has been paid to seeing how the intelligence of an individual
can be increased. In each story the theme is taken ahead by presenting ideas both in
favour of and against that particular one. Because of this unusual style of narrative, the
reader gets precious advice in addition to enjoyment.
While studying this lesson, in addition to learning how to sense future danger and
how it can be overcome we shall also learn the proper use of indeclinables etc.]

∑§ÁS◊¢ÁpØ flŸ π⁄UŸπ⁄U— ŸÊ◊ Á‚¢„U— ¬˝ÁÃfl‚Áà S◊ – ‚— ∑§ŒÊÁøØ ßÃSÃ× ¬Á⁄U÷˝◊Ÿ˜ ˇÊÈœÊø— Ÿ
Á∑§Á@ŒÁ¬ •Ê„UÊ⁄¢U •‹÷à – Ã× ‚ÍÿʸSÂ◊ÿ ∞∑§Ê¢ ◊„UÃË¥ ªÈ„UÊ¢ ŒÎc≈˜UflÊ ‚— •ÁøãÃÿØ - ““ŸÍŸ◊˜ ∞ÃSÿÊ¢
ªÈ„UÊÿÊ¢ ⁄UÊòÊı ∑§Ù˘Á¬ ¡Ëfl— •Êªë¿UÁà – •Ã— •òÊÒfl ÁŸªÍ…UÙ ÷ÍàflÊ ÁÃc∆UÊÁ◊”” ßÁà –
∞ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ •ãÃ⁄ U ªÈ „ U Ê ÿÊ— SflÊ◊Ë ŒÁœ¬È ë ¿U — ŸÊ◊ ‡ÊÎ ª Ê‹— ‚◊ʪë¿U à ˜ – ‚ ø ÿÊflØ ¬‡ÿÁÃ
ÃÊflØ Á‚¢ „ U ¬ Œ¬hÁ× ªÈ „ U Ê ÿÊ¢ ¬˝ Á flc≈Ê, Ÿ ø ’Á„U ⁄ U Ê ªÃÊ •¬‡ÿØ – ‡ÊΪʋ— •ÁøãÃÿØ - ““•„UÙ
ÁflŸc≈UÙ˘ÁS◊ – ŸÍŸ◊˜ •ÁS◊Ÿ˜ Á’‹ Á‚¢„U— •SÃËÁà Ã∑¸§ÿÊÁ◊ – ÃØ Á∑¢§ ∑§⁄UflÊÁáÊ ?”” ∞fl¢ ÁflÁøãàÿ
ŒÍ⁄USÕ— ⁄Ufl¢ ∑§Ãȸ◊Ê⁄U霗 - ““÷Ù Á’‹ ! ÷Ù Á’‹ ! Á∑§◊˜ Ÿ S◊⁄UÁ‚ ÿã◊ÿÊ àflÿÊ ‚„U ‚◊ÿ— ∑ΧÃÙ˘ÁSÃ
ÿØ ÿŒÊ„¢U ’ÊsÔ× ¬˝àÿʪÁ◊cÿÊÁ◊ ÃŒÊ
àfl¢ ◊Ê◊˜ •Ê∑§Ê⁄UÁÿcÿÁ‚ ? ÿÁŒ àfl¢ ◊Ê¢
Ÿ •ÊuÔUÿÁ‚ ÃÁ„¸U •„¢U ÁmÃËÿ¢ Á’‹¢
ÿÊSÿÊÁ◊ ßÁà –””
•Õ ∞Ãë¿˛‰àflÊ Á‚¢„U— •ÁøãÃÿØ
- “ŸÍŸ◊·Ê ªÈ„UÊ SflÊÁ◊Ÿ— ‚ŒÊ ‚◊ÊuÔUÊŸ¢
∑§⁄UÙÁà – ¬⁄UãÃÈ ◊jÿÊØ Ÿ Á∑§ÁÜøØ
flŒÁà –” ÃŒ„U ◊ ˜ •Sÿ •ÊuÔ U Ê Ÿ¢
∑§⁄UÙÁ◊ – ∞fl¢ ‚— Á’‹ ¬˝Áfl‡ÿ ◊
÷ÙÖÿ¢ ÷ÁflcÿÁà – ßàÕ¢ ÁfløÊÿ¸ Á‚¢„U—

Á’‹Sÿ flÊáÊË Ÿ ∑§ŒÊÁ¬ ◊ üÊÈÃÊ 71

‚„U‚Ê ‡ÊΪʋSÿ •ÊuÔUÊŸ◊∑§⁄UÙØ – Á‚¢„USÿ ©Uìʪ¡¸ŸSÿ ¬˝ÁÃäflÁŸŸÊ ‚Ê ªÈ„UÊ ©UìÊÒ— ‡ÊΪʋ◊˜ •ÊuÔÿØ – •ŸŸ
•ãÿ˘Á¬ U¬‡Êfl— ÷ÿ÷ËÃÊ— •÷flŸ˜ – ‡ÊÎªÊ‹Ù˘Á¬ Ã× ŒÍ⁄¢U ¬‹Êÿ◊ÊŸ— ß◊◊¬∆UØ -
•ŸÊªÃ¢ ÿ— ∑È § L§Ã ‚ ‡ÊÙ÷Ã
‚ ‡ÊÙëÿÃ ÿÙ Ÿ ∑§⁄UÙàÿŸÊªÃ◊˜ –
flŸ ˘ òÊ ‚¢ S ÕSÿ ‚◊ʪÃÊ ¡⁄UÊ
Á’‹Sÿ flÊáÊË Ÿ ∑§ŒÊÁ¬ ◊ üÊÈÃÊ ––
Glossary

Noun : (masc.) : (π⁄UŸπ⁄U— this is a name) ˇÊÈœÊø— one suffering from hunger
¡Ëfl— being ÁŸªÍ…U— hidden (ŒÁœ¬Èë¿U— name of a fox) ‡ÊΪʋ— fox ⁄fl— noise, sound
‚◊ÿ— condition, rule
(Fem.) : ªÈ„UÊ cave Á‚¢„U¬Œ¬hÁ× foot print of a lion ¬˝ÁÃäflÁŸ— echo ¡⁄UÊ oldage

(Neu.) : Á’‹◊˜ hole ÷ÿ◊˜ fear

Pronoun : ∞ÃSÿÊ◊˜ in this (fem.) ∞ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ in this (masc.) •ÁS◊Ÿ˜ in this (masc.)
◊ÿÊ by me àflÿÊ by you ◊Ê◊˜ to me ∞·Ê this (fem.) •Sÿ of this •Ÿ Ÿ by this
•ãÿ others ß◊◊˜ to him (masc.) ◊ my (this is an optional form of ◊◊ genetive singular
of •S◊Œ˜ and it is never used in the beginning of a sentence.)

Adjective : ŒÍ⁄USÕ who stays far ∑Χà done •ŸÊªÃ one who has not come

Adverb : ∑§ÁS◊¢ Á pØ some one Á∑§Á@ŒÁ¬ even little •òÊÒ fl here only ÿÊflØ as long
as ÃÊflØ till then ’ÊsÔ Ã — from outside •Õ now ∞fl◊˜ thus ßàÕ◊˜ in this way
‚„U ‚ Ê suddenly ©U ì ÊÒ — loudly
Compound : ˇÊÈœÊø— (ˇÊÈœÿÊ •Êø—, ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‚ÍÿʸSÂ◊ÿ (‚Íÿ¸Sÿ •S× ‚ÍÿʸS× –
‚Í ÿ ʸ S ÃSÿ ‚◊ÿ— ‚Í ÿ ʸ S Â◊ÿ—, ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ – ·c∆U Ë Ãà¬È L §·) – Á‚¢ „ U ¬ Œ¬hÁ× (Á‚¢ „ U S ÿ ¬ŒÊÁŸ
Á‚¢„U¬ŒÊÁŸ – Á‚¢„U¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ ¬hÁ× Á‚¢„U¬Œ¬hÁ× – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) ÷ÿ÷ËÃÊ— (÷ÿŸ ÷ËÃÊ—, ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·)
•ŸÊªÃ◊˜ (Ÿ •ÊªÃ◊˜ •ŸÊªÃ◊˜, ŸÜʘ Ãà¬È.)
Participle : ≤c≈˜flÊ (≤‡Ê˜ + àflÊ) – ÷ÍàflÊ (÷Í + àflÊ) – üÊÈàflÊ (üÊÈ + àflÊ) –
¬˝Áfl‡ÿ (¬˝ + Áfl‡Ê˜ + àflÊ > ÿ) –U
Root : First Gana (Parasmaipada) ¬˝Áà + fl‚˜ (¬˝ÁÃfl‚ÁÃ) to live, to stay
S◊Î (S◊⁄UÁÃ) to remember ¬˝Áà + •Ê + ª◊˜ - ªë¿˜ (¬˝àÿʪë¿UÁÃ)U to come back, to return
•Ê + uU - uÔUÿ˜ (•ÊuÔUÿÁÃ) to call ¬∆U˜ (¬∆UÁÃ) to read, to study
(Atmanepada) ‡ÊÈ÷˜ (‡ÊÙ÷Ã) to adorn

Tenth Gana (Parasmaipada) Ã∑¸˜§ (Ã∑¸§ÿÁÃ) to imagine, to guess

72 Sanskrit 9
 Notes

(1) Meaning : ¬Á⁄U÷˝◊Ÿ˜ wandering ˇÊÈœÊø— hungry ÁŸªÍ…UÙ ÷ÍàflÊ having hidden Ã∑¸§ÿÊÁ◊ I
think, to guess Á∑¢§ ∑§⁄UflÊÁáÊ what do I do ? ŒÍ⁄USÕ— standing far away •Ê∑§Ê⁄UÁÿcÿÁà you will
welcome / call ÷ÙÖÿ◊˜ food, meal •ÊuÔUÊŸ◊∑§⁄UÙØ called ©Uìʪ¡¸ŸSÿ of loud roaring
¬‹Êÿ◊ÊŸ— running away ∑ȧL§Ã does ‡ÊÙëÿÃ is grieved for ‚¢SÕSÿ to one who is residing /
staying Ÿ ∑§ŒÊÁ¬ ◊ üÊÈÃÊ I have never heard

(2) Sandhi : ßÃSÃ× (ß× Ã×) – ∑§Ù˘Á¬ (∑§— •Á¬) – •òÊÒfl (•òÊ ∞fl) – ÁŸªÍ…UÙ ÷ÍàflÊ
(ÁŸªÍ…U— ÷ÍàflÊ) – ’Á„U⁄UʪÃÊ (’Á„U— •ÊªÃÊ) – ÁflŸc≈UÙ˘ÁS◊ (ÁflŸc≈U— •ÁS◊) – ÿã◊ÿÊ (ÿØ
◊ÿÊ) – ∑ΧÃÙ˘ÁSà (∑Χ× •ÁSÃ) – ÿŒÊ„U◊˜ (ÿŒÊ •„U◊˜) – ∞Ãë¿˛‰UàflÊ (∞ÃØ üÊÈàflÊ) – •ãÿ˘Á¬ (•ãÿ
•Á¬) – ‡ÊÎªÊ‹Ù˘Á¬ (‡ÊΪʋ— •Á¬) – ∑§⁄UÙàÿŸÊªÃ◊˜ (∑§⁄UÙÁà •ŸÊªÃ◊˜)– flŸ˘òÊ (flŸ •òÊ) –
Exercise

1. Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –

(1) ∑§ËŒÎ‡Ê— Á‚¢„U— flŸ ß× Ã× ¬Á⁄U÷˝◊áÊ◊˜ •∑§⁄UÙØ ?
(∑§) ÃηÊø— (π) ˇÊÈœÊø— (ª) ÷ÿÊø— (ÉÊ) ÁŸªÍ…—
(2) ‡ÊΪʋSÿ ŸÊ◊ Á∑§◊˜ •Ê‚ËØ ?
(∑§) π⁄UŸπ⁄U— (π) ◊ŒÙã◊ûÊ— (ª) ŒËÉʸ¬Èë¿U— (ÉÊ) ŒÁœ¬Èë¿U—
(3) ‡ÊΪʋSÿ ªÈ„UÊÿÊ¢ ∑§— ¬˝ÁflCÔU— ?
(∑§) ‡ÊΪʋ— (π) Á‚¢„U— (ª) ª¡— (ÉÊ) ‡Ê‡Ê∑§—
2. ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ‚ÍÿʸSÂ◊ÿ Á‚¢„U— Á∑§◊˜ •¬‡ÿØ ?
(2) ‡ÊΪʋ— ∑§Sÿ ¬Œ¬hÁÃ◊˜ •¬‡ÿØ ?
(3) ‡ÊΪʋSÿ fløŸ¢ üÊÈàflÊ Á‚¢„U— Á∑§◊˜ •∑§⁄UÙØ ?
(4) Á’‹Sÿ flÊáÊË Ÿ ∑§ŒÊÁ¬ ◊ üÊÈÃÊ - ßÁà flÊÄÿ¢ ∑§— flŒÁà ?
3. ÉÊ≈UŸÊ-∑˝§◊ÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U flÊÄÿÊÁŸ Á‹πà –
(1) ‡ÊΪʋ— •Á¬ Ã× ŒÍ⁄¢U ¬‹Êÿ◊ÊŸ— ß◊◊˜ •¬∆UØ –
(2) ˇÊÈœÊø— Á‚¢„U— Á∑§ÁÜøŒÁ¬ •Ê„UÊ⁄¢U Ÿ •‹÷à –
(3) ßàÕ¢ ÁfløÊÿ¸ Á‚¢„U— ‚„U‚Ê ‡ÊΪʋSÿ •ÊuÔUÊŸ◊˜ •∑§⁄UÙØ –
(4) ÷Ù Á’‹ ! ÷Ù Á’‹ ! Á∑¢§ Ÿ S◊⁄UÁ‚ –
(5) •Ã— •òÊÒfl ÁŸªÍ…UÙ ÷ÍàflÊ ÁÃc∆UÊÁ◊ –
(6) ÿÁŒ àfl¢ ◊Ê¢ Ÿ •ÊuÔUÿÁ‚ ÃÁ„¸U •„¢U ÁmÃËÿ¢ Á’‹¢ ÿÊSÿÊÁ◊ –

Á’‹Sÿ flÊáÊË Ÿ ∑§ŒÊÁ¬ ◊ üÊÈÃÊ 73

4. ∑ΧŒãì˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ŒÎc≈U˜flÊ ............... (2) ÷ÍàflÊ ............... (3) ÁflÁøãàÿ ...............
(4) ∑§Ãȸ◊˜ ............... (5) ¬˝Áfl‡ÿ ...............
5. S◊-¬˝ÿÙªáÊ Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊÁŸ ¬Á⁄Ufløÿà –
(1) •ÁøãÃÿØ (2) •ªë¿UØ (3) •¬∆UØ (4) •fl‚Ø
6. ‚◊Ê‚¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ‚ÍÿʸS× (2) ¬Œ¬hÁ× (3) ÷ÿ÷ËÃÊ— (4) ª¡¸Ÿ¬˝ÁÃäflÁŸ—
7. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) What did the lion think looking at the cave in the evening ?
(2) What did the jackal, the owner of cave think seeing the foot-prints near his cave ?
(3) Staying away from the cave, what condition did the jackal remind the cave of ?
(4) What is the moral of this story ?
(5) What did the jackal say while going ?
8. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ •ŸÈflÊŒ¢ Á‹πà –
(1) •Ã— •òÊÒfl ÁŸªÍ…UÙ ÷ÍàflÊ ÁÃDÔUÊÁ◊ –
(2) ŸÍŸ◊˜ •ÁS◊Ÿ˜ Á’‹ Á‚¢„U— ßÁà Ã∑¸§ÿÊÁ◊ –
(3) ÿÁŒ àfl¢ ◊Ê¢ Ÿ •ÊuÔUÿÁ‚ ÃÁ„¸U •„¢U ÁmÃËÿ¢ Á’‹¢ ÿÊSÿÊÁ◊ –
(4) ∞fl¢ ‚— Á’‹ ¬˝Áfl‡ÿ ◊ ÷ÙÖÿ¢ ÷ÁflcÿÁà –
(5) •ŸŸ •ãÿ •Á¬ ¬‡Êfl— ÷ÿ÷ËÃÊ— •÷flŸ˜ –
(6) Á’‹Sÿ flÊáÊË Ÿ ∑§ŒÊÁ¬ ◊ üÊÈÃÊ –
9. •√ÿÿ¬ŒÊŸÊ◊˜ •ÕZ Á‹πà –
(1) ÿŒÊ ............... (2) ÃÕÊ ............... (3) ∑ȧòÊ ...............
(4) ß× ............... (5) ‚fl¸ŒÊ ...............

Activity
à Write a story of any animal in your own words.

74 Sanskrit 9
 19. ÁflŸÙŒ¬lÊÁŸ
[There are many characteristics of Sanskrit like proper connection of words in a
sentence, Sandhi, Samasa (compound), multiple meanings of a word etc. Poets have
made a combination of these characteristics in order to create wonders in their
literature. In this way, they have received immense praise through their works. Many
poets have attained immortality by the composition of unique verses.
We find many anthologies of such compositions. From all those we present just
eight verses here. Of these the first five are of the ‘Prahelika’ form. The next five have
been selected keeping in mind the characteristics mentioned above and are of different
types of unique verses.
By studying the following aesthetic verses, in addition to experiencing joy one
will also learn about the speciality of various things, certain historical facts as well as
moral values.]
∑¢§ ‚¢¡ÉÊÊŸ ∑ΧcáÊ— ∑§Ê ‡ÊËËflÊÁ„UŸË ªæU˜ªÊ –
∑§ ŒÊ⁄U¬Ù·áÊ⁄UÃÊ— ∑¢§ ’‹flãâ Ÿ ’ÊœÃ ‡ÊËÃ◊˜ H 1H
ÃÊÃŸ ∑§ÁÕâ ¬ÈòÊ ‹π¢ Á‹π ◊◊ÊôÊÿÊ –
Ÿ ÃŸ Á‹ÁπÃÙ ‹π— Á¬ÃÈ⁄UÊôÊÊ Ÿ ‹ÙÁ¬ÃÊ H 2H
‚Ë◊ÁãÃŸË·È ∑§Ê ‡ÊÊãÃÊ ⁄UÊ¡Ê ∑§Ù˘÷ÍØ ªÈáÊÙûÊ◊— –
ÁflmÁj— ∑§Ê ‚ŒÊ flãlÊ øÊòÊÒflÙÄâ Ÿ ’ÈäÿÃ H 3H
fl˝¡Áãà ¬kÊÁŸ ∑§ŒÊ Áfl∑§Ê‚◊˜
Á¬˝ÿÊ ªÃ ÷øÁ⁄U Á∑¢§ ∑§⁄UÙÁà –
⁄UÊòÊı ø ÁŸàÿ¢ Áfl⁄U„UÊÃÈ⁄UÊ ∑§Ê
‚ÍÿÙ¸Œÿ ⁄UÙÁŒÁà ø∑˝§flÊ∑§Ë H 4H
•ÊŒı Ÿ∑§Ê⁄U— ¬⁄UÃÙ Ÿ∑§Ê⁄U— ◊äÿ Ÿ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ „UÃÙ Œ∑§Ê⁄U— –
∞fl¢ Ÿ∑§Ê⁄UòÊÿ‚¢ÿÈÃSÿ ∑§Ê ŒÊŸ‡ÊÁÄ× π‹È ŸãŒŸSÿ H 5H

ÁflŸÙŒ¬lÊÁŸ 75
 19. ÁflŸÙŒ¬lÊÁŸ
[There are many characteristics of Sanskrit like proper connection of words in a
sentence, Sandhi, Samasa (compound), multiple meanings of a word etc. Poets have
made a combination of these characteristics in order to create wonders in their
literature. In this way, they have received immense praise through their works. Many
poets have attained immortality by the composition of unique verses.
We find many anthologies of such compositions. From all those we present just
eight verses here. Of these the first five are of the ‘Prahelika’ form. The next five have
been selected keeping in mind the characteristics mentioned above and are of different
types of unique verses.
By studying the following aesthetic verses, in addition to experiencing joy one
will also learn about the speciality of various things, certain historical facts as well as
moral values.]
∑¢§ ‚¢¡ÉÊÊŸ ∑ΧcáÊ— ∑§Ê ‡ÊËËflÊÁ„UŸË ªæU˜ªÊ –
∑§ ŒÊ⁄U¬Ù·áÊ⁄UÃÊ— ∑¢§ ’‹flãâ Ÿ ’ÊœÃ ‡ÊËÃ◊˜ H 1H
ÃÊÃŸ ∑§ÁÕâ ¬ÈòÊ ‹π¢ Á‹π ◊◊ÊôÊÿÊ –
Ÿ ÃŸ Á‹ÁπÃÙ ‹π— Á¬ÃÈ⁄UÊôÊÊ Ÿ ‹ÙÁ¬ÃÊ H 2H
‚Ë◊ÁãÃŸË·È ∑§Ê ‡ÊÊãÃÊ ⁄UÊ¡Ê ∑§Ù˘÷ÍØ ªÈáÊÙûÊ◊— –
ÁflmÁj— ∑§Ê ‚ŒÊ flãlÊ øÊòÊÒflÙÄâ Ÿ ’ÈäÿÃ H 3H
fl˝¡Áãà ¬kÊÁŸ ∑§ŒÊ Áfl∑§Ê‚◊˜
Á¬˝ÿÊ ªÃ ÷øÁ⁄U Á∑¢§ ∑§⁄UÙÁà –
⁄UÊòÊı ø ÁŸàÿ¢ Áfl⁄U„UÊÃÈ⁄UÊ ∑§Ê
‚ÍÿÙ¸Œÿ ⁄UÙÁŒÁà ø∑˝§flÊ∑§Ë H 4H
•ÊŒı Ÿ∑§Ê⁄U— ¬⁄UÃÙ Ÿ∑§Ê⁄U— ◊äÿ Ÿ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ „UÃÙ Œ∑§Ê⁄U— –
∞fl¢ Ÿ∑§Ê⁄UòÊÿ‚¢ÿÈÃSÿ ∑§Ê ŒÊŸ‡ÊÁÄ× π‹È ŸãŒŸSÿ H 5H

ÁflŸÙŒ¬lÊÁŸ 75
 ∞∑§Ù Ÿ Áfl¢‡ÊÁ× SòÊËáÊÊ¢ SŸÊŸÊÕZ ‚⁄UÿÈ¢ ªÃÊ— –
Áfl¢‡ÊÁ× ¬ÈŸ⁄UÊÿÊÃÊ— ∞∑§Ù √ÿÊÉÊ˝áÊ ÷ÁˇÊ× H 6H
ÃÈ⁄UÙ˘„¢U ¬˝Õ◊¢ Á„UàflÊ ø⁄UÙ˘ÁS◊ ◊äÿ◊¢ ÁflŸÊ –
•Êl◊äÿÊÁãÃ◊ÒÿȸÄ× ∑§Ù ÷flÊÁ◊ flŒãÃÈ ÷Ù— H 7H
•„¢U ø àfl¢ ø ⁄UÊ¡ãº˝ ‹Ù∑§ŸÊÕÊflÈ÷ÊflÁ¬ –
’„È U fl ˝ Ë Á„U ⁄ U „ ¢ U ⁄U Ê ¡Ÿ˜ ·DÔ U Ë Ãà¬È L §·Ù ÷flÊŸ˜ H 8 H
Glossary

Noun — (masc.) — ‹π— an article Ÿ∑§Ê⁄U— letter “Ÿ” of alphabet Œ∑§Ê⁄U— letter “Œ” of
alphabet ŸãŒŸ name of a man (here in the beginning and at the end letter “Ÿ” negative
meaning ‘not’ and “Œ” had the meaning ‘donate / give’. But that disappeared as the letter “Ÿ˜”
comes in between in word ŸãŒŸ. So how can Nandana give charity ? This secret is hidden
here.) ’„ÈUfl˝ËÁ„U— a name of compound ·DÔUË Ãà¬ÈL§·— a name of a compound.

(Fem.) — ªæ˜UªÊ river Ganga ‚Ë◊ÁãÃŸË woman who is married Á¬˝ÿÊ beloved, wife
ø∑˝§flÊ∑§Ë femal Chakravaka bird Áfl¢‡ÊÁà twenty (number) ‚⁄UÿÈ river Sarayu (Ayodhya is
situated on its bank.)

(Neu.) — ‡ÊËÃ◊˜ coolness ¬k◊˜ lotus

Compound — ªÈáÊÙûÊ◊— (ªÈáÊ·È ©UûÊ◊— – ‚åÃ◊Ë Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Áfl⁄U„UÊÃÈ⁄UÊ (Áfl⁄U„UáÊ •ÊÃÈ⁄UÊ – ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ãà¬ÈL§·)
‚ÍÿÙ¸Œÿ (‚Íÿ¸Sÿ ©UŒÿ— ‚ÍÿÙ¸Œÿ—, ÃÁS◊ãʘ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ŒÊŸ‡ÊÁÄ× (ŒÊŸSÿ ‡ÊÁÄ× – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·)
•Êl◊äÿÊÁãÃ◊Ò— (•Êl— ø ◊äÿ— ø •ÁãÃ◊— ø •Êl◊äÿÊÁãÃ◊Ê—, ÃÒ— – ßÃ⁄UÃ⁄U mãm) – ⁄UÊ¡ãº˝— (⁄UÊôÊÊ◊˜ ßãº˝—,
·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ‹Ù∑§ŸÊÕı (’„ÈUfl˝ËÁ„U¬ˇÊ - ‹Ù∑§Ê— ¡ŸÊ— ŸÊÕÊ— SflÊÁ◊Ÿ— ÿSÿ ‚— - ∞fl¢Áflœ— •„U◊˜ - ÁŸœ¸Ÿ—,
ÿÊø∑§àflÊØ – ·DÔUËÃà¬ÈL§·¬ˇÊ - ‹Ù∑§ÊŸÊ◊˜ ¡ŸÊŸÊ◊˜ ŸÊÕ— SflÊ◊Ë - ∞fl¢Áflœ—, àfl◊˜ ⁄UÊ¡Ê, ¬Ê‹∑§àflÊØ –)
Root : First Gana : (Atmanepada) ’Êœ˜ (’ÊœÃ) to harrass, to disturb, to trouble

Fourth Gana : (Atmanepada) ’Èœ˜ (’ÈäÿÃ) to know

Notes
(1) Meaning — ∑¢§ ‚¢¡ÉÊÊŸ who killed ? (In other context ∑¢§‚¢ ¡ÉÊÊŸ killed Kansa)
∑§Ê ‡ÊËËflÊÁ„UŸË who gives coolness. (In other context ∑§Ê‡ÊËËflÊÁ„UŸË flowing in the plains of
Kashi) ∑§ ŒÊ⁄U¬Ù·áÊ⁄UÃÊ— who are busy in maintaing family (In other context ∑§ŒÊ⁄U¬Ù·áÊ⁄UÃÊ— busy
in looking after farm/field (Kedar) ∑¢§ ’‹flãÃ◊˜ to which strong person (In other context -
∑§ê’‹flãÃ◊˜ one having blanket) Ÿ ÃŸ not by him (ŸÃŸ - he, who is humble in other context)
‚Ë◊ÁãÃŸË·È ∑§Ê ‡ÊÊãÃÊ who is calm among married women (By placing first and last letter of
the charan together we get answer - ‚ËÃÊ – In the same way, answers of other charan are

76 Sanskrit 9
- Rama, Vidya) •òÊÒflÙÄÃ◊˜ Ÿ ’ÈäÿÃ It is given here, but not understood ªÃ ÷øÁ⁄U when the
husband dies ⁄U Ù ÁŒÁà weeps Ÿ∑§Ê⁄U ò Êÿ‚¢ ÿ È Ã Sÿ ŸãŒŸSÿ by Nandan a who includes letter Ÿ
thrice ∞∑§Ù Ÿ Áfl¢ ‡ ÊÁ× SòÊËáÊÊ◊˜ one man and twenty women (in other context - ∞∑§ÙŸÁfl¢ ‡ ÊÁÃ
SòÊËáÊÊ◊˜ Nineteen of those ladies) ÃÈ⁄UÙ˘„¢U ¬˝Õ◊¢ Á„UàflÊ I am ÃÈ⁄U in absence of first letter
ø⁄UÙ˘ÁS◊ ◊äÿ◊¢ ÁflŸÊ I am ‘ø⁄’ in absence of middle letter •Êl◊äÿÊÁãÃ◊Òÿȸ Ä× that which is
joined with the first, middle and last letter ∑§— ÷flÊÁ◊ who I would be ? flŒãÃÈ say, tell
‹Ù∑§ŸÊÕÊflÈ÷ÊflÁ¬ we both are Lokanatha.
(2) Sandhi — øÊòÊÒflÙÄÃ◊˜ (ø •òÊ ∞fl ©UÄÃ◊˜) – ÃÈ⁄UÙ˘„U◊˜ (ÃÈ⁄U— •„U◊˜) – ∑§Ù ÷flÊÁ◊ (∑§—
÷flÊÁ◊) – ‹Ù∑§ŸÊÕÊflÈ÷ÊflÁ¬ (‹Ù∑§ŸÊÕı ©U÷ı •Á¬) – ’„ÈUfl˝ËÁ„U⁄U„U◊˜ (’„ÈUfl˝ËÁ„U— •„U◊˜) –

Exercies

1. Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøàflÊ Á‹πà –

(1) ∑¢§‚¢ ∑§— ¡ÉÊÊŸ ?

(∑§) ∑ΧcáÊ— (π) ÷Ë◊— (ª) ’‹⁄UÊ◊— (ÉÊ) ©Uª˝‚Ÿ—

(2) ∑§Ÿ ∑§ÁÕâ ¬ÈòÊ ‹π¢ Á‹π ßÁà ?

(∑§) ∑ΧcáÊŸ (π) Á◊òÊáÊ (ª) ÃÊÃŸ (ÉÊ) Sflÿ◊fl

(3) ⁄UÊ¡Ê ∑§— •÷ÍØ ªÈáÊÙûÊ◊— ?

(∑§) ÿÈÁœÁc∆U⁄U— (π) ⁄UÊ◊— (ª) ∑ΧcáÊ— (ÉÊ) Áfl÷Ë·áÊ—

(4) fl˝¡Áãà ¬kÊÁŸ ∑§ŒÊ Áfl∑§Ê‚◊˜ ?

(∑§) ‚ÍÿÙ¸Œÿ (π) ¬˝Ê×∑§Ê‹ (ª) ¬˝÷ÊÃ (ÉÊ) ◊äÿÊ„U˜Ÿ

(5) ∞∑§— ∑§Ÿ ÷ÁˇÊ× ?

(∑§) Á‚¢„UŸ (π) √ÿÊÉÊ˝áÊ (ª) ⁄UÙªáÊ (ÉÊ) äflÁŸŸÊ

2. ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄U¢ Á‹πà –
(1) ¬ÈòÊáÊ ∑§Sÿ •ÊôÊÊ Ÿ ‹ÙÁ¬ÃÊ ?
(2) ø∑˝§flÊ∑§Ë ∑§ŒÊ Áfl⁄U„UÊÃÈ⁄UÊ ÷flÁà ?
(3) Á¬˝ÿÊ ªÃ ÷øÁ⁄U Á∑¢§ ∑§⁄UÙÁà ?
(4) Ÿ∑§Ê⁄UòÊÿ‚¢ÿÈÄÃSÿ ŸãŒŸSÿ ∑§Ê ŸÊÁSà ?
(5) ÁflmÁj— ∑§Ê ‚ŒÊ flãlÊ ?
(6) ‡ÊËâ ∑¢§ Ÿ ’ÊœÃ ?

ÁflŸÙŒ¬lÊÁŸ 77
3. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ ‚◊Ê‚¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ªÈáÊÙûÊ◊— ............... (2) Áfl⁄U„UÊÃÈ⁄UÊ ............... (3) ‚ÍÿÙ¸Œÿ— ...............
(4) ŒÊŸ‡ÊÁÄ× ............... (5) ‹Ù∑§ŸÊÕ— ...............
4. ¬˝ŒûÊÊŸ˜ ‡ÊéŒÊŸ˜ ¬˝ÿÈÖÿ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ Áfl⁄Uøÿà –
(1) What a powerful man does not suffer from cold ?
(Á∑§◊˜ ’‹flØ ‡ÊËà Ÿ ’Êœ˜ –)
(2) King Rama has best qualities.
(ŸÎ¬ ⁄UÊ◊ ªÈáÊÙûÊ◊ •‚˜ –)
(3) When does a lotus blossom ?
(¬k ∑§ŒÊ Áfl∑§Ê‚ fl˝¡˜ ?)
(4) There is ‘Ÿ’ in the beginning and at the end.
(•ÊÁŒ Ÿ∑§Ê⁄U •‚˜ ¬⁄U× •Á¬ Ÿ∑§Ê⁄U •‚˜ –)
(5) I am ÃÈ⁄U when first letter is removed.
(¬˝Õ◊ Áfl + „UÊ + àflÊ > ÿ •S◊Œ˜ “ÃÈ⁄U” •‚˜ –)
5. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄Uà –
(1) ∑¢§ ‚¢¡ÉÊÊŸ ∑ΧcáÊ— – What are the two meanings of this sentence ?
(2) Why is Nandana not able to donate ?
(3) In fact how many persons went for bathing ?
(4) Why a king and a beggar are called Lokanatha ?
6. f‹Ù∑§ÊŸŸÈ‹ˇÿ ÿÕÊÿÙÇÿ¢ ‚¢ÿÙ¡ÿà –
∑§ π
(1) ∞∑§Ù Ÿ Áfl¢‡ÊÁ× SòÊËáÊÊ◊˜ (1) øÊòÊÒflÙÄâ Ÿ ’ÈäÿÃ –
(2) ’„ÈUfl˝ËÁ„U⁄U„¢U ⁄UÊ¡Ÿ˜ (2) SŸÊŸÊÕZ ‚⁄UÿÈ¢ ªÃÊ –
(3) ÁflmÁj— ‚ŒÊ flãlÊ (3) π‹È ŸãŒŸSÿ –
(4) ÃÊÃŸ ∑§ÁÕâ ¬ÈòÊ (4) ¬Êá«UflÊ— „U·¸◊ʪÃÊ— –
(5) ∑§Ê ŒÊŸ‡ÊÁÄ× (5) ·DÔUËÃà¬ÈL§·Ù ÷flÊŸ˜ –
(6) ‹π¢ Á‹π ◊◊ÊôÊÿÊ –

Activity
à Collect riddles in other languages.
à Collect the compounds having dual meaning like ‘Lokanatha’ and write meaning
of them.
à Collect Sanskrit sentences having more than one meaning.
à
78 Sanskrit 9
 20. ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— flÒÁ‡Êc≈U˜ÿ◊˜

[Sanskrit has many distinguishing qualities. First, it is an ancient language of our

country. Secondly, it is our cultural national language. It is the bearer for India’s ancient
culture and civilization. Moreover, Sanskrit is the mother of not only Indian languages
but also of many languages of the world.
The fame of Sanskrit is universal. But it is no longer the language of everyday use
as it once was in the past. Hence people are not able to feel a sense of oneness with
the language. Mankind should come to know the greatness of Sanskrit. In this lesson,
an attempt has been made to move in that direction.
A beginning is being made here to explain the special features of Sanskrit, the
ability the language has for expression and the various alternatives that exist for this
expression.]

flÿ¢ ¡ÊŸË◊— ÿØ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·Ê ‚flʸ‚Ê¢ ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ÷Ê·ÊáÊÊ¢ ¡ŸŸË fløÃ – •Õ ø ‚¢‚Ê⁄U ÿÊ— ÷Ê·Ê—
‚Áãà ÃÊ‚È ‚Ê ¬˝ÊøËŸÃ◊Ê ÷Ê·Ê – •SÿÊ— ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— •Ÿ∑§Áflœ¢ flÒÁ‡ÊCÔU˜ÿ◊˜ •ÁSà – •òÊ ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊM§¬áÊ
Á∑§ÁÜøØ flÒÁ‡Êc≈˜ÿ¢ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸ÿÊ◊— –
¬˝Õ◊¢ flÒÁ‡ÊCÔ˜ÿ◊˜ – ‚¢‚Ê⁄USÿ ‚◊SÃ·È ¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê‹ÿ·È ¬˝ÊøËŸÃ◊— ª˝ãÕ— fløÃ ´§ÇflŒ— – •ÿ◊Á¬
‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— ∞fl ª˝ãÕ— – ∞fl¢ ‚¢‚Ê⁄USÿ ¬˝Õ◊¢ ¬ÈSÃ∑§◊Á¬ ‚¢S∑ΧÃSÿÒfl fløÃ Ÿ ÃÈ ∑§SÿÊÁpØ •ãÿSÿÊ—
÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— –

‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— flÒÁ‡Êc≈U˜ÿ◊˜ 79
 ÁmÃËÿ¢ flÒÁ‡ÊCÔ˜Uÿ◊˜ – ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— ÿÊ fláʸ◊Ê‹Ê •ÁSÃ, ÃòÊ ÿ— fláʸ∑˝§◊— ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄U× fløÃ, ‚—
flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§— ÃÊÁ∑¸§∑§— ø •ÁSà – ¬˝∑ΧÁÃ× ‚fl¸èÿ— ◊ÊŸflèÿ— ÿØ ©UìÊÊ⁄UáÊÃãòÊ¢ ¬˝ÊåÃ◊˜ •ÁSÃ, ÃSÿ •ŸÈ‚⁄UáÊ¢
∑ΧàflÊ •òÊ fláʸ◊Ê‹ÊÿÊ¢ fláÊʸŸÊ¢ ∑˝§◊— ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃÙ fløÃ – ©UìÊÊ⁄UáÊÃãòÊSÿ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U◊˜ •∑§Ê⁄USÿ ©UìÊÊ⁄UáÊ◊˜
¬˝Õ◊¢ ÷flÁà – •Ã— fláʸ◊Ê‹ÊÿÊ◊˜ •∑§Ê⁄U— ¬˝Õ◊— fløÃ – ∞fl◊fl √ÿÜ¡ŸfláÊ¸·È ∑§∑§Ê⁄USÿ ∑˝§◊— ¬ÍflZ
ø∑§Ê⁄USÿ ø ∑˝§◊— ¬pÊØ fløÃ ÃSÿÊÁ¬ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊÁ◊Œ◊fl – •ãÿÊ‚È ÷Ê·Ê‚È ÿÊ— fláʸ◊Ê‹Ê— ‚ÁãÃ, ÃòÊ
∞Ãʌ·ʗ ÃÊÁ∑¸§∑§— flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§p ∑˝§◊— Ÿ Á◊‹Áà –
ÃÎÃËÿ¢ flÒÁ‡Êc≈˜Uÿ◊˜ – •ÊøÊÿ¸áÊ ¬ÊÁáÊÁŸŸÊ Áfl⁄UÁøÃ◊˜ •CÔUÊäÿÊÿËŸÊêŸÊ ¬˝Á‚h¢ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ√ÿÊ∑§⁄UáÊ¢
◊ÊŸfl◊ÁSÃc∑§Sÿ ‚flÙ¸ûÊ◊Ê ∑ΧÁ× fløÃ – ∞Ãʌ·ʢ √ÿÊ∑§⁄UáÊ◊˜ •ãÿòÊ Ÿ ©U¬‹èÿÃ –
øÃÈÕZ flÒÁ‡ÊCÔU˜ÿ◊˜ – ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ¢ ◊„UÊ÷Ê⁄UßÊêŸÊ ¬˝Á‚h— ∞∑§— ª˝ãÕ— fløÃ – ‚— ‹ˇÊf‹Ù∑§-
¬Á⁄U Á ◊× – ∞Ãʌ·ʗ Áfl‡ÊÊ‹∑§Êÿ— ª˝ãÕ— ÁŸÁπ‹˘Á¬ ‚¢‚Ê⁄U ŸÊÁSà – ߌ◊Á¬ ‚¢S∑ΧÃSÿ •¬⁄U¢
flÒÁ‡ÊCÔU˜ÿ◊˜ –
¬Üø◊¢ flÒÁ‡Êc≈U˜ÿ◊˜ – ⁄UÊ◊ÊÿáÊ◊˜ ŸÊ◊ ‚Ȭ˝Á‚h◊˜ •ÊÁŒ∑§Ê√ÿ◊˜ •ÁSà – ¬È⁄UÊß ÷Ê⁄UÃ •ÿ¢ ª˝ãÕ— •Ÿ∑§Ê‚È
Á‹Á¬·È Á‹Áπ× – ‚ê¬˝Áà ‚— ŸflÊ⁄UË, ◊ÒÁÕ‹Ë, ’¢ªÊ‹Ë, ŒflŸÊª⁄UË, Ã‹ªÈ, ª˝ãÕ, ◊‹ÿÊ‹◊, ‡ÊÊ⁄UŒÊ ßàÿÊÁŒ·È
Á‹Á¬·È Á‹Áπ× Á◊‹Áà –
‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— ∞Ãʌ·ÊÊ— ’„UflÙ ª˝ãÕÊ—
‚Áãà ÿ ¬˝ÊøËŸ∑§Ê‹ •Ÿ∑§Ê‚È Á‹Á¬·È
Á‹ÁπÃÊ— – ∞Ãʌ·ʗ ©U¬∑˝§◊— •Á¬
‚¢S∑ΧÃSÿÒfl flÒÁ‡Êc≈U˜ÿ◊˜ fløÃ –
·DÔ¢U flÒÁ‡Êc≈U˜ÿ◊˜ – ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ—
¬ÜøÃãòÊŸÊ◊∑§— ª˝ãÕ— ¬˝Êÿ— ÁflESÿ ⁄UÊ◊ÊÿáÊ
‚flʸ‚È ÷Ê·Ê‚È •ŸÍÁŒÃ— fløÃ – ∞Ãʌ·ʢ
‚ı÷ÊÇÿ◊˜ •ãÿSÿÊ— ∑§SÿÊÁpØ ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— ⁄UÊ◊ÊÿáÊ
ª˝ãÕŸ •lÊflÁœ Ÿ ¬˝ÊåÃ◊˜ –
⁄UÊ◊ÊÿáÊ
Sharada Script Benagali Script

áÊ
⁄UÊ◊Êÿ

Grantha Script Nandinagari Script ÊÿáÊ

⁄UÊ◊

80 Sanskrit 9
 ‚åÃ◊¢ flÒÁ‡ÊCÔU˜ÿ◊˜ – ‚¢S∑ΧÂÊÁ„Uàÿ Œ‡Ê∑ȧ◊Ê⁄UøÁ⁄UßÊêŸÊ ¬˝Á‚h◊˜ ∑§ÕʬÈSÃ∑§◊˜ fløÃ – ÃSÿ ‚åÃ◊
©Uë¿U˜flÊ‚ ∞∑§¢ ¬ÊòÊ¢ ¬-flª¸¬˝ÿÙª⁄UÁ„UÃÊÁŸ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ flŒÁà – fláʸ◊Ê‹ÊÿÊ— •◊È∑§ÊŸ˜ fláÊʸŸ˜ Áfl„UÊÿ
‚¢flÊŒ∑§⁄UáÊ¢ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ ∞fl ‚¢÷flÁÃ, ŸÊãÿòÊ –
•CÔU◊¢ flÒÁ‡ÊCÔU˜ÿ◊˜ – ∞∑§Sÿ fláʸSÿ ¬˝ÿÙªáÊ ∑§Ê√ÿ∑§⁄UáÊ◊˜ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ ∞fl ‚¢÷flÁà – ◊„UÊ∑§ÁflŸÊ ◊ÊÉÊŸ
Áfl⁄UÁøÃ Á‡Ê‡ÊȬʋflœ◊„UÊ∑§Ê√ÿ Œ∑§Ê⁄USÿ Ÿ∑§Ê⁄USÿ ø ∞∑§◊ÊòÊSÿ fláʸSÿ ¬˝ÿÙªáÊ ÁŸÁ◊¸ÃÊÁŸ ¬lÊÁŸ •Sÿ
¬˝◊ÊáÊÊÁŸ ‚Áãà –
∞fl◊˜ ‚¢S∑ΧÃSÿ •Ÿ∑§ÊÁŸ flÒÁ‡Êc≈U˜ÿÊÁŸ ‚Áãà –

Glossary

Noun — (masc.) — •∑§Ê⁄U— letter • first vowel of alphabet ∑§∑§Ê⁄U— letter ∑§ first letter of

consonants.

(Fem.) — ¬˝∑ΧÁ× nature

(Neu.) — flÒÁ‡Êc≈U˜ÿ◊˜ speciality, special feature ◊ÁSÃc∑§◊˜ head, brain
Adjective — ¬˝ÊøËŸÃ◊ most ancient ÃÊ≤‡Ê like that ∞ÃÊ≤‡Ê like this ∞∑§ÊÁœ∑§ more than

one.

Adverb — ¬˝Êÿ— generally •l today

Compound — ¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê‹ÿ— (¬ÈSÃ∑§ÊŸÊ◊˜ •Ê‹ÿ— ¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê‹ÿ— – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – ∑§ÕʬÈSÃ∑§◊˜

(∑§ÕÊŸÊ◊˜ ¬ÈSÃ∑§◊˜ ∑§ÕʬÈSÃ∑§◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – fláʸ◊Ê‹Ê (fláÊʸŸÊ¢ ◊Ê‹Ê fláʸ◊Ê‹Ê – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
◊ÊŸfl◊ÁSÃc∑§◊˜ (◊ÊŸflSÿ ◊ÁSÃc∑§◊˜ ◊ÊŸfl◊ÁSÃc∑§◊˜ – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) – Á‡Ê‡ÊȬʋflœ— (Á‡Ê‡ÊȬʋSÿ flœ—
Á‡Ê‡ÊȬʋflœ— – ·c∆UË Ãà¬ÈL§·) –
Root — (Sixth Gana) (Parasmaipada) Á◊‹˜ (Á◊‹ÁÃ) to meet

Notes

(1) Meaning — ‚flʸ‚Ê◊˜ of all (fem.) ©U¬‹èÿãÃ are obtained/got •ŸÈÁŒÃ— is translated
¬-¬˝ÿÙª⁄UÁ„UÃÊÁŸ (use of sentences having words) without the letters of ¬-flª¸ (i.e., ¬, »§, ’,
÷ and ◊) Áfl„UÊÿ leaving ¬˝∑ΧÁÃ× from nature.
(2) Sandhi — ‚¢S∑ΧÃSÿÒfl (‚¢S∑ΧÃSÿ ∞fl) – ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃÙ fløÃ (ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄U× fløÃ) – ∑§Ê⁄UáÊÁ◊Œ◊fl
(∑§Ê⁄UáÊ◊˜ ߌ◊˜ ∞fl) – flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§‡ø (flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§— ø) ÁŸÁπ‹˘Á¬ (ÁŸÁπ‹ •Á¬) – ’„UflÙ ª˝ãÕÊ— (’„Ufl—
ª˝ãÕÊ—) –

‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— flÒÁ‡Êc≈U˜ÿ◊˜ 81
 Exercise

1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃèÿ— Áfl∑§À¬èÿ— ‚◊ÈÁøÃ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄¢U ÁøŸÈà –

(1) ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ¢ ‹ˇÊf‹Ù∑§¬Á⁄UÁ◊× ª˝ãÕ— ∑§— ?

(∑§) ◊„UÊ÷Ê⁄UÃ◊˜ (π) ⁄UÊ◊ÊÿáÊ◊˜ (ª) Œ‡Ê∑ȧ◊Ê⁄UøÁ⁄UÃ◊˜ (ÉÊU) ÁflcáÊȬÈ⁄UÊáÊ◊˜

(2) ‚¢‚Ê⁄USÿ ¬˝ÊøËŸÃ◊— ª˝ãÕ— ........... fløÃ –
(∑§) ⁄UÊ◊ÊÿáÊ◊˜ (π) ÷ʪflìÈ⁄UÊáÊ◊˜ (ª) ´§ÇflŒ— (ÉÊ) ÿ¡Èfl¸Œ—

(3) ◊Èπ× ©UìÊÊ⁄UáÊ∑§Ê‹ ∑§Sÿ Sfl⁄U-fláʸSÿ ¬˝ÊŒÈ÷ʸfl— ¬˝Õ◊¢ ÷flÁà ?

(∑§) ∞∑§Ê⁄USÿ (π) ©U∑§Ê⁄USÿ (ª) ߸∑§Ê⁄USÿ (ÉÊ) •∑§Ê⁄USÿ

(4) ‚¢S∑ΧÃSÿ fláʸ◊Ê‹ÊÿÊ¢ fláÊʸŸÊ¢ ∑˝§◊— ∑§Sÿ •ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄U× •ÁSà ?

(∑§) √ÿÜ¡ŸSÿ (π) Sfl⁄USÿ (ª) ©UëøÊ⁄UáÊÃãòÊSÿ (ÉÊ) fláʸSÿ

(5) Œ‡Ê∑ȧ◊Ê⁄UøÁ⁄UÃSÿ ∑§Ã◊ ©Uë¿U˜flÊ‚ ¬-flª¸¬˝ÿÙª⁄UÁ„UÃÊÁŸ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ ‚Áãà ?

(∑§) ‚åÃ◊ (π) ¬Üø◊ (ª) ÁmÃËÿ (ÉÊ) •CÔU◊

(6) ¬ÊÁáÊÁŸŸÊ ⁄UÁøÃSÿ √ÿÊ∑§⁄UáÊSÿ Á∑¢§ ŸÊ◊ ?

(∑§) ¬ÜøÊˇÊ⁄UË (π) ‡ÊÃÊäÿÊÿË (ª) •CÔUÊäÿÊÿË (ÉÊ) •CÔUÊXÔUË

2. ∞∑§flÊÄÿŸ ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— ∑§— ª˝ãÕ— ‚flʸ‚È ÷Ê·Ê‚È •ŸÍÁŒÃ— fløÃ ?
(2) √ÿÜ¡ŸfláÊ¸·È ∑§Sÿ ∑˝§◊— ¬˝Õ◊— fløÃ ?
(3) ◊ÊÉÊŸ ⁄UÁøÃSÿ ∑§Ê√ÿSÿ ŸÊ◊ Á∑¢§ fløÃ ?
(4) ´§ÇflŒ— ∑§ËŒÎ‡Ê— ª˝ãÕ— fløÃ ?
(5) ◊„UÊ÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§Áà f‹Ù∑§Ê— ‚Áãà ?
3. ⁄UπÊÁæ˜∑§Ã¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ SÕÊŸ ¬˝∑§ÙDÔUÊØ ©UÁøâ ¬Œ¢ ÁøàflÊ ¬˝oAflÊÄÿ¢ ⁄Uøÿà –
(Á∑§◊˜, ∑§ÁS◊Ÿ˜, ∑§—, ∑§Ê‚Ê◊˜)
(1) ‚¢S∑ΧÃSÿ flÒÁ‡ÊCÔU˜ÿ¢ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸ÿÊ◊— –
(2) ´§ÇflŒ— ¬˝ÊøËŸÃ◊— ª˝ãÕ— fløÃ –
(3) ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·Ê ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ÷Ê·ÊáÊÊ¢ ¡ŸŸË –
(4) ¬ÜøÃãòÊŸÊ◊∑§— ª˝ãÕ— ‚flʸ‚È ÷Ê·Ê‚È •ŸÍÁŒÃ— fløÃ –

82 Sanskrit 9
4. ‡ÊéŒM§¬Ò— Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊÁŸ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ ÁmfløŸ◊˜ ’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜
(1) ª˝ãÕŸ .......... ..........
(2) .......... .......... flÊÄÿÊÁŸ
(3) .......... .......... ‚åÃ◊·È
(4) •ÊøÊÿ¸— .......... ..........
(5) .......... .......... ÷Ê·Ê‚È
5. ¬˝ŒûÊÊŸ˜ ‡ÊéŒÊŸ˜ ¬˝ÿÈÖÿ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ ⁄Uøÿà –
(1) There are many books written in Sanskrit language.
‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·Ê •Ÿ∑§ ª˝ãÕ flÎØ –
(2) World’s first book is Rigveda.
‚¢‚Ê⁄U ¬˝Õ◊ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ´§ÇflŒ •‚˜ –
(3) The famous Adikavya is Ramayana.
⁄UÊ◊ÊÿáÊ ¬˝Á‚h •ÊÁŒ∑§Ê√ÿ flÎØ –
(4) This is also a special feature of Sanskrit.
ߌ◊˜ •Á¬ ‚¢S∑Χà flÒÁ‡ÊCÔU˜ÿ flÎØ –
6. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÿÊ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πà –
(1) Write two specialities of Sanskrit.
(2) Write about special characteristics of Sanskrit alphabet (fláʸ◊Ê‹Ê).
(3) Write a note about speciality of Dashakumaracharitam.

Activity
à Collect maxims found in Sanskrit.
à Make a list of Sanskrit magazines.

‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ— flÒÁ‡Êc≈U˜ÿ◊˜ 83
 •èÿÊ‚ 1 : ¬ÈŸ⁄UÊfløŸ◊˜

Revision of ∑§Ãθ∑§Ê⁄U∑§ and verb forms of present tense

Read the following sentences :
(1) ‚— ¿UÊòÊ— flŒ¢ ¬∆UÁà –
(2) „U ’Ê‹∑§, àfl¢ flŒ¢ ¬∆UÁ‚ –
(3) •„U◊˜ ¬˝Ê× flŒ¢ ¬∆UÊÁ◊ –
In Standard 8, we have already learnt this type of (sentence) construction. Before
proceeding further, let us revise them again.
In above sentences, root ¬∆U˜ is used. But forms of root ¬∆U˜ are different. As for example
– In first sentence, it is ¬∆UÁÃ, in second sentence, it is ¬∆UÁ‚ and in third sentence, it is ¬∆UÊÁ◊.
It is carefully necessary to know the reason of this change. If we read these sentences
attentively, it seems that –
(1) with ‚—, ¬∆UÁà is used.
(2) with àfl◊˜, ¬∆UÁ‚ is used, whereas
(3) with •„U◊˜, ¬∆UÊÁ◊ is used.
The word-form used here ‚—, àfl◊˜ and •„U◊˜ are nominative (¬˝Õ◊Ê) singular of
pronouns ÃŒ˜, ÿÈc◊Œ˜ and •S◊Œ˜ respectively. Similar change is seen in forms of dual and plural
of nominative case. This can be understood form the following :
Present Tense (‹≈˜U‹∑§Ê⁄U)

Singular Dual Plural

Uttam Purusha (First Person) •„U◊˜ ¬∆UÊÁ◊ •ÊflÊ◊˜ ¬∆UÊfl— flÿ◊˜ ¬∆UÊ◊—
Madhyam Purusha(Second Person) àfl◊˜ ¬∆UÁ‚ ÿÈflÊ◊˜ ¬∆UÕ— ÿÍÿ◊˜ ¬∆UÕ
Anya Purusha (Third Person) ‚— ¬∆UÁà Ãı ¬∆U× Ã ¬∆UÁãÃ
So, we have to remember that when in a sentence àfl◊˜, ÿÈflÊ◊˜ or ÿÍÿ◊˜ (ÿÈc◊Œ˜ - ¬˝Õ◊Ê)
is used, then verb form ¬∆UÁ‚, ¬∆UÕ— or ¬∆UÕ is used respectively and when •„U◊˜, •ÊflÊ◊˜, flÿ◊˜
is used forms like ¬∆UÊÁ◊, ¬∆UÊfl— ¬∆UÊ◊— are used respectively. When in a sentence any noun
other than these is used, verb forms like ¬∆UÁÃ, ¬∆U×, ¬∆UÁãà are used according to number
(i.e., singular, dual and plural). Mostly in Sanskrit sentences, ¬Œ (words) like ‚—, •„U◊˜ etc.
are referred to, but are not used, For e.g. ⁄UÊ◊ÊÿáÊ¢ ¬∆UÊÁ◊ – Here word •„U◊˜ (of •S◊Œ˜) is
not used physically (in writing) yet in a sentence (•„¢ ⁄UÊ◊ÊÿáÊ¢ ¬∆UÊÁ◊ –) is understood on the
basis of ¬∆UÊÁ◊. (Similarly it should be understood in other cases also.)
This year, in addition to present tense we are going to learn the past tense and future
tense (of both Parasmaipada and Atmanepada) verbs too. Similar change is seen in the forms
of all the verbs. Hence, while constructing a sentence, this thing should be kept in mind. (The
past tense and future tense forms of verb are given in next lesson.)

84 Sanskrit 9
 Exercise
1. ‚◊ÈÁøÃŸ Á∑˝§ÿʬŒŸ Á⁄UQ§ÊŸÊ¢ SÕÊŸÊŸÊ¢ ¬ÍÁø— ∑§⁄UáÊËÿÊ –
(1) ŒflªáÊÊ— ◊œÊ◊˜ ........... – (ÿë¿UÁÃ, ÿë¿U×, ÿë¿UÁãà )
(2) flÿ◊˜ •ÁÇŸ◊˜ .......... – (¬Í¡ÿÊÁ◊, ¬Í¡ÿÊ◊—, ¬Í¡ÿÁÃ)
(3) •œË‡Ê— ¬Ê∆U‡ÊÊ‹Ê◊˜ .......... – (ªë¿UÁÃ, ªë¿UÊÁ◊, ªë¿UÁ‚)
(4) „U ¿UÊòÊÊ—, ÿÍÿ◊˜ ◊ãòÊÊŸ˜ .......... – (Á‹πÁÃ, Á‹πÕ, Á‹πÕ—)
(5) ‚Ê◊ªÊ— .......... – (ªÊÿÁÃ, ªÊÿÁ‚, ªÊÿÁãÃ)
2. ‚ÍøŸÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊéŒM§¬¢ ÁøŸÈà –
(1) „U‚˜, •ãÿ-¬ÈL§·-ÁmfløŸ◊˜ – („U‚ÁÃ, „U‚Ê◊—, „U‚×)
(2) ø‹˜, ◊äÿ◊-¬ÈL§·-’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜ – (ø‹ÊÁ◊, ø‹Õ, ø‹Õ—)
(3) π‹˜, ©UûÊ◊-¬ÈL§·-’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜ – (π‹ÁÃ, π‹Ê◊—, π‹Õ)
(4) πÊŒ˜, •ãÿ-¬ÈL§·-’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜ – (πÊŒÁ‚, πÊŒÕ, πÊŒÁãÃ)
(5) ¬Ê-Á¬’˜, ©UûÊ◊-¬ÈL§·-∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ – (Á¬’ÊÁ◊, Á¬’Á‚, Á¬’ÁÃ)
(6) ª◊˜-ªë¿U˜, ◊äÿ◊-¬ÈL§·-ÁmfløŸ◊˜ – (ªë¿UÁãÃ, ªë¿U×, ªë¿UÕ—)
3. ÿÙÇÿ¢ ‡ÊéŒM§¬¢ ÁøŸÈà –
(1) ............... ¬‡ÿÊÁ◊ – (•„U◊˜, flÿ◊˜, àfl◊˜)
(2) ............... ÁÃDÔUÊfl— – (Ãı, •ÊflÊ◊˜, flÿ◊˜)
(3) •„¢U ªÎ„◊˜ ............... – (ªë¿UÁÃ, ªë¿U×, ªë¿UÊÁ◊)
(4) ............... Ÿ‡ÿÁà – (‚—, àfl◊˜, •„U◊˜)
(5) flÿ◊˜ ............... – (∑§ÕÿÁãÃ, ∑§ÕÿÊ◊—, ∑§ÕÿÊÁ◊)
4. ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ •ŸÈflŒÃ –
(1) ÷Q§Ê— SÃÙòÊ¢ ¬∆UÁãà –
(2) ¿UÊòÊÊ ¬òÊ¥ Á‹πÁà –
(3) •„¢U ªÎ„¢U ªë¿UÊÁ◊ –
(4) flÿ◊˜ ߸E⁄¢U Ÿ◊Ê◊— –
(5) Á‚¢„U— flŸ fl‚Áà –
5. ‚¢S∑ΧÃ÷Ê·ÊÿÊ◊˜ •ŸÈflŒÃ –
(1) Adhish studies.
(2) A deer eats grass.
(3) Trisha looks at animal.
(4) What do you eat ?
(5) We go to school.
Note : Teach the students to match the verb (Á∑˝§ÿʬŒ) with subject (∑§Ãʸ)
(in context of person (¬ÈL§·) and number (fløŸ). Similary teach them to match subject
with appropriate verb.
à

•èÿÊ‚ 1 : ¬ÈŸ⁄UÊfløŸ◊˜ 85
 •èÿÊ‚ 2 : ∑§Ê⁄U∑§-Áfl÷ÁQ§ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ—
Read the following sentences :
(1) àfl¢ ÿÊŸŸ ªÎ„¢U ªë¿UÁ‚ –
(2) Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ÊØ ¿UÊòÊÊ— flŒSÿ ◊ãòÊ¢ ¬∆UÁãà –
(3) ¿UÊòÊ— ¬˝fŸSÿ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ ‹ÁπãÿÊ ‚ÁÜø∑§ÊÿÊ¢ Á‹πÁà –
In above sentences, there are four, five and six ¬Œs (words) respectively. These words
can be divided into two parts : (1) Noun (∑§Ê⁄U∑§¬Œ) and (2) Verb (Á∑˝§ÿʬŒ). In the first
sentence, three words àfl◊˜, ÿÊŸŸ and ªÎ„U◊˜ are nouns whereas ªë¿UÁ‚ is the only verb.
Similarly in other two sentences also ¬∆UÁãà and Á‹πÁà are verbs and remaining all are nouns.
∑§Ê⁄U∑§¬Œ is also called as ŸÊ◊¬Œ (noun).
The word ∑§Ê⁄U∑§ means - doer. The word/thing which makes action that takes place is
called ∑§Ê⁄U∑§. There are six ∑§Ê⁄U∑§s e.g. - ∑§Ãʸ (¬˝Õ◊Ê), ∑§◊¸ (ÁmÃËÿÊ), ∑§⁄UáÊ (ÃÎÃËÿÊ), ‚ê¬˝ŒÊŸ
(øÃÈÕ˸) (act of giving), •¬ÊŒÊŸ§ (¬@◊Ë) (separation) and •Áœ∑§⁄UáÊ (‚åÃ◊Ë) All these ∑§Ê⁄U∑§s are
more or less helpful in making action takes place. To understand this, look at the following chart :

¿UÊòÊ—
(∑§Ãʸ)

flª¸πá«U ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ
(•Áœ∑§⁄UáÊ) (∑§◊¸)

Á‹πÁÃ
(Á∑˝§ÿÊ)

¬ÈSÃ∑§ÊØ ‹ÁπãÿÊ
(•¬ÊŒÊŸ) (∑§⁄UáÊ)

ôÊÊŸÊÿ
(‚¢¬˝ŒÊŸ)

In the above chart six different ∑§Ê⁄U∑§s of the verb form Á‹πÁà (writes) Á∑˝§ÿÊ are used
simultaneously. Sometimes words related to these six Karakas are also used in a sentence.
e.g. with the subject ¿UÊòÊ— a relative word ªÈL§∑ȧ‹Sÿ can also be used. Similarly with the
object ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ the word ¬˝fŸSÿ and with instrument ‹ÁπãÿÊ the word ∑§ÊDÔUSÿ denoting relation
case can also be used. In the context of other ∑§Ê⁄U∑§ also, it is same. To understand this look
at the following chart :

86 Sanskrit 9
 ªÈL§∑ȧ‹Sÿ

¿UÊòÊ—
(∑§Ãʸ)

flª¸πá«U ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ
(•Áœ∑§⁄UáÊ) (∑§◊¸)

Á‹πÁÃ
(Á∑˝§ÿÊ)
¬ÈSÃ∑§ÊØ ‹ÁπãÿÊ
(•¬ÊŒÊŸ) (∑§⁄UáÊ)

ôÊÊŸÊÿ
(‚¢¬˝ŒÊŸ)

Thus, in Sanskrit language even the simplest sentence can be constructed like this. If we
write all above mentioned words in correct order, the sentence will be like this : ªÈL§∑ȧ‹Sÿ
¿ÊòÊ— ∑§ÊDÔUSÿ ‹ÁπãÿÊ ‚¢S∑ΧÃSÿ ôÊÊŸÊÿ Á◊òÊSÿ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ÊØ ÃSÿ flª¸πá«U ¬˝fŸÊŸÊ◊˜ ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πÁà – (The
student of Gurukula writes with a wooden pen answers of questions from his friend’s book
for getting knowledge of Sanskrit in his class.) In this sentence, six ∑§Ê⁄U∑§s, each with its
relative noun are used.

Apart from this, Sambodhana is also used in a sentence for e. g. : „U ªÈ⁄UÙ ! ªÈL§∑ȧ‹Sÿ
¿UÊòÊ— .... ©UûÊ⁄UÊÁáÊ Á‹πÁà – (The word which is used to address some one is called ‚¢’ÙœŸ
¬Œ) The forms of ‚¢’ÙœŸ Áfl÷ÁÄà are similar to that of nominative (¬˝Õ◊Ê) case, except
nominative singular.
Here, you can see that in above sentence, some extra ending sounds are used with
original noun to identify Karaka like ∑§Ãʸ etc. (As it is used in Gujarati, similarly in
Sanskrit, too.) For e. g. ¿U Ê òÊ— (¿U Ê òÊ + —) ©U û Ê⁄U Ê ÁáÊ (©U û Ê⁄U + •ÊÁáÊ) etc. These additional
sound endings are known as cases. The suffixes of case show the meaning of different
∑§Ê⁄U ∑ § (In English, to explain the meaning of each Karaka, suffix of cases is used. The
chart given below helps. This will also help to understand the Karakas and case meaning
in Sanskrit language.

•èÿÊ‚ 2 : ∑§Ê⁄U∑§-Áfl÷ÁQ§ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ— 87

 Cases, Karakas and Suffixes used for them in English Language
Cases Karak Suffixes used in English
Nominative ∑§Ãʸ -
Accusative ∑§◊¸ to
Instrumental ∑§⁄U á Ê by, with
Dative ‚¢¬˝ŒÊŸ for
Ablative •¬ÊŒÊŸ from
Genetive ‚¢’¢œ of
Locative •Áœ∑§⁄U á Ê in, into, on, above, among
Sambodhana ‚¢ ’ ÙœŸ O ! Oh !
One word/noun can be used as different Karakas with reference to single verb or
different verbs. A noun can be used as ∑§Ãʸ (subject) at one place, ∑§◊¸ (object) in another
place relating in the context of one verb or many verbs. Read following sentences :
(1 )
¬ÈSÃ∑§◊˜ •ÁSà –
(2 )
¿UÊòÊ— ¬ÈSÃ∑§◊˜ ¬∆UÁà –
(3 )
¬ÈSÃ∑§Ÿ ôÊÊŸ¢ ÷flÁà –
(4 )
¬ÈSÃ∑§Êÿ SÕÊŸ◊˜ •ÁSà –
(5 )
¬ÈSÃ∑§ÊØ f‹Ù∑§◊˜ Á‹πÁà –
(6 )
¬ÈSÃ∑§Sÿ ŸÊ◊ ⁄UÊ◊ÊÿáÊ◊˜ •ÁSà –
(7 )
¬ÈSÃ∑§ •CÔUı •äÿÊÿÊ— ‚Áãà –
In above sentences, noun ¬ÈSÃ∑§ is used in different forms : below mentioned
declension (M§¬Êfl‹Ë) of noun is practised in Sanskrit to remember different forms of
noun.
∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ ÁmfløŸ◊˜ ’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜
¬˝Õ◊Ê Áfl÷ÁÄ× Œfl— Œflı ŒflÊ—
ÁmÃËÿÊ Áfl÷ÁÄ× Œfl◊˜ Œflı ŒflÊŸ˜
ÃÎÃËÿÊ Áfl÷ÁÄ× ŒflŸ ŒflÊèÿÊ◊˜ ŒflÒ—
øÃÈÕ˸ Áfl÷ÁÄ× ŒflÊÿ ŒflÊèÿÊ◊˜ Œflèÿ—
¬Üø◊Ë Áfl÷ÁÄ× ŒflÊØ ŒflÊèÿÊ◊˜ Œflèÿ—
·DÔUË Áfl÷ÁÄ× ŒflSÿ ŒflÿÙ— ŒflÊŸÊ◊˜
‚åÃ◊Ë Áfl÷ÁÄ× Œfl ŒflÿÙ— Œfl·È
Thus, every noun has 7 cases and 3 numbers so there are 21 forms altogether.
But now read these sentences :
(1) ’ÊÁ‹∑§Ê „USÃŸ f‹Ù∑¢§ Á‹πÁà –
(2) ¬Êø∑§— •ÁÇŸŸÊ •ÙŒŸ¢ ¬øÁà –
(3) ŒflªáÊ— ◊œÿÊ ◊œÊÁflŸ¢ ∑§⁄UÙÁà –

88 Sanskrit 9
 In all the sentences given above ∑§Ãʸ∑§Ê⁄U∑§ is in ¬˝Õ◊Ê, ∑§◊¸∑§Ê⁄U∑§ is in ÁmÃËÿÊ and
∑§⁄UáÊ∑§Ê⁄U∑§ is in ÃÎÃËÿÊ (i.e., subject is in nominative, object in accusative and means is
in instrumental case). In all these sentences, Karaka and cases are same, yet some
change is seen in noun forms. The words ’ÊÁ‹∑§Ê, ¬Êø∑§— and ŒflªáÊ— all these are in
nominative (¬˝Õ◊Ê) singular. Yet Áfl‚ª¸ (—) is not used with noun ’ÊÁ‹∑§Ê whereas it is
used with ¬Êø∑§ and ŒflªáÊ. Similarly „USÃŸ, •ÁÇŸŸÊ and ◊œÿÊ are instrumental singular
forms but sound ∞Ÿ, ŸÊ and ÿÊ are used with „USÃ, •ÁÇŸ and ◊œÊ respectively. In fact these
sounds are suffixes of cases. Which noun takes which ¬˝àÿÿ (suffix) should also be
studied. For this kind of studies, certain things are to be kept in mind.
(1) Every noun is recognized by its ending sound. For e. g., flŒ (fl˜ ∞ Œ˜ •). This
noun ends in sound • so it is •∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ, noun, •ÁÇŸ ends in ß so it is ß∑§Ê⁄UÊãà and noun
ªÈ⁄UÈ ends in ©U sound so it is known as ©U∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ. Thus, all nouns should be recognized by
their ending sound.
(2) After recognizing nouns, we have to find out whether that noun belongs to
masculine, feminine or neuter gender. As noun Agni is ß∑§Ê⁄UÊãà and having masculine
gender, noun •ÁÇŸ will be recognized as ß∑§Ê⁄UÊãà masculine.
After identifying ending sound and gender of a noun, it becomes easy to find out
suffixes of all seven cases added to a noun. The declension of noun given here has been
practised in Sanskrit to remember forms of cases easily. On the basis of declension,
what would be the form of a noun in different cases can be easily remembered. Look
at the table :
In this curriculam, you have to learn the forms of •∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ, ß∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ, ©U∑§Ê⁄UÊãà masculine
•Ê∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ, ß∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ, ©U∑§Ê⁄UÊãà feminine and •∑§Ê⁄UÊãà neuter nouns. Hence declension of such
nouns only is given here.
(1) ¡Ÿ - (•∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ-¬ÈÁÀ‹XÔU‡Ê錗)
Singular Dual Plural
¬˝Õ◊ Áfl÷ÁÄà ¡Ÿ— ¡Ÿı ¡ŸÊ—
Nominative case a man two men (many) men
ÁmÃËÿÊ Áfl÷ÁÄà ¡Ÿ◊˜ ¡Ÿı ¡ŸÊŸ˜
Accusative case to a man to two men to many men
ÃÎÃËÿÊ Áfl÷ÁÄà ¡ŸŸ ¡ŸÊèÿÊ◊˜ ¡ŸÒ—
Instrumental case by a man by two men by many men
øÃÈÕ˸ Áfl÷ÁÄà ¡ŸÊÿ ¡ŸÊèÿÊ◊˜ ¡Ÿèÿ—
Dative case for a man for two men for many men
¬@◊Ë Áfl÷ÁÄà ¡ŸÊØ ¡ŸÊèÿÊ◊˜ ¡Ÿèÿ—
Ablative case from a men from two men from many men
·c∆UË Áfl÷ÁÄà ¡ŸSÿ ¡ŸÿÙ— ¡ŸÊŸÊ◊˜
Genetive case of a man of two men of many men
‚åÃ◊Ë Áfl÷ÁÄà ¡Ÿ ¡ŸÿÙ— ¡Ÿ·È
Locative case in a man in two men in many men
‚¢’ÙœŸ Áfl÷ÁÄà „U ¡Ÿ „U ¡Ÿı „U ¡ŸÊ—
Vocative case O man ! O two men ! O many men !

•èÿÊ‚ 2 : ∑§Ê⁄U∑§-Áfl÷ÁQ§¬Á⁄Uøÿ— 89
 (2) ◊ÈÁŸ - (ß∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ-¬ÈÁÀ‹XÔU‡Ê錗)
Singular Dual Plural

¬˝Õ◊Ê ◊ÈÁŸ— ◊ÈŸË ◊ÈŸÿ—

ÁmÃËÿÊ ◊ÈÁŸ◊˜ ◊ÈŸË ◊ÈŸËŸ˜

ÃÎÃËÿÊ ◊ÈÁŸŸÊ ◊ÈÁŸèÿÊ◊˜ ◊ÈÁŸÁ÷—

øÃÈÕ˸ ◊ÈŸÿ ◊ÈÁŸèÿÊ◊˜ ◊ÈÁŸèÿ—

¬@◊Ë ◊ÈŸ— ◊ÈÁŸèÿÊ◊˜ ◊ÈÁŸèÿ—

·c∆UË ◊ÈŸ— ◊ÈŸÿÙ— ◊ÈŸËŸÊ◊˜

‚åÃ◊Ë ◊ÈŸı ◊ÈŸÿÙ— ◊ÈÁŸ·È

‚¢ ’ ÙœŸ „U ◊ÈŸ „U ◊ÈŸË „U ◊ÈŸÿ—

The words ÁŸÁœ treasure, ¬ŒÊÁà a pedestrian, „UÁ⁄ Vishnu, ŸÎ¬Áà king etc. have similar
forms.
(3) ÷ÊŸÈ - (©U∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ-¬È¢ÁÀ‹XÔU‡Ê錗)
Singular Dual Plural

¬˝Õ◊Ê ÷ÊŸÈ— ÷ÊŸÍ ÷ÊŸfl—

ÁmÃËÿÊ ÷ÊŸÈ◊˜ ÷ÊŸÍ ÷ÊŸÍŸ˜

ÃÎÃËÿÊ ÷ÊŸÈŸÊ ÷ÊŸÈèÿÊ◊˜ ÷ÊŸÈÁ÷—

øÃÈÕ˸ ÷ÊŸfl ÷ÊŸÈèÿÊ◊˜ ÷ÊŸÈèÿ—

¬@◊Ë ÷ÊŸÙ— ÷ÊŸÈèÿÊ◊˜ ÷ÊŸÈèÿ—

·c∆UË ÷ÊŸÙ— ÷ÊãflÙ— ÷ÊŸÍŸÊ◊˜

‚åÃ◊Ë ÷ÊŸı ÷ÊãflÙ— ÷ÊŸÈ·È

‚¢ ’ ÙœŸ „U ÷ÊŸÙ „U ÷ÊŸÍ „U ÷ÊŸfl—

The words ‚ÊœÈ saint, ¬‡ÊÈ animal, flÊÿÈ wind, ’ãœÈ brother, relative ªÈL§ Guru, etc. have
the similar forms. However instrumental of ªÈL§ is ªÈL§áÊÊ and genetive plural is ªÈL§áÊÊ◊˜.

90 Sanskrit 9
 (4) ‹ÃÊ - (•Ê∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ-SòÊËÁ‹XÔU‡Ê錗)
Singular Dual Plural
¬˝Õ◊Ê ‹ÃÊ ‹Ã ‹ÃÊ—
ÁmÃËÿÊ ‹ÃÊ◊˜ ‹Ã ‹ÃÊ—
ÃÎÃËÿÊ ‹ÃÿÊ ‹ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ ‹ÃÊÁ÷—
øÃÈÕ˸ ‹ÃÊÿÒ ‹ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ ‹ÃÊèÿ—
¬@◊Ë ‹ÃÊÿÊ— ‹ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ ‹ÃÊèÿ—
·c∆UË ‹ÃÊÿÊ— ‹ÃÿÙ— ‹ÃÊŸÊ◊˜
‚åÃ◊Ë ‹ÃÊÿÊ◊˜ ‹ÃÿÙ— ‹ÃÊ‚È
‚¢ ’ ÙœŸ „U ‹Ã „U ‹Ã „U ‹ÃÊ—
The words ◊ÁˇÊ∑§Ê a fly, ÁflÁ∑˝§ÿÊ a change, ‚ÊÁœ∑§Ê one who accomplishes work,
◊ŸÙŒ‡ÊÊ mental state, ◊ÈÁº˝∑§Ê a ring etc. have the similar forms.
(5) ÷ÍÁ◊ - (ß∑§Ê⁄UÊãÃ-SòÊËÁ‹¢ª‡Ê錗)
Singular Dual Plural
¬˝Õ◊Ê ÷ÍÁ◊— ÷Í◊Ë ÷Í◊ÿ—
ÁmÃËÿÊ ÷ÍÁ◊◊˜ ÷Í◊Ë ÷Í◊Ë—
ÃÎÃËÿÊ ÷͘êÿÊ ÷ÍÁ◊èÿÊ◊˜ ÷ÍÁ◊Á÷—
øÃÈÕ˸ ÷ÍêÿÒ, ÷Í◊ÿ ÷ÍÁ◊èÿÊ◊˜ ÷ÍÁ◊èÿ—
¬@◊Ë ÷ÍêÿÊ—, ÷Í◊— ÷ÍÁ◊èÿÊ◊˜ ÷ÍÁ◊èÿ—
·c∆UË ÷ÍêÿÊ—, ÷Í◊— ÷ÍêÿÙ— ÷Í◊ËŸÊ◊˜
‚åÃ◊Ë ÷ÍêÿÊ◊˜, ÷Í◊ı ÷ÍêÿÙ— ÷ÍÁ◊·È
‚¢ ’ ÙœŸ „U ÷Í◊ „U ÷Í◊Ë „U ÷Í◊ÿ—
The words flÎÁCÔU rain, ‚¢„UÁà unity, „UÊÁŸ loss etc. have the similar forms.
(6) ŸŒË - (߸∑§Ê⁄UÊãà SòÊËÁ‹¢ª‡Ê錗)
Singular Dual Plural
¬˝Õ◊Ê ŸŒË Ÿlı Ÿl—
ÁmÃËÿÊ ŸŒË◊˜ Ÿlı ŸŒË—
ÃÎÃËÿÊ ŸlÊ ŸŒËèÿÊ◊˜ ŸŒËÁ÷—
øÃÈÕ˸ ŸlÒ ŸŒËèÿÊ◊˜ ŸŒËèÿ—
¬@◊Ë ŸlÊ— ŸŒËèÿÊ◊˜ ŸŒËèÿ—
·c∆UË ŸlÊ— ŸlÙ— ŸŒËŸÊ◊˜
‚åÃ◊Ë ŸlÊ◊˜ ŸlÙ— ŸŒË·È
‚¢ ’ ÙœŸ „U ŸÁŒ „U Ÿlı „U Ÿl—

•èÿÊ‚ 2 : ∑§Ê⁄U∑§-Áfl÷ÁQ§¬Á⁄Uøÿ— 91
 The words ‡ÊÃÊéŒË century, •æU˜ªÈ‹Ë finger etc. have the similar forms.
(7) œŸÈ - (©U∑§Ê⁄UÊãà SòÊËÁ‹X‡Ê錗)
Singular Dual Plural

¬˝Õ◊Ê œŸÈ— œŸÍ œŸfl—

ÁmÃËÿÊ œŸÈ◊˜ œŸÍ œŸÍ—
ÃÎÃËÿÊ œãflÊ œŸÈèÿÊ◊˜ œŸÈÁ÷—
øÃÈÕ˸ œãflÒ, œŸfl œŸÈèÿÊ◊˜ œŸÈèÿ—
¬@◊Ë œãflÊ—, œŸÙ— œŸÈèÿÊ◊˜ œŸÈèÿ—
·c∆UË œãflÊ—, œŸÙ— œãflÙ— œŸÍŸÊ◊˜
‚åÃ◊Ë œãflÊ◊˜, œŸı œãflÙ— œŸÈ·È
‚¢ ’ ÙœŸ „U œŸÙ „U œŸÍ „U œŸfl—
The words ÃŸÈ body, ⁄UÖ¡È a rope, ⁄UáÊÈ dust etc. have the similar forms.
(8) »§‹ - (•∑§Ê⁄UÊãà Ÿ¬È¢‚∑§Á‹XÔU‡Ê錗)
Singular Dual Plural

¬˝Õ◊Ê »§‹◊˜ »§‹ »§‹ÊÁŸ

ÁmÃËÿÊ »§‹◊˜ »§‹ »§‹ÊÁŸ
ÃÎÃËÿÊ »§‹Ÿ »§‹ÊèÿÊ◊˜ »§‹Ò—
øÃÈÕ˸ »§‹Êÿ »§‹ÊèÿÊ◊˜ »§‹èÿ—
¬@◊Ë »§‹ÊØ »§‹ÊèÿÊ◊˜ »§‹èÿ—
·c∆UË »§‹Sÿ »§‹ÿÙ— »§‹ÊŸÊ◊˜
‚åÃ◊Ë »§‹ »§‹ÿÙ— »§‹·È
‚¢ ’ ÙœŸ „U »§‹ „U »§‹ „U »§‹ÊÁŸ

The words ÁŸœÊŸ treasure, storage, ¡Ÿ¬Œ city (district), ©U¬Ÿª⁄U town, ÁflûÊ money, ÁøûÊ
mind, fl˝áÊ wound, √ÿ‚Ÿ calamity, ‚¢∑§≈ trouble, etc., have the similar forms.
With the help of above given forms we will try to translate a few English sentences
into Sanskrit. The number given in the sentences indicates that particular case. We have
to translate using that particular case.
(1) A child (boy) (I) milk (II) drinks.
(2) A potter (I) with/by hand (III) does, with machine (III) not (II) works
(3) Of Diwali (IV) on the day (VII) elder brother (I) to younger brother (IV) gift
(II) gives

92 Sanskrit 9
 (4) A man (I) with eyes (III) sees and with leg/foot (III) walks.
(5) in/of home (VII) I (I) and my (VI) parents (II) live, stay
(6) of mango (VI) on the tree (VII) mangoes (I) grow.
(7) from the sky (V) water (I) rains and in land (earth) (VII) gets absorbed.
(8) Kalidasa (I) of figure of speech simile (VI) poet (I) is
(9) of Grammar of Panini (VI) rules (I) of language (6) Sutras (II) indicate/show
(10) In sesame (VII) Oil (I) in milk (VII) butter (I) and in universe (VII) God (I)
is (there).
Pronoun
In a sentence, sometimes pronoun is used in place of noun. There are many pronouns
in Sanskrit language, but we will learn forms of some selected pronouns.

•S◊Œ˜ (I)
Singular Dual Plural

¬˝Õ◊Ê •„U◊˜ •ÊflÊ◊˜ flÿ◊˜

ÁmÃËÿÊ ◊Ê◊˜, ◊Ê •ÊflÊ◊˜, Ÿı •S◊ÊŸ˜, Ÿ—
ÃÎÃËÿÊ ◊ÿÊ •ÊflÊèÿÊ◊˜ •S◊ÊÁ÷—
øÃÈÕ˸ ◊sÔ◊˜, ◊ •ÊflÊèÿÊ◊˜, Ÿı •S◊èÿ◊˜, Ÿ—
¬@◊Ë ◊Ø •ÊflÊèÿÊ◊˜ •S◊Ø
·c∆UË ◊◊, ◊ •ÊflÿÙ—, Ÿı •S◊Ê∑§◊˜, Ÿ—
‚åÃ◊Ë ◊Áÿ •ÊflÿÙ— •S◊Ê‚È

ÿÈc◊Œ˜ (You)
Singular Dual Plural

¬˝Õ◊Ê àfl◊˜ ÿÈflÊ◊˜ ÿÍÿ◊˜

ÁmÃËÿÊ àflÊ◊˜, àflÊ ÿÈflÊ◊˜, flÊ◊˜ ÿÈc◊ÊŸ˜, fl—
ÃÎÃËÿÊ àflÿÊ ÿÈflÊèÿÊ◊˜ ÿÈc◊ÊÁ÷—
øÃÈÕ˸ ÃÈèÿ◊˜, Ã ÿÈflÊèÿÊ◊˜, flÊ◊˜ ÿÈc◊èÿ◊˜, fl—
¬@◊Ë àflØ ÿÈflÊèÿÊ◊˜ ÿÈ c ◊Ø
·c∆UË Ãfl, Ã ÿÈflÿÙ—, flÊ◊˜ ÿÈc◊Ê∑§◊˜, fl—
‚åÃ◊Ë àflÁÿ ÿÈflÿÙ— ÿÈc◊Ê‚È

•èÿÊ‚ 2 : ∑§Ê⁄U∑§-Áfl÷ÁQ§¬Á⁄Uøÿ— 93
 (The forms of both these pronouns are same in all the three genders. There is no
Sambodhana for a pronoun.)
ÃŒ˜ he (mas.)
Singular Dual Plural
¬˝Õ◊Ê ‚— Ãı Ã
ÁmÃËÿÊ Ã◊˜ Ãı ÃÊŸ˜
ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ã Ÿ ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ ÃÒ—
øÃÈÕ˸ ÃS◊Ò ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ Ãèÿ—
¬@◊Ë ÃS◊ÊØ ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ Ãèÿ—
·c∆UË ÃSÿ ÃÿÙ— Ã·Ê◊˜
‚åÃ◊Ë ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ ÃÿÙ— Ã·È
ÃŒ˜ she (fem.)
Singular Dual Plural

¬˝Õ◊Ê ‚Ê Ã ÃÊ—
ÁmÃËÿÊ ÃÊ◊˜ Ã ÃÊ—
ÃÎÃËÿÊ ÃÿÊ ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ ÃÊÁ÷—
øÃÈÕ˸ ÃSÿÒ ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ ÃÊèÿ—
¬@◊Ë ÃSÿÊ— ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ ÃÊèÿ—
·c∆UË ÃSÿÊ— ÃÿÙ— ÃÊ‚Ê◊˜
‚åÃ◊Ë ÃSÿÊ◊˜ ÃÿÙ— ÃÊ‚È
ÃŒ˜ it (neu.)
Singular Dual Plural

¬˝Õ◊Ê ÃØ Ã ÃÊÁŸ

ÁmÃËÿÊ ÃØ Ã ÃÊÁŸ
ÃÎÃËÿÊ Ã Ÿ ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ ÃÒ—
øÃÈÕ˸ ÃS◊Ò ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ Ãèÿ—
¬@◊Ë ÃS◊ÊØ ÃÊèÿÊ◊˜ Ãèÿ—
·c∆UË ÃSÿ ÃÿÙ— Ã·Ê◊˜
‚åÃ◊Ë ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ ÃÿÙ— Ã·È
The forms of ÿŒ˜ (who), ∞ÃŒ˜ (this), Á∑§◊˜ (who or what) are different in all the three
genders.

94 Sanskrit 9
 Exercise
1. ‚◊ÈÁøÃŸ M§¬áÊ Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊŸÊ¢ ¬ÍÁø— ÁflœÿÊ –
∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ ÁmfløŸ◊˜ ’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜
(1) ............... ............... ŒflÊ—
(2) ‡ÊÊ‹ÿÊ ............... ...............
(3) ............... ............... flΡÊ·È
(4) ∑§fl— ............... ...............
(5) ............... ............... ‡ÊÄÃËŸÊ◊˜
(6) ¡ŸãÿÒ ............... ...............
(7) ............... ............... ÷ÊŸÍŸ˜
(8) •ÁÇŸ◊˜ ............... ...............
(9) ............... „U Œ√ÿı ...............
2. ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ‡ÊéŒM§¬ÊÁáÊ ÁøŸÈà –
(1) ÃÎÃËÿÊ-∞∑§fløŸ◊˜ –
(∑§) ôÊÊŸŸ (π) ôÊÊŸ (ª) ôÊÊŸÊèÿÊ◊˜ (ÉÊ) ôÊÊŸÊØ
(2) ‚åÃ◊Ë-ÁmfløŸ◊˜ –
(∑§) „USÃÊŸÊ◊˜ (π) „USÃı (ª) „USÃÿÙ— (ÉÊ) „USÃŸ
(3) ·DÔUË-ÁmfløŸ◊˜ –
(∑§) Œ√ÿÙ— (π) Œ√ÿı (ª) ŒflËèÿÊ◊˜ (ÉÊ) ŒflË—
(4) ¬˝Õ◊Ê-’„ÈUfløŸ◊˜ –
(∑§) ÷ÄÃË (π) ŸlÊ— (ª) ‡ÊÄÃÿ— (ÉÊ) flŸÒ—
(5) ÁmÃËÿÊ-ÁmfløŸ◊˜ –
(∑§) ÷ÊŸı (π) ◊ÈŸË (ª) ÷Í◊ı (ÉÊ) ŸŒË
3. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ Áfl÷ÁÄ× fløŸ¢ ø Á‹πà –
(1) ©Ul◊Ÿ (2) ŒflÊŸ˜ (3) ‚¢‚Ê⁄U (4) ¿UÊòÊÊáÊÊ◊˜
(5) Á„U◊Ê‹ÿÊØ (6) Œ‡Ê·È (7) ¿UÊÿÊÿÊ◊˜ (8) ´§Á·Á÷—
(9) ¬æ˜UÄÃı (10) ◊Ê‹ÿÊ
4. •Õ¸◊˜ •ÊœÎàÿ ∑§ÙDÔU∑§ÊØ ÿÙÇÿ¢ ‡ÊéŒM§¬¢ ÁøŸÈà –
(1) In the universe
(∑§) ÁflEÊØ (π) ÁflEŸ (ª) ÁflE (ÉÊ) ÁflE◊˜

•èÿÊ‚ 2 : ∑§Ê⁄U∑§-Áfl÷ÁQ§¬Á⁄Uøÿ— 95
 (2) By words
(∑§) ©UÁÄÃèÿ— (π) ©UÁÄ× (ª) ©UÄàÿÊ (ÉÊ) ©UÁÄÃÁ÷—
(3) From two farms (fields)
(∑§) ˇÊòÊÊØ (π) ˇÊòÊáÊ (ª) ˇÊòÊÊèÿÊ◊˜ (ÉÊ) ˇÊòÊSÿ
(4) Of states
(∑§) ⁄UÊÖÿSÿ (π) ⁄UÊÖÿÊŸÊ◊˜ (ª) ⁄UÊÖÿ·È (ÉÊ) ⁄UÊÖÿÒ—
(5) Of learning
(∑§) ÁfllÊ◊˜ (π) ÁfllÊÿÊ— (ª) ÁfllÊ (ÉÊ) ÁfllÿÊ
5. ∑§ÙDÔU∑§ÊØ ‚◊ÈÁøâ M§¬¢ ÁøàflÊ Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸ¢ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
(1) ............... ¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê‹ÿ ¬∆UÁà – (¿UÊòÊÊ—, ¿UÊòÊı, ¿UÊòÊ—)
(2) ............... ∑˝§Ë«UÊ¢ªáÊ π‹Ã— – (∑˝§Ë«U∑§—, ∑˝§Ë«U∑§Ê—, ∑˝§Ë«U∑§ı)
(3) ............... ªÈL¢§ Ÿ◊ÊÁ◊ – (àfl◊˜, •„U◊˜, flÿ◊˜)
(4) ............... Œ‡Ê¸ŸÊÿ ªë¿UÁãà – (÷ÄÃÊ—, ÷ÄÃı, ÷Ä×)
(5) ............... ‚⁄USflÃË¥ flãŒÊ◊„U – (•ÊflÊ◊˜, flÿ◊˜, •„U◊˜)
(6) ............... flŸ •fl‚Ÿ˜ – (◊ÈŸÿ—, ◊ÈÁŸ—, ◊ÈŸË)
(7) ............... ⁄UÊ¡∑ȧ‹¢ ‚flãÃ – (¬Áá«U×, ¬Áá«UÃı, ¬Áá«UÃÊ—)
(8) ............... Á∑¢§ Á‹πÁà – (àfl◊˜, •„U◊˜, ‚—)
6. ∑§ÙDÔU∑§Sÿ ◊Í‹ ‡ÊéŒ◊˜ •ÊœÎàÿ Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸ¢ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
(1) ‡ÊËËŸ ............... ‚ãÃÙ·— ÷flÁà – (¡‹)
(2) ¬Êá«UflÊ— ............... •fl‚Ÿ˜ – (Áfl⁄UÊ≈UŸª⁄U)
(3) ............... ∑§ÊÿʸÁáÊ Á‚h˜ÿÁãà – (©Ul◊)
(4) flÿ¢ ............... ‚fl∑§Ê— S◊— – (⁄UÊCÔ˛U)
(5) Á‡ÊflSÿ ............... øãº˝— Áfl÷ÊÁà – (◊SÃ∑§)
(6) ÁfllÿÊ ............... ÷flÁà – (‚Èπ)
(7) ............... fløŸ¢ ¬Ê‹ŸËÿ◊˜ – (ÖÿDUÔ )
(8) ªÈ⁄UÙ— ............... fl˝¡ÊÁ◊ – (‡Ê⁄UáÊ)
(9) ............... „USÃ ¬kÊÁŸ – (ªÈL§)
(10) flΡÊÊ— ............... ÷flÁãà – (÷ÍÁ◊)

96 Sanskrit 9
 •èÿÊ‚ 3 : Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊÁŸ
(1) flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ — (‹≈U˜‹∑§Ê⁄U—) In class 8 as well as in the revision of earlier classes
you have learnt the present tense of verb roots. In that context, your attention is drawn
to one important point. For example, read the following sentences :
(1) •œË‡Ê— ¬∆UÁà –
(2) ÃÙ·Ê ŸÎàÿÁÃ –
(3) òÊˇÊÊ Á‹πÁà –
(4) „Uʌ˸ ¬Í¡ÿÁà –
In all the four sentences above, the verb roots have been used in the present
tense. In the ending of all the roots, the suffix ÁÃ is common. But the vowel (sound)
between the root and the suffix is different in each case. For example, in (1) ¬∆UÁÃ
it is ¬∆˜U-•-Áà has • while in ŸÎàÿÁà ŸÎØ-ÿ-Áà it is ÿ. In the same manner in Á‹πÁÃ
Á‹π˜-•-Áà it is • while in ¬Í¡ÿÁà ¬Í¡˜-•ÿ-Áà it is •ÿ. The vowel sounds that come
in between are called the conjugational affix. The sounds are different because they
are based on the groups to which the root belongs. In Sanskrit, all the verbs of the
language are divided into 10 Ganas. For each of these the suffix is different. Here,
you will be taught the suffixes of only four of the Ganas first, fourth, sixth and
tenth. So, you must now remember the suffixes of these four Ganas. For example,
the suffix of the first Gana is •, of the fourth it is ÿ, of the sixth it is • and of
the tenth it is •ÿ.
When you look at this you come to know that :
(1) whenever you use a root as a verb, you have to add the correct suffix and
(2) whenever you have to add the suffix, you have to remember the tense, the
Gana of the root, person and number.
And now, read a few more sentences.
(1) ÁfllÿÊ ‚Èπ¢ ‹÷Ã –
(2) ’Ê‹∑§— „USÃŸ πÊŒÁà –
(3) Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ— ◊ÊÃ⁄¢U flãŒÃ –
The verbs that have been used in all these sentences are in present tense, third
person, and singular. Moreover, the roots of all the verbs belong to the first Gana.
In spite of that, the suffix at the end of sentence one and three is Ã while that at
the end of sentence two is ÁÃ. Remember the difference in the suffix. In these,
where the suffix is Áà the root is in Parasmaipada and where the suffix is Ã it is

•èÿÊ‚ 3 : Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊÁŸ 97
in Atmanepada. Some verbs have the Parasmaipada suffix while some have the
Atmanepada suffix. Those roots which take the Parasmaipada suffix are called
Parasmaipada roots and those that take the Atmanepada suffix are called Atmanepada
roots. There are some verbs which can have both the Parasmaipada and the
Atmanepada suffixes. Such roots are called Ubhayapadi roots.
Thus for every verb in present tense, depending on whether the root is Parasmaipada
or Atmanepada, the suffix is attached. The basic suffixes of Parasmaipada and Atmanepada
are as given below :
Suffixess of flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ (Parasmaipada ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ)

Singular Dual Plural

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) Á◊ fl— ◊—

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) Á‚ Õ— Õ

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) Áà × •ÁãÃ

Suffix of flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ (Atmanepada •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ)

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ß fl„U ◊„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ‚ ßÕ äfl

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) Ã ßÃ •ãÃ

In short, for verbs in the present tense there are 3 parts : root + suffix +
basic suffix. Therefore, whenever you want to form a verb in present tense of
any root, you must first take the root, then add the suffix of the Gana to which
it belongs and then according to the wish of the speaker the basic suffix
(Atmanepada or Parasmaipada as the case may be) in keeping with the person
and number that is used. The forms of some verbs which have been formed,
according to these rules, are given below.
(The fixed roots that you have to learn are (Gana 1) (¬⁄US◊Ò.) ¬∆U˜, „U‚˜, ø‹˜, π‹˜,
πÊŒ˜, ¬Ê-Á¬’˜, ª◊˜-ªë¿U˜, ÷Í-÷fl˜, ŒÎ‡Ê˜-¬‡ÿ˜, SÕÊ-ÁÃDÔ˜U, fl‚˜, (•Êà◊Ÿ.) ‹÷˜, ÷Ê·˜, ⁄U◊˜, fl㌘, ◊ÈŒ˜, ‡ÊÈ÷˜
(Gana 4) ŸÎØ, ∑ȧ¬˜, Ÿ‡Ê˜, ∑˝È§œ˜, º˝È„U˜, (•Êà◊Ÿ.) ÁflŒ˜, ’Èœ˜, ◊Ÿ˜, ÿÈœ˜ (Gana 6) Á‹π˜, ¬˝-Áfl‡Ê˜,
(•Êà◊Ÿ.) Á◊‹˜, ◊Èø˜, ÁflŒ˜, ¬˝ + ÁˇÊ¬˜; (Gana 10) ∑§Õ˜, ªáʘ, ⁄Uø˜, S¬Î„U˜, ¬Í¡˜)

98 Sanskrit 9
 ¬∆U˜ to study (1st Gana)
Forms of flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ (Parasmaipada ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ)

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ¬∆UÊÁ◊ ¬∆UÊfl— ¬∆UÊ◊—

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ¬∆UÁ‚ ¬∆UÕ— ¬∆UÕ

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ¬∆UÁà ¬∆U× ¬∆UÁãÃ

‹÷˜ to get (1st Gana)

Forms of flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ (Atmanepada •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ)

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ‹÷ ‹÷Êfl„U ‹÷Ê◊„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ‹÷‚ ‹÷Õ ‹÷äfl

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ‹÷Ã ‹÷Ã ‹÷ãÃ

ŸÎØ to dance (4th Gana)

Forms of flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ (Parasmaipada ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ)

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ŸÎàÿÊÁ◊ ŸÎàÿÊfl— ŸÎàÿÊ◊—

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ŸÎàÿÁ‚ ŸÎàÿÕ— ŸÎàÿÕ

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ŸÎàÿÁà ŸÎàÿ× ŸÎàÿÁãÃ

ÁflŒ˜ to be (4th Gana)

Forms of flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ (Parasmaipada ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ)

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) Áfll ÁfllÊfl„U ÁfllÊ◊„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) Áfll‚ ÁfllÕ Áflläfl

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ÁfllÃ ÁfllÃ ÁfllãÃ

•èÿÊ‚ 3 : Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊÁŸ 99
 Á‹π˜ to write (6th Gana)

Forms of flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ (Parasmaipada)

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) Á‹πÊÁ◊ Á‹πÊfl— Á‹πÊ◊—

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) Á‹πÁ‚ Á‹πÕ— Á‹πÕ

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) Á‹πÁà Á‹π× Á‹πÁãÃ

Á◊‹˜ to meet (6th Gana)

Forms of flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ (Aatmanepada)

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©ûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) Á◊‹ Á◊‹Êfl„U Á◊‹Ê◊„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) Á◊‹‚ Á◊‹Õ Á◊‹äfl

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) Á◊‹Ã Á◊‹Ã Á◊‹ãÃ

∑§Õ˜ to tell, to say (10th Gana)

Forms of flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ (Parasmaipada)

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ∑§ÕÿÊÁ◊ ∑§ÕÿÊfl— ∑§ÕÿÊ◊—

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ∑§ÕÿÁ‚ ∑§ÕÿÕ— ∑§ÕÿÕ

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ∑§ÕÿÁà ∑§Õÿ× ∑§ÕÿÁãÃ

∑§Õ˜ to tell, to say (10th Gana)

Forms of flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹ (Atmanepada)

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ∑§Õÿ ∑§ÕÿÊfl„U ∑§ÕÿÊ◊„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ∑§Õÿ‚ ∑§ÕÿÕ ∑§Õÿäfl

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ∑§ÕÿÃ ∑§ÕÿÃ ∑§ÕÿãÃ

100 Sanskrit 9
 In addition to the above forms, if any form has to be identified, one will have to
make clear the following five points root, Gana, tense, person and number. For example,
When you wish to identify the verb form ¬∆UÁÃ, the root ¬∆U˜, first Gana, present tense,
third person and singular are the five points which are clarified. (The same five points
have also to be kept in mind when you have to identify verb forms in past and future
tense.)
(2) sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹ Past tense (‹æU˜ -‹∑§Ê⁄U—)
Read the following sentences :
(1) ´§Á·— ªÈL§∑ȧ‹ •¬∆UØ –
(2) ⁄UÊ◊‹ˇ◊áÊı ªÈL§∑ȧ‹ •¬∆UÃÊ◊˜ –
(3) ‚fl¸ ¿UÊòÊÊ— ªÈL§∑ȧ‹ •¬∆UŸ˜ –
The verbs used in the three sentences above have the root ¬∆U˜. They are all ‘sÔSß
÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹’ (Imperfect Past Tense). Time which has passed is called past tense. In Sanskrit
the word sÔ— means yesterday. If the verb is about what happened yesterday, this form
of the verb is used. It is also known as ‹æU˜ ‹∑§Ê⁄U.
In all the verbs used in sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹, remember that the prefix (•) is used before
the root. (This • is added as a prefix before the root; hence if there is a prefix (©U¬‚ª¸)
already remember that this • should not be added before that prefix but after that prefix
and before the root) For example, the verb form •Áfl‡ÊØ is without a prefix. The verb
form with a prefix is ¬˝+•Áfl‡ÊØ-¬˝ÊÁfl‡ÊØ. The other points will be like the forms of
present tense. Now, here are the main prefix of first Gana Parasmaipada and Atmanepada
are given; after that one verb for the fourth Gana in Parasmaipada and Atmanepada are
given.
sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹ (Parasmaipada ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ) basic prefixes
∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ
©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) •◊˜ fl ◊
◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ‚˜ (—) Ã◊˜ Ã
•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) Ø ÃÊ◊˜ •Ÿ˜
sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹ (Atmanepada •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ) basic prefixes
∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ß (∞) flÁ„U ◊Á„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ÕÊ‚˜ (—) ßÕÊ◊˜ äfl◊˜
•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) à ßÃÊ◊˜ •ãÃ
(As in the verb forms of present tense, in sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹ too • + œÊÃÈ +
Áfl∑§⁄Uáʬ˝àÿÿ + ¬˝àÿÿ all the four should be joint. The forms thus made are given
below. • + ¬∆U˜ + • + Ø - •¬∆UØ – Remember that sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹ is also referred to
as •Ÿlß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹)

•èÿÊ‚ 3 : Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊÁŸ 101

 ¬∆U˜ to read, to study (1st Gana) sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹, ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ
∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ
©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· •¬∆U◊˜ •¬∆UÊfl •¬∆UÊ◊
First Person I read we both read we all read
◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· •¬∆U— •¬∆UÃ◊˜ •¬∆UÃ
(Second Person) you read you both read you all read
•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· •¬∆UØ •¬∆UÃÊ◊˜ •¬∆UŸ˜
(Third Person) he/she read they both read they all read
‹÷˜ to get (1st Gana) sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹, •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ
∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) •‹÷ •‹÷ÊflÁ„U •‹÷Ê◊Á„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) •‹÷ÕÊ— •‹÷ÕÊ◊˜ •‹÷äfl◊˜
•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) •‹÷à •‹÷ÃÊ◊˜ •‹÷ãÃ
ŸÎØ to dance (4th Gana) sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹, ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ
∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) •ŸÎàÿ◊˜ •ŸÎàÿÊfl •ŸÎàÿÊ◊

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) •ŸÎàÿ— •ŸÎàÿÃ◊˜ •ŸÎàÿÃ
•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) •ŸÎ à ÿØ •ŸÎ à ÿÃÊ◊˜ •ŸÎ à ÿŸ˜
ÁflŒ˜ to be, to happen (4th Gana) sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹, •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ
∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) •Áfll •ÁfllÊflÁ„U •ÁfllÊ◊Á„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) •ÁfllÕÊ— •ÁfllÕÊ◊˜ •Áflläfl◊˜
•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) •Áfllà •ÁfllÃÊ◊˜ •ÁfllãÃ
Á‹π˜ to write (6th Gana) sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹, ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ
∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊¬ÈL§· (First Person) •Á‹π◊˜ •Á‹πÊfl •Á‹πÊ◊

◊äÿ◊¬ÈL§· (Second Person) •Á‹π— •Á‹πÃ◊˜ •Á‹πÃ
•ãÿ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) •Á‹πØ •Á‹πÃÊ◊˜ •Á‹πŸ˜

102 Sanskrit 9
 Á◊‹˜ to meet (6th Gana) sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹, •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) •Á◊‹ •Á◊‹ÊflÁ„U •Á◊‹Ê◊Á„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) •Á◊‹ÕÊ— •Á◊‹ÕÊ◊˜ •Á◊‹äfl◊˜

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) •Á◊‹Ã •Á◊‹ÃÊ◊˜ •Á◊‹ãÃ

∑§Õ˜ to say (10th Gana) sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹, ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) •∑§Õÿ◊˜ •∑§ÕÿÊfl •∑§ÕÿÊ◊

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) •∑§Õÿ— •∑§ÕÿÃ◊˜ •∑§ÕÿÃ

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) •∑§ÕÿØ •∑§ÕÿÃÊ◊˜ •∑§ÕÿŸ˜

∑§Õ˜ to say (10th Gana) sÔSß ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹, •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) •∑§Õÿ •∑§ÕÿÊflÁ„U •∑§ÕÿÊ◊Á„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) •∑§ÕÿÕÊ— •∑§ÕÿÕÊ◊˜ •∑§Õÿäfl◊˜

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) •∑§Õÿà •∑§ÕÿÃÊ◊˜ •∑§ÕÿãÃ

Note : In Sanskrit, there is a special provision for expressing past tense. According
to this, if you add S◊ to the verb form in the present tense it will indicate past tense.
For example, read the following sentences :
(1) ¬‡ÊÈ— ÉÊÊ‚¢ πÊŒÁà – (The animal eats grass.)

(2) ¬‡ÊÈ— ÉÊÊ‚¢ πÊŒÁà S◊ – (The animal ate grass.)

You will notice that in both the sentences the verb πÊŒÁà is used in the present
tense form. But when the verb is used along with S◊ it gives the meaning of past tense.
And so if you wish, instead of saying √ÿÊ‚— ∑§ÕÊ◊˜ •∑§ÕÿØ you can even construct
the sentence as √ÿÊ‚— ∑§ÕÊ¢ ∑§ÕÿÁà S◊. In the same way, instead of ◊ÈÁŸ— ÷Ê·Ã S◊ you can
say ◊ÈÁŸ— •÷Ê·Ã – You should remember that the same arrangement can be done with all
the verbs.

•èÿÊ‚ 3 : Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊÁŸ 103

 (3) Simple Future Tense (‹Î≈˜U-‹∑§Ê⁄—U)
Read the following sentences :
(1) ‚— ¬˝Ê× ŒÈÇœ¢ ¬ÊSÿÁà –
(2) ◊ÿÍ⁄U— ŸÁøcÿÁà –
(3) ŒË¬ÊflÁ‹— •ÊªÁ◊cÿÁà –
In these sentences the three verb forms are in Simple Future Tense. Time which
is yet to come is called future tense. It is also known as ‹Î≈U˜ ‹∑§Ê⁄U. For the formation
of verbs in Simple Future Tense (‹Î≈U˜ ‹∑§Ê⁄U) the following points have to be kept in
mind. For example,
(1) For all Ganas conjugational affix Sÿ is added. (¬Ê-Sÿ-ÁÃ-¬ÊSÿÁà –)
(2) For some roots before the affix Sÿ, ß is added. (ª◊˜-ß Sÿ-ÁÃ-ªÁ◊cÿÁà – )
(3) Whenever Sÿ is added before ß then Sÿ becomes cÿ (Look at the 2 verbs used
above. As there is no ß before ‚˜ ¬ÊSÿÁà is used. While ß is added and hence we have
ªÁ◊cÿÁÃ.)
The affixes for Simple Future Tense of both Parasmaipada and Atmanepada are the
same as of Present Tense. Only remember that as shown above, the affix Sÿ has to be
added. Hence the affixes need not be shown again.
The Parasmaipada and Atmanepada forms of some roots in Simple Future Tense
are given below :

¬∆U˜ to study (first Gana) ÷Áflcÿ∑§Ê‹, ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ¬Á∆UcÿÊÁ◊ ¬Á∆UcÿÊfl— ¬Á∆UcÿÊ◊—

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ¬Á∆UcÿÁ‚ ¬Á∆UcÿÕ— ¬Á∆UcÿÕ

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ¬Á∆UcÿÁà ¬Á∆Ucÿ× ¬Á∆UcÿÁãÃ

‹÷˜ to get (first Gana) ÷Áflcÿ∑§Ê‹, •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ‹åSÿ ‹åSÿÊfl„U ‹åSÿÊ◊„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ‹åSÿ‚ ‹åSÿÕ ‹åSÿäfl

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ‹åSÿÃ ‹åSÿÃ ‹åSÿãÃ

104 Sanskrit 9
 ŸÎØ to dance (4th Gana) ÷Áflcÿ∑§Ê‹, ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ŸÁøcÿÊÁ◊ ŸÁøcÿÊfl— ŸÁøcÿÊ◊—

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ŸÁøcÿÁ‚ ŸÁøcÿÕ— ŸÁøcÿÕ

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ŸÁøcÿÁà ŸÁøcÿ× ŸÁøcÿÁãÃ

ÁflŒ˜ to be, to happen (4th Gana) ÷Áflcÿ∑§Ê‹, •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) flàSÿ flàSÿÊfl„U flàSÿÊ◊„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) flàSÿ‚ flàSÿÕ flàSÿäfl

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) flàSÿÃ flàSÿÃ flàSÿãÃ

Á‹π˜ to write (6th Gana) ÷Áflcÿ∑§Ê‹, ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ‹ÁπcÿÊÁ◊ ‹ÁπcÿÊfl— ‹ÁπcÿÊ◊—

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ‹ÁπcÿÁ‚ ‹ÁπcÿÕ— ‹ÁπcÿÕ

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ‹ÁπcÿÁà ‹Áπcÿ× ‹ÁπcÿÁãÃ

Á◊‹˜ to meet (6th Gana) ÷Áflcÿ∑§Ê‹, •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ◊Á‹cÿ ◊Á‹cÿÊfl„U ◊Á‹cÿÊ◊„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ◊Á‹cÿ‚ ◊Á‹cÿÕ ◊Á‹cÿäfl

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ◊Á‹cÿÃ ◊Á‹cÿÃ ◊Á‹cÿãÃ

∑§Õ˜ to say (10th Gana) ÷Áflcÿ∑§Ê‹, ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÊÁ◊ ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÊfl— ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÊ◊—

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÁ‚ ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÕ— ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÕ

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÁà ∑§ÕÁÿcÿ× ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÁãÃ

•èÿÊ‚ 3 : Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊÁŸ 105

 ∑§Õ˜ to say (10th Gana) ÷Áflcÿ∑§Ê‹, •Êà◊Ÿ¬Œ

∞∑§fløŸ ÁmfløŸ ’„ÈUfløŸ

©UûÊ◊ ¬ÈL§· (First Person) ∑§ÕÁÿcÿ ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÊfl„U ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÊ◊„U

◊äÿ◊ ¬ÈL§· (Second Person) ∑§ÕÁÿcÿ‚ ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÕ ∑§ÕÁÿcÿäfl

•ãÿ ¬ÈL§· (Third Person) ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÃ ∑§ÕÁÿcÿÃ ∑§ÕÁÿcÿãÃ

Excercise

1. flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹Sÿ Á∑˝§ÿʬŒÊŸÊ¢ SÕÊŸ ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹Sÿ ÿÙÇÿ¢ Á∑˝§ÿʬŒ¢ Á‹πà –

(1) ‚◊Ë⁄U— ¡ŸãÿÊ— ‚◊ˬ¢ fl˝¡Áà flŒÁà ø –
(2) flÿ¢ ÃÈ ◊ÉÊ¡‹◊˜ ∞fl Á¬’Ê◊— –
(3) ëUʪ¡‹¢ ¬ÊÃÈ¢ ªë¿UÊÁ◊ –
(4) â œŸSÿÍâ ÃòÊÒfl àÿ¡ÊÁ◊ –
(5) •„¢U ÃÈ ∑ȧ‹ÊøÊ⁄¢U Ÿ ¬Ê‹ÿÊÁ◊ –
2. ÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹Sÿ Á∑˝§ÿʬŒSÿ •ŸÈM§¬¢ ÷Áflcÿ∑§Ê‹Sÿ Á∑˝§ÿʬŒ¢ Á‹πà –
(1) Ã◊fl‹ÙÄÿ ‚— •ÁøãÃÿØ –
(2) ∑§¬ÙÃ⁄UÊ¡— ¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄UáÊ ‚„U ªªŸ √ÿ‚¬¸Ã˜ –
(3) ∑§¬ÙÃ⁄UÊ¡— ∑§¬ÙÃÊŸ˜ •∑§ÕÿØ –
(4) ∑§ÁpØ ∑§¬Ù× ‚Œ¬¸◊˜ •flŒÃ˜ –
3. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U M§¬Sÿ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ¢ ∑§Ê⁄Uÿà –
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ — ÷flÁà – ÷Í œÊÃÈ, ¬˝Õ◊ ªáÊ, ¬⁄US◊Ò¬Œ, flø◊ÊŸ∑§Ê‹, •ãÿ ¬ÈL§·, ∞∑§fløŸ
(1) •’ÙœÿØ (2) ¬˝Áfl‡ÊÁà (3) •Á¬’Ø (4) ¬˝áÊ◊ÁÃ
(5) flŒÁãà (6) ªÁ◊cÿÊ◊—
4. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃ·È flÊÄÿ·È ¬˝ÿÈÄÃSÿ S◊-¬˝ÿÙªSÿ SÕÊŸ sÔSß÷ÍÃ∑§Ê‹Sÿ M§¬¢ Á‹πà –
(1) ¿UÊòÊÊ— SflÊà◊ÊŸ¢ œãÿ¢ ◊ãÿãÃ S◊ –
(2) Œ‡ÊÊØ ¡ŸÊ— •äÿÿŸÊÿ •Êªë¿UÁãà S◊ –
(3) ªÈåÃ∑§Ê‹ •òÊ flŒÊäÿÿŸ◊Á¬ ¬˝ø‹Áà S◊ –
(4) ¬∆UŸ¢ ¬Ê∆Ÿ¢ ø ÷flÁà S◊ –
(5) ∑§ÕÊ∑§Ê⁄U— ∑§ÕÊ¢ ∑§ÕÿÁà S◊ –
à
106 Sanskrit 9
 •èÿÊ‚ 4 : ∑ΧŒãìŒÊÁŸ
‚ê’ãœ∑§ ÷ÍÃ∑ΧŒãà and „UàflÕ¸ ∑ΧŒãÃ
(1) ‚ê’ãœ∑§ ÷ÍÃ∑ΧŒãà (Gerund)
Read the sentences given below :
(1) ÁflŸËÃÊ ÷Ù¡Ÿ¢ ∑ΧàflÊ ÁfllÊ‹ÿ¢ ªë¿UÁà –
(1) ÁflŸËÃÊ ÷Ù¡Ÿ¢ ∑§⁄UÙÁÃ, Ã× ÁfllÊ‹ÿ¢ ªë¿UÁà –
(2) ¿UÊòÊÊ— ‚⁄USflÃË¥ S◊ÎàflÊ ¬È⁄UÊáÊ¢ ¬∆UÁãà –
(2) ¿UÊòÊÊ— ‚⁄USflÃË¥ S◊⁄UÁãà Ãà¬pÊØ ¬È⁄UÊáÊ¢ ¬∆UÁãà –
(3) ÷Ä× ◊ÁãŒ⁄¢U ªàflÊ ß¸E⁄¢U ÷¡Áà –
(3) ÷Ä× ◊ÁãŒ⁄¢U ªë¿UÁÃ, •ŸãÃ⁄U◊˜ ߸E⁄¢U ÷¡Áà –
Two kinds of sentences have been given together here. In all the sentences, the
underlined words are verbs. You will see that in each sentence there are two verbs.
Moreover, the meaning of the first sentence is being conveyed also in the second
sentence. If the speaker so wishes, he can use the second sentence to convey exactly
the same meaning as the first sentence has. In the context of such sentences, you have
to remember these points. They are :
(1) The first verb is the auxiliary verb and the second verb is the main verb.
(2) The doer of both the verbs is the same.
(3) If the auxiliary indicates a time before the main verb, then that auxiliary will
be in past tense.
For such specific sentences, ¬Ífl¸Á∑˝§ÿÊ for the earlier verb in Sanskrit (on one or
hand ÁÃæUãìŒ like ∑§⁄UÙÁà can be used) or on the other hand ÄàflÊ > àflÊ can be joined to
the root. For forms which are made using the affix Áà we use the term àflÊ.
Look below :
(1) ∑Χ + ÄàflÊ > àflÊ = ∑ΧàflÊ –
(2) ÷Í + ÄàflÊ > àflÊ = ÷ÍàflÊ –
(3) ¬Ê + ÄàflÊ > àflÊ = ¬ËàflÊ –
(4) πÊŒ˜ + ÄàflÊ > àflÊ = πÊÁŒàflÊ –
(5) ª◊˜ + ÄàflÊ > àflÊ = ªàflÊ –
(6) ŒÊ + ÄàflÊ > àflÊ = ŒàflÊ –
When you look at the forms given above, you will see that : (1) For many roots
ÄàflÊ > àflÊ is directly affixed. For example ∑Χ + ÄàflÊ > àflÊ = ∑ΧàflÊ – (2) For some roots,
ß is added before the affix ÄàflÊ > àflÊ e.g. : πÊŒ˜ + ÄàflÊ > àflÊ = πÊÁŒàflÊ – (3) Sometimes
there is a slight change in the form of the root. e.g. ŒÊ + ÄàflÊ > àflÊ = ŒàflÊ etc.

•èÿÊ‚ 4 : ∑ΧŒãìŒÊÁŸ 107

 In addition to this, for such forms you have to remember an important point. It is that
whenever a root has an affix (©U¬‚ª¸), then instead of ÄàflÊ, ÿ is added. For example :
(1) •ŸÈ + ÷Í + ÄàflÊ > ÿ = •ŸÈ÷Íÿ –
(2) Áfl + ∑Χ + ÄàflÊ > ÿ = Áfl∑Χàÿ –
(3) •Ê + ª◊˜ + ÄàflÊ > ÿ = •Êªàÿ –
Looking at the above examples, it is seen that (1) In roots which have an affix and
ÄàflÊ > ÿ is added the original form of the root is retained. (2) However in those roots
where the last sound is a vowel and that is a short one there between the root (œÊÃÈ)
and ÄàflÊ the letter Ø is added. e.g. : •Ê + ª◊˜ + ÄàflÊ > ÿ, ª◊˜ Ø ÿ = •Êªàÿ –
In the previous lessons find out where such words have been used and which rules
apply there, and then learn more forms of this kind.
(2) „UàflÕ¸ ∑ΧŒãà (Infinitive)
Read the following sentences carefully :
(1) ¿UÊòÊÊ— ¬∆UŸÊÿ ÁfllÊ‹ÿ¢ ªë¿UÁãà –
(1) ¿UÊòÊÊ— ¬Á∆UÃÈ¢ ÁfllÊ‹ÿ¢ ªë¿UÁãà –
(2) •‡ÊÙ∑§— ŒÊŸÊÿ »§‹¢ ŸÿÁà –
(2) •‡ÊÙ∑§— ŒÊÃÈ¢ »§‹¢ ŸÿÁà –
(3) ¬˝ˇÊ∑§— „U‚ŸÊÿ ŸÊ≈U∑¢§ ¬‡ÿÁà –
(3) ¬˝ˇÊ∑§— „UÁ‚ÃÈ¢ ŸÊ≈U∑¢§ ¬‡ÿÁà –
Here two kinds of sentences have been given together. In each of them, the
underlined words are verbs. As in the sentences earlier, here too each sentence has two
verbs. Again, both sentences convey the same meaning. That is, if the speaker so wishes,
he can use the second sentence instead of the first. In respect of such sentences, you
have to remember the following points.
(1) The first verb is ©U¬Á∑˝§ÿÊ while the second one is the main verb.
(2) The ©U¬Á∑˝§ÿÊ suggests the cause or purpose of the main verb.
(3) The doer of both the verbs is the same.
In such sentences, there are two ways of expressin. e.g. (1) ¬∆UŸ, ŒÊŸ, „U‚Ÿ.
For participles the fourth case is used. (2) With the root (e.g., ¬∆U˜, ŒÊ, „U‚˜ etc.)
ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ affix has to be added. Words so formed are called ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜. Look at some of the
„UàflÕ¸ ∑ΧŒãÃs given below :
(1) ¬Ê + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ –
(2) ŒÊ + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = ŒÊÃÈ◊˜ –
(3) ÷Í + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = ÷ÁflÃÈ◊˜ –
(4) πÊŒ˜ + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = πÊÁŒÃÈ◊˜ –
(5) ∑Χ + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = ∑§Ãȸ◊˜ –
(6) ª◊˜ + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = ªãÃÈ◊˜ –
108 Sanskrit 9
 Looking at the words above, it is seen that (1) For some roots, ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ is
directly added. e.g. : (1) ¬Ê + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ – (2) Sometimes ß before the affix
ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ is added. e.g. : πÊŒ˜ + ß + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = πÊÁŒÃÈ◊˜ – (3) Sometimes there is a
change in the original form of the root. e.g. : ∑Χ + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = ∑§Ãȸ◊˜ – ª◊˜ + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜
= ªãÃÈ◊˜ –
When ÃÈ◊ŸÈ ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ is added to the root, then there is no change to the root. e.g. :
(1) •ŸÈ + ÷Í + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = •ŸÈ÷ÁflÃÈ◊˜ –
(2) Áfl + ∑Χ + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = Áfl∑§Ãȸ◊˜ –
(3) •Ê + ª◊˜ + ÃÈ◊ÈŸ˜ > ÃÈ◊˜ = •ÊªãÃÈ◊˜ –
In the earlier lessons, find such words that have been used, see which rule applies
and learn more such forms.
Note : Both ‚¢’¢œ∑§ ÷ÍÃ∑ΧŒãà and „UàflÕ¸ ∑ΧŒãà are indeclinables (adverbs). Hence,
wherever they are used they have the same form.

Exercise
1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ∑ΧŒãìŒÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ªàflÊ (2) ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ (3) ⁄UÁˇÊÃÈ◊˜ (4) ‚◊ʪàÿ
2. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃ·È ¬Œ·È ‚¢’¢œ∑§ ÷ÍÃ∑ΧŒãìŒÊŸÊ¢ øÿŸ¢ ∑ȧL§Ã –
(1) •fl‹ÙÄÿ (2) ôÊÊÃÈ◊˜ (3) ÷ÍàflÊ (4) Áfl„USÿ
(5) ¬⁄UÊ¡ÃÈ◊˜
3. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ∑ΧŒãÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬˝àÿÿÁŸŒ¸‡Ê¬Ífl¸∑¢§ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄¢U Á‹πà –
(1) ˇÊãÃÈ◊˜ (2) Áfl„UÊÿ (3) ¬Á⁄UàÿÖÿ (4) ªãÃÈ◊˜
(5) ©U¬‚Îàÿ (6) ªÎ„UËUàflÊ
4. ∑§ÙCÔU∑§ÊØ ÿÙÇÿ¢ ¬Œ¢ ÁøàflÊ ⁄UπÊ¢Á∑§Ã¢ ¬Œ¢ ¬Á⁄Uflàÿ¸ flÊÄÿ¢ ¬ÈŸ— Á‹πà –
(¬˝Áfl‡ÿ, ¬ÊŸÊÿ, •ÊªãÃÈ◊˜, •ŸÈ÷Íÿ, ¬Á∆UÃÈ◊˜, ÷ÍàflÊ)
(1) Á‚hÊÕ¸— ŒÈ—π◊˜ •ŸÈ÷flÁà – ‚¢‚Ê⁄¢U ¬Á⁄Uàÿ¡Áà –
(2) ◊Ϊ— ¡‹¢ ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ ß× Ã× œÊflÁà –
(3) òÊˇÊÊ ¬∆UŸÊÿ ÁfllÊ‹ÿ¢ ªë¿UÁà –
(4) Á‡Ê‡Êfl— ªÎ„U◊˜ •Êª◊ŸÊÿ ÿÃãÃ –
(5) ‡ÊΪʋ— ªÈ„UÊ¢ ¬˝Áfl‡ÊÁà – ‡ÊÿŸ¢ ∑§⁄UÙÁà –
5. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ¢ ¬ŒÊŸÊ¢ SÕÊŸ ÿÙÇÿ¢ ∑ΧŒã쌢 Á‹πà –
(1) ¬ÊŸÊÿ ...............
(2) ª◊ŸÊÿ ...............
(3) Œ‡Ê¸ŸÊÿ ...............
(4) ¬∆UŸÊÿ ...............
(5) ‹πŸÊÿ ...............

•èÿÊ‚ 4 : ∑ΧŒãìŒÊÁŸ 109

 •èÿÊ‚ 6 : ‚Á㜗
Read the following sentences :

(1) •„¢U ¡‹¢ ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ ßë¿UÊÁ◊ –

(2) ëUʪ¢ ªãÃÈ¢ ÁŸª¸ë¿UÁà –

In above sentences, you can see the dot on the words like •„¢U ¡‹¢ ëUʪ¢ and ªãÃÈ.¢ It
is called •ŸÈSflÊ⁄.U In Sanskrit it is considered to be an independent letter - SflÃãòÊ fláʸ.
Mouth and nose both are used to pronounce it. In short, it is pronounced like ◊˜.
Two kinds of •ŸÈSflÊ⁄ are found - (1) used at the end of a word in a sentence - e.g.,
’Ê‹∑§— ¬ÈSÃ∑¢§ ¬∆UÁà – and (2) between the word. e.g., Œ¢«U— – In the context of these two
kinds of •ŸÈSflÊ⁄ main rules of Sandhi are as follows :
(1) If ◊˜ occurs at the end of word used in a sentence and is followed by a word
(beginning) starting with a consonant, •ŸÈSflÊ⁄ ( ¢U) is put in place of (◊˜ ). e. g. •„¢U ¡‹¢
¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ ßë¿UÊÁ◊ – In this sentence, you can see that there is letter ◊˜ at the end of the word
•„U◊˜ and is followed by word ¡‹ which begins with a consonant. Hence ◊˜ turns into
•ŸÈSflÊ⁄ and is written as •„¢U. In the same way ◊˜ is turned into •ŸÈSflÊ⁄ in ¡‹¢. But ◊˜
is not turned into •ŸÈSflÊ⁄ in ¬ÊÃÈ◊˜ because it is followed by ßë¿UÊÁ◊ which begins not
with a consonant but with a vowel. (If any word beginning with consonant would have
been used, it would have turned in •ŸÈSflÊ⁄ ( ¢U) e.g. •„¢U ¡‹¢ ¬ÊÃÈ¢ ªë¿ÊUÁ◊ – )

(2) If •ŸÈSflÊ⁄ occuring in between the word is followed by any consonant (except
‡Ê˜, ·˜, ‚˜, „U˜ Ushmakshara - ©Uc◊ÊˇÊ⁄U and Antahstha - •ã×SÕ letter ÿ˜, ⁄U˜, ‹˜, fl˜) then in place
of that •ŸÈSflÊ⁄ Parasavarna ¬⁄U‚fláʸ i.e., the fifth letter Nasal (•ŸÈŸÊÁ‚∑§). (i.e., æU˜, Üʘ, áʘ, Ÿ˜ and
◊˜) of that particular Varga - flª¸ to which the consonant belongs is written. e. g. Œ¢«U— – Here
dot on the letter Œ is •ŸÈSflÊ⁄. It is followed by letter «U, so the fifth letter áʘU of that flª¸ (≈˜U ∆U˜
«U˜ …U˜ áʘ - ≈ Uflª¸) to which «˜U belongs will be placed, so it is written as Œá«U— –
∑§ flª¸ ∑˜ π˜ ª˜ Éʘ æU˜
ø§ flª¸ ø˜ ¿U˜ ¡˜ ¤Ê˜ ÜÊU˜
≈U flª¸ ≈U ˜ ∆˜ U «U ˜ …U ˜ áʘ
à flª¸ Ø Õ˜ Œ˜ œ˜ Ÿ˜
¬ flª¸ ¬˜ »˜ § ’˜ ÷˜ ◊˜

•èÿÊ‚ 6 : ‚Á㜗 113

 Considering this, if •ŸÈSflÊ⁄U is followed by letter — ∑§˜ π˜ ª˜ Éʘ, æU˜ is placed in place
of •ŸÈSflÊ⁄.U e.g., •¢∑§— > •æU˜∑§— – ¬¢π— > ¬æU˜π— – ª¢ªÊ > ªæU˜ªÊ – ‚¢ÉÊ > ‚æU˜ÉÊ— – Same procedure
should be followed for Sandhi of letter of other flª¸s.

Exercise

1. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U ¬Œ·È •ŸÈŸÊÁ‚∑¢§ Á‹πà –

©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ — ‡Ê¢÷È (¬-flª¸) ‡Êê÷È— –

(1) ¬¢Á«U× (2) •„¢U∑§Ê⁄U— (3) ø¢¬Ê (4) ÷¢¡ÁÿÃÈ◊˜

2. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃÊÁŸ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ •ŸÈSflÊ⁄U¬˝ÿÙª¬Ífl¸∑¢§ ¬ÈŸ— Á‹πà –

(1) ¬˝ÃˡÊÊ◊˜ ∑§Ãȸ◊˜ •„¸UÁ‚ àfl◊˜ –

(2) ¬Ífl¸◊˜ •òÊ •CÔUÊŒ‡ÊÁfllÊÿÊ— ¬∆UŸ◊˜ ¬Ê∆UŸ◊˜ ø ÷flÁà S◊ –

(3) •„U◊˜ àflÊ◊˜ ∑§SÿÁøØ ªÈ#ø⁄U◊˜ ◊ãÿ –

(4) ‚àÿ◊˜ ì٠ôÊÊŸ◊˜ •Á„¢U‚ÃÊ◊˜ ø Áflmà¬˝áÊÊ◊◊˜ ø ‚ȇÊË‹ÃÊ◊˜ ø –

3. ©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄¢U flÊÄÿ·È •ŸÈŸÊÁ‚∑¢§ ¬⁄U‚fláʸàflŸ ¬Á⁄Uflàÿ¸ Á‹πà –

©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ — »§‹¢ πÊŒÊÁ◊ – -- »§‹æ˜ πÊŒÊÁ◊ –

(1) ÷º˝Á◊Œ¢ Ÿ ¬‡ÿÊÁ◊ –

(2) •üÊhÿ¢ Á¬˝ÿ¢ ¬˝Ê#¢ ‚ı÷º˝— ª˝„UáÊ¢ ªÃ— –

(3) Sfl∑§Ëÿ¢ ¬˝ÿÙ¡Ÿ¢ ø ‚¢¬ÊŒÿÁà –

(4) •„¢U ÁmÃËÿ¢ Á’‹¢ ÿÊSÿÊÁ◊ ßÁà –

114 Sanskrit 9
 •èÿÊ‚ 7 : •√ÿÿ¬ŒÊÁŸ
Read the following sentences carefully :

(1) •Ã— •òÊÒfl ÁŸªÍ…Ù ÷ÍàflÊ ÁÃDÔUÊÁ◊ –

(2) ¬⁄UãÃÈ ◊Œ˜÷ÿÊØ Ÿ Á∑§ÁÜøØ flŒÁà –

(3) ŸÍŸ◊˜ •ÁS◊Ÿ˜ Á’‹ Á‚¢„U— •ÁSà ßÁà Ã∑¸§ÿÊÁ◊ –

In the words used in above sentences, some words are noun forms and some are verb
forms (ÁÃæU˜ãà - verb forms). Both kinds of words, you have already studied, so you can
recognize them. Now look at the words underlined. These words are adverbs.

For adverbs it is said...

‚ŒÎ‡Ê¢ ÁòÊ·È Á‹æU˜ª·È ‚flʸ‚È ø Áfl÷ÁQ§·È –

fløŸ·È ø ‚fl¸·È ÿ㟠√ÿÁà Ì√ÿÿ◊˜ H
It means that the word, which does not change in all the three genders (Á‹æ˜Uª), all
cases (Áfl÷ÁÄÃ) and in all numbers (fløŸ) is called Adverb. You know that every noun has
a geneder and the form of that noun changes according to seven cases and three numbers.
You have studied this in lesson-3. e.g. -

(1) ¿ÊòÊ— •òÊ ¬∆UÁà –

(2) àfl◊˜ •òÊ ¿UÊòÊÊŸ˜ ¬‡ÿÁ‚ –

(3) ¿UÊòÊÊÿ •òÊ ¬ÈSÃ∑¢§ ŒŒÊÁà –

In above sentences, word ¿ÊòÊ is used in different forms. But the word •òÊ used
in all the three sentences is same. Such word forms used in the same form at every place
are adverbs (•√ÿÿs). They are indeclinable .

The Adverbs and their meanings used in each lesson are given in glossary written
at the end of every lesson.

Now read the following sentences :

(1) ŸÍŸ◊˜ (ÁŸpÿŸ) •ÁS◊Ÿ˜ Á’‹ Á‚¢„U— •ÁSà –

(2) ¿UÊòÊ— •òÊ (•ÁS◊Ÿ˜ SÕÊŸ) ¬∆UÁà –

(3) fl·Ê¸ ∑§ŒÊ (∑§ÁS◊Ÿ˜ ∑§Ê‹) ÷flÁà –

•èÿÊ‚ 7 : •√ÿÿ¬ŒÊÁŸ 115

 In above sentences the words underlined are adverbs. To explain same meaning of these
adverbs, noun forms having case and number are given in brackets. It shows that there are
several adverbs in place of which noun forms having case and number are used. These kinds
of adverbs are as follows :

•l (•ÁS◊Ÿ˜ ÁŒŸ), E— (•ÊªÊ◊Ë ÁŒfl‚—), sÔ— (ªÃ— ÁŒfl‚—), ߌʟË◊˜ (•ÁS◊Ÿ˜ ∑§Ê‹),
•œÈŸÊ (•ÁS◊Ÿ˜ ∑§Ê‹), ‚ê¬˝Áà (•ÁS◊Ÿ˜ ∑§Ê‹), ÿŒÊ (ÿÁS◊Ÿ˜ ∑§Ê‹), ÃŒÊ (ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ ∑§Ê‹), ∑§ŒÊ (∑§ÁS◊Ÿ˜
∑§Ê‹), ‚fl¸ŒÊ (‚fl¸ÁS◊Ÿ˜ ∑§Ê‹), ÿòÊ (ÿÁS◊Ÿ˜ SÕÊŸ), ÃòÊ (ÃÁS◊Ÿ˜ SÕÊŸ), ∑ȧòÊ (∑§ÁS◊Ÿ˜ SÕÊŸ),
‚fl¸òÊ (‚fl¸ÁS◊Ÿ˜ SÕÊŸ), ÿ× (ÿS◊ÊØ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊÊØ), Ã× (ÃS◊ÊØ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊÊØ), •Ã— (•S◊ÊØ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊÊØ),
∑ȧ× (∑§S◊ÊØ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊÊØ), ÿÕÊ (ÿŸ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄UáÊ), ÃÕÊ (ÃŸ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄UáÊ)
(Note : Relative past participles (‚¢’œ¢ ∑§ ÷ÍÃ∑ΧŒãÃ) and Infinitives („UàflÕ¸ ∑ΧŒãÃ) which you
have studied in lesson-5 (•èÿÊ‚-5) are also adverbs. )

Exercise

1. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ◊˜ •√ÿÿÊŸÊ◊˜ •ÕZ Á‹πà –

(1) ∑ȧòÊ (2) ÃŒÊ (3) ¬˝Ê×

(4) E— (5) Ÿ (6) flÊ

2. Á⁄UÄÃSÕÊŸÊÁŸ ¬Í⁄Uÿà –
(1) ............... ⁄UÊ¡Ê ÃÕÊ ¬˝¡Ê – (ÿÕÊ, ÃŒÊ, ∑§ŒÊ)
(2) ‚Íÿ¸¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê— ............... •ÁSà – (‚fl¸òÊ, ∑§Sÿ, ÿ×)
(3) Á¬ÃÊ ............... ¬˝flÊ‚¢ ªÁ◊cÿÁà – (ÿ×, ∑§ŒÊ, ÿòÊ)
(4) ◊◊ ‚◊ˬ◊˜ ............... •Êªë¿U – (ÃòÊ, ÿòÊ, •òÊ)
(5) ............... Ÿ◊¸ŒÊ fl„UÁà Ã× ªXÔUÊ Ÿ fl„UÁà – (ÿòÊ, ÃòÊ, ÿ×)
3. •œÙÁ‹ÁπÃÊŸÊ◊˜ •√ÿÿÊŸÊ◊˜ ©U¬ÿÙªŸ flÊÄÿÊÁŸ ⁄Uøÿà –
©UŒÊ„U⁄UáÊ◊˜ — •òÊ-ÃòÊ – •òÊ ¬ÈSÃ∑§◊˜ •ÁSà ÃòÊ •Ê‚㌗ •ÁSà –

(1) ÿŒÊ-ÃŒÊ ........................................................................

(2) ÿ×-Ã× ........................................................................

(3) ‚fl¸òÊ ........................................................................

(4) ∑§ŒÊ ........................................................................

à à à

116 Sanskrit 9